Understanding Hedged Scale Trading

McCafferty_FM_IPROF_P

7/2/01

8:54 AM

Page i

UNDERSTANDING HEDGED SCALE TRADING

McCafferty_FM_IPROF_P

7/2/01

8:54 AM

Page ii

Other Books in The Irwin Trader’s Edge Series • Traders Systems That Work • The Encyclopedia of Trading Strategies CONSTANCE BROWN • Technical Analysis for the Trading Professional RICHARD DUNCAN • Agricultural Futures and Options WILLIAM GALLACHER • The Options Edge R. E. MCMASTER • The Art of the Trade THOMAS STRIDSMAN

JEFFREY OWEN KATZ AND DONNA L. MCCORMICK

McCafferty_FM_IPROF_P

7/2/01

8:54 AM

Page iii

UNDERSTANDING HEDGED SCALE TRADING

THOMAS MCCAFFERTY

McGraw-Hill New York Chicago San Francisco Lisbon London Madrid Mexico City Milan New Delhi San Juan Seoul Singapore Sydney Toronto

abc

McGraw-Hill

Copyright © 2001 by The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. Manufactured in the United States of America. Except as permitted under the United States Copyright Act of 1976, no part of this publication may be reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, or stored in a database or retrieval system, without the prior written permission of the publisher. 0-07-138260-7 The material in this eBook also appears in the print version of this title: 0-07-134556-6.

All trademarks are trademarks of their respective owners. Rather than put a trademark symbol after every occurrence of a trademarked name, we use names in an editorial fashion only, and to the benefit of the trademark owner, with no intention of infringement of the trademark. Where such designations appear in this book, they have been printed with initial caps. McGraw-Hill eBooks are available at special quantity discounts to use as premiums and sales promotions, or for use in corporate training programs. For more information, please contact George Hoare, Special Sales, at [email protected] or (212) 904-4069.

TERMS OF USE This is a copyrighted work and The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“McGraw-Hill”) and its licensors reserve all rights in and to the work. Use of this work is subject to these terms. Except as permitted under the Copyright Act of 1976 and the right to store and retrieve one copy of the work, you may not decompile, disassemble, reverse engineer, reproduce, modify, create derivative works based upon, transmit, distribute, disseminate, sell, publish or sublicense the work or any part of it without McGraw-Hill’s prior consent. You may use the work for your own noncommercial and personal use; any other use of the work is strictly prohibited. Your right to use the work may be terminated if you fail to comply with these terms. THE WORK IS PROVIDED “AS IS”. McGRAW-HILL AND ITS LICENSORS MAKE NO GUARANTEES OR WARRANTIES AS TO THE ACCURACY, ADEQUACY OR COMPLETENESS OF OR RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED FROM USING THE WORK, INCLUDING ANY INFORMATION THAT CAN BE ACCESSED THROUGH THE WORK VIA HYPERLINK OR OTHERWISE, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. McGraw-Hill and its licensors do not warrant or guarantee that the functions contained in the work will meet your requirements or that its operation will be uninterrupted or error free. Neither McGraw-Hill nor its licensors shall be liable to you or anyone else for any inaccuracy, error or omission, regardless of cause, in the work or for any damages resulting therefrom. McGraw-Hill has no responsibility for the content of any information accessed through the work. Under no circumstances shall McGraw-Hill and/or its licensors be liable for any indirect, incidental, special, punitive, consequential or similar damages that result from the use of or inability to use the work, even if any of them has been advised of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability shall apply to any claim or cause whatsoever whether such claim or cause arises in contract, tort or otherwise. DOI: 10.1036/0071382607

McCafferty_FM_IPROF_P

7/2/01

8:54 AM

Page v

This is dedicated to . . . The ones I love — Carol, Cynthia, Monica, Colleen, and Sadie

This page intentionally left blank.

McCafferty_FM_IPROF_P

7/2/01

8:54 AM

Page vii

CONTENTS

Acknowledgments ix Introduction xi

Chapter 1

The Derivative Markets—

Futures 1

Chapter 2

The Derivative Markets—

Options-on-Futures 21

Chapter 3

Traditional Scale Trading 47 Chapter 4

Understanding Hedged Scale Trading 61 Chapter 5

The Criterion for the Selection of Scalable Commodities 73 Chapter 6

Selecting the Perfect Commodities to Scale Trade 89 Chapter 7

Mechanics of Scale Trading 119 Chapter 8

Roll Me Over 129 Chapter 9

Starting a Scale Trading Business 141 Chapter 10

A Little Technical Analysis Can Go a Long Way When Scale Trading 165

Copyright 2001 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Click Here for Terms of Use.

McCafferty_FM_IPROF_P

7/2/01

8:54 AM

Page viii

viii

Chapter 11

Getting Ready to Scale Trade 179 Chapter 12

Summing Up the Rules for Successful Scale Trading 191 Appendix 1

Commodity Futures Contract Specifications 203 Appendix 2

Sources for More Information 209 Glossary 217 Index 235

Contents

McCafferty_FM_IPROF_P

7/2/01

8:54 AM

Page ix

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

F

irst, my thanks go to Stephen Isaacs, my editor at McGraw-Hill, for his patience. This project took much longer than anticipated. Several other valuable projects intervened, yet Stephen’s support was unwavering. There are two people who taught me much about scale trading to whom I owe a good deal of the content of this book. I am referring to the two commodity brokers I worked with at Securities Corporation of Iowa in Waterloo, Iowa — Paul Lovegren ([email protected] or 800-262-4643) and Monty Wambold. It was with these commodity traders that I saw the most positive and negative aspects of scale trading. If it were not for their service to our customers and their dedication to learning as much as possible about this valuable trading technique, many of our clients new to scale trading would not have succeeded. You guys did a great job and deserve all the success you have had. Thanks again. I would also like to thank David S. Nassar, President and CEO of Market Wise Securities, Inc., for teaching me a lot about trading. We have worked together for the past few years and it has been a joy. Thanks also to Stan Yan, who is a superior security broker, artist, and cartoonist. He created most of the illustrations included in this text. I am grateful for his assistance.

Copyright 2001 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Click Here for Terms of Use.

This page intentionally left blank.

McCafferty_FM_IPROF_P

7/2/01

8:54 AM

Page xi

INTRODUCTION

Who makes money trading commodity futures? The most definitive answer to this question can be found in two books by Jack Schwager—Market Wizards and New Market Wizards. Mr. Schwager, a world-class commodity trader in his own right, interviewed the most successful futures traders he could find. The common denominator is that each of these traders had found an edge on the market. Each had developed a trading system that put the odds, ever so minutely, in his or her favor. Profitable futures trading depends on getting an edge on the market, taking advantage of the edge whenever possible, and doing nothing when the edge is not evident. This book is all about teaching you where there is an edge in the futures market and showing you how to take advantage of it. I also attempt to instill a sense of paranoia in you. If you get lazy or cocky or disregard the rules outlined within, you will have your head handed to you. Futures trading is a lot like war. The winner is the one standing when the loser is forced to sign a treaty. The person standing is the one with an edge, the one who trades defensively. A good example of this is the technician. Most of us know the basic technical signals traders track. Some are so common they work because they are self-fulfilling prophecies. If major price support or resistance is violated, one exits or reverses one’s position. The professional trader does this and immediately takes a small profit, whereas the amateur follows suit but holds the position, hoping for a major profit and all too often taking a bath in the process. Scale trading can give traders an edge. By taking it one step further and hedging their positions, they can more than double that edge. Hedging means being on both sides of the market at the same time. A farmer-hedger, for example, produces corn. Therefore, he automatically becomes long corn on the cash side of the market when he plants a crop. When the futures price is high enough to make a decent profit (adjusted for local basis), he sells his corn on

Copyright 2001 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Click Here for Terms of Use.

McCafferty_FM_IPROF_P

xii

7/2/01

8:54 AM

Page xii

Introduction

the futures side of the market. At this point in time (and price), he is hedged, which means his gross profit margin is fixed no matter how high or how low the price of corn goes as long as he can deliver the commodity. If corn prices plummet, his short futures contracts gain in value. If corn prices skyrocket, his cash crop becomes more valuable. Any gain or loss on one side is offset on the other side. When the futures contract expires or he decides to close out the futures side of the market, say, at harvest, he delivers his long cash corn against his short futures position. True hedging is all about risk management and locking in profit opportunities, as is hedged scale trading. This book teaches you how to reap the rewards of scale trading in the futures markets without the fear associated with traditional scale trading. As you’ll learn, scale traders buy into descending markets. The concept is “What goes down must come up,” and all positions eventually become winners. Theoretically, this is true. But time and again, I’ve seen good, experienced traders panic when the price of the commodity they are long limits down for 1, 2, 3, or more days in a row. Limit-down days are trading sessions when a futures contract immediately plunges to its daily trading limit without actually trading. The reason these seasoned traders lost was that they did not put any downside protection on their positions. If you are holding only a few contracts on the long (buy) side, not to mention having a multiple contract position, it is a most unpleasant sensation to watch prices dive without being able to do anything. It recalls the feeling you get when you are driving a car on an icy road and realize you are skidding out of control. Nothing responds. Trying to brake or steer makes the situation worse. Get the feeling? There are ways of managing this risk in the futures market. I’ll even teach you how to make money from these rare and frightening market moves. Until now, all the books and all the scale trading gurus, to the best of my knowledge, have not recommended the techniques described in this book. But the brokers I worked with used them, and they made a substantial difference! The trading strategies I teach are not macho, and they are not classical scale trading. They reduce the profit potential and interfere with the true essence of scale trading—or at least that is how the purist’s argument goes.

McCafferty_FM_IPROF_P

Introduction

7/2/01

8:54 AM

Page xiii

xiii

We, meaning I and the brokers I worked with, bought into these arguments for a while. After we saw some of our good clients go belly up, financially and emotionally, when faced with margin calls they could not meet, we said enough is enough! Traders can make above-average profits in scale trading without suffering the abuse the market is capable of delivering. Used judiciously, the strategies taught in this book can often enhance the profit margin. Another purpose of this book is to show investors, especially those who have prospered in the stock market during the past decade, that there is an alternative investment opportunity worthy of consideration once the stock market retreats to its historical return of 11 percent per year. The general argument against futures trading is that it is extremely complicated, virtually esoteric. Others say it is no different from gambling. Scale trading the way it is taught in this book is more similar to trading securities than it is to trading futures. One of the most reliable ways to make money in the stock market is to purchase shares in well-run, well-financed companies whose earnings are growing, and holding them as the per-share price appreciates. If you hold them long enough, you are almost guaranteed to win. Scale trading is similar, but it works in the opposite direction. Following the rules detailed in this book, you buy futures contracts of commodities that are declining. Eventually, the prices of these commodities turn around, and you exit your positions at a profit. Best of all, you’ll understand the rules and why they work: They are built on the sound foundation of the laws of supply and demand. You will even learn how to incorporate methods to further manage your risk and enhance your profit potential. The book begins with an explanation of the two derivative markets you will be trading, including how and why they work. By the end of Chapter 2, you should be very comfortable with these markets. From time to time, you may find the Glossary useful. Next, traditional and hedged scale trading are compared and contrasted. Once you thoroughly understand the concept of scale trading, the rules you need to know to succeed are presented. There are two key issues you need to pay particular attention to—which commodities to scale trade and when to begin a scale. After that, advanced techniques—such as when to make small adjustments in trading that can substantially increase your return—are introduced.

McCafferty_FM_IPROF_P

7/2/01

8:54 AM

Page xiv

xiv

Introduction

The backbone of scale trading is fundamental analysis of the futures market. You’ll learn how to do this analysis and to identify the critical factors impacting the commodities you will be trading. The source of good fundamental information is either your broker, the research department of the brokerage firm or clearing member, or the Internet. If your broker is not a scale trading expert, you could have problems. I discuss how to deal with this situation. Scale traders hold long futures positions, waiting for them to move into specific price ranges (referred to as the scales) before taking profits. Since no one can accurately predict when this might occur and since futures contracts expire on specific dates, the scale trader must occasionally transfer positions from the current contract month to a more distant one—from the May corn contract to the September contract, for example. This is called rolling positions over. You’ll learn the most efficient ways of doing this. There are some substantial differences between the protection you have as an individual investor in the futures market compared with what you have in the stock market. By the time you finish this section, you’ll be well informed, and I think you’ll be pleasantly surprised at the quality of the protection afforded futures traders. Last of all, you’ll get some good ideas and suggestions on how best to get started. These are solid ideas and approaches I have learned over years of working with scale traders and brokers. You will find they can save you time and money.

A WORD TO THE WISE . . . Investing in anything is risky, because you are attempting to predict what may or may not happen at some time in the future. Only hindsight is 20-20. What makes futures trading riskier than stock trading is the amount of leveraging available. If you trade stocks in a margin account, you can leverage 50 percent of the value of the stock. With futures, you may be required to put down only 5 percent or less of the value of the contract being traded as the initial margin. It is this high leveraging factor (20:1) that accounts for the high profits that commodity brokers brag about. But it is also this high leveraging that can create the major losses some traders experience. You can lose money in scale trading just as you can with any investment. And you can lose more than you invest as a result of leveraging.

McCafferty_FM_IPROF_P

Introduction

7/2/01

8:54 AM

Page xv

xv

The hedged scale trading system attempts to manage the risk as much as possible. Unfortunately, there is no completely foolproof system. In my opinion, this system comes as close as any I’ve seen. Again, no one can foretell the future or what totally unexpected events (war, weather, politics, etc.) will impact the markets you trade. For this reason, I maintain that not everyone is suited to the futures market or scale trading. You do not have to trade; it is totally your decision. I do recommend you read this book, discuss the opportunities with trusted advisors, interview a few scale trading brokers, talk with some actual scale traders, and visit some of the Web sites devoted to the subject. Then decide whether scale trading fits your temperament and investment objectives. If you do decide that it is something worth pursuing, good hunting!

This page intentionally left blank.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch01_McCafferty

7/2/01

CHAPTER

8:55 AM

Page 1

1

The Derivative Markets—Futures

The purpose of this chapter is to give you insights into the minds of a large percentage of the derivative traders who will be driving the market you will be trading. Once you know where they are coming from and what they are trying to accomplish, you will be better armed to take advantage of their weaknesses. Understanding these markets will also give you the discipline needed to be a successful scale trader. The term derivative is generic and refers to a wide variety of financial instruments whose prices are derived from the value of an underlying entity. That entity could be a security, as in an option on a stock. Or it could be a debt instrument (bond futures contract), equity index (S&P futures contract), or a physical commodity (corn futures contract). The prices of derivatives rise and fall as the supply-demand equation of their underlying entity reacts to new information entering the marketplace. It can be either current or future projections that impact pricing of the underlying entity or even rumors or false or misleading information deliberately placed to disrupt the markets. The most important aspect traders new to futures markets need to grasp is that most derivative markets attempt to anticipate the future price of the underlying entity. Derivative traders use a variety of analytic tools, such as fundamental and technical analysis or a combination of the two, to predict where prices of the underlying entities will be a minute, an hour, days, weeks, months, or years into the future. 1

Copyright 2001 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Click Here for Terms of Use.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch01_McCafferty

2

7/2/01

8:55 AM

Page 2

CHAPTER 1

Another key element is that derivatives involve either rights or obligations on the part of the owner of the derivative. This means the owner or trader has a right to the underlying entity at some time and price in the future or an obligation to deliver the derivative at some time or price in the future. The difference depends on whether the trader is the buyer or seller of the derivative. In the final analysis, a derivative is only a contract mutually agreed upon between market participants. To be a legal contract, all terms must be acceptable to both parties and money must be exchanged. Once this is complete, the buying party has rights that may be exercised against the seller. Conversely, the seller must live up to the obligations of the contract, which usually means prompt delivery of the underlying entity to the buyer. One of the socially redeeming values of derivatives is that they can be used to manage risk. For example, an individual owner of an underlying entity, such as a stock position or even an entire portfolio, who fears it will lose value over the coming months but does not wish to sell it, can buy a derivative. A put option on that security or an index matching the portfolio will gain value as the underlying entity loses value. As the security loses value, the put gains value. Properly done, the investor is hedged or neutral. The price or value of the underlying entity is frozen for a period of time. Hedgers can also be major consumers of the underlying entities. Typical examples are grain merchants who have contracts to supply corn, soybeans, and wheat to corporations that process these commodities into feed and food for human and/or animal consumption. Or it could be producers of gasoline and heating oil that use the futures markets in crude oil to lock up prices at advantageous times. Users of silver, gold, and copper do the same thing in the electrical, photographic, and jewelry industries. So do banks, pension funds, mutual funds, and other financial institutions that rely on financial futures to meet obligations they must prepare for in the near- to long-term future. Currency futures can take some of the sting out of importing or exporting. Second, derivative markets provide an insight into the future supply-demand situation of the underlying entities. By tracking contracts that expire in 3, 6, 9, or 12 months into the future, interested parties (users, hedgers, traders, government officials, the

IPRO-F_11/13_ch01_McCafferty

7/2/01

The Derivative Markets—Futures

8:55 AM

Page 3

3

press, etc.) know what the market participants project regarding excesses or shortages in underlying entities. Another one of the most useful contributions of the derivative exchanges is price discovery. Thousands of traders, hedgers, speculators, and scalpers, representing every corner of the world and most major corporations, bid and offer contracts on hundreds of underlying entities. The consensus of this activity provides insights into the future pricing for all these entities—not just on the spot markets, but as far out as a year or more. Without these markets, the users of the commodities represented by futures contracts would not have a remote idea as to where price trends were headed, nor would they be alerted to future shortages or oversupply conditions. The derivative markets can be excellent planning guides for a wide variety of industries, even sovereign nations. Yet another function of the derivative markets is generating income via speculation, something near and dear to all our hearts. Many of these markets are extremely popular with speculators. Their objective is simply to generate short-term profits, betting on the near-term price fluctuations. Their value to the hedger and scale trader is that they add much needed liquidity to many derivative markets, making it easier to buy and sell derivative contracts. There is nothing new about the derivative markets. Market historians are proud to trace their use back to the Old Testament. The Book of Genesis, Chapter 29, tells the story of Jacob, who bought an option costing seven years’ labor. It gave him the right to marry Laban’s daughter Rachel. Unfortunately, Laban reneged on the contract, perhaps the first default on an over-the-counter option, and Jacob married Leah, Rachel’s older sister. Like any good options trader, Jacob jumped right back in the market and bought a second option on Rachel. (Multiple wives were permitted in 1700 B.C.) Again, the option cost him another seven years of labor. This time there was a happy ending, presupposing the sisters got along together, for Jacob. It could not have been too bad, since Jacob ended up with 12 sons, who became the patriarchs of the 12 tribes of Israel. In merry old England of the Middle Ages, records indicate a flourishing futures market. As early as the thirteenth century, active forward contract markets existed in wheat and wool in London. Forward contracting is the practice of producers agreeing

IPRO-F_11/13_ch01_McCafferty

4

7/2/01

8:55 AM

Page 4

CHAPTER 1

to deliver a certain amount of a commodity of a predetermined quality to a dealer at a specific time in the future at a set price. These types of markets were the forerunners of our modern-day futures and options contracts. The Royal Exchange in London is usually credited as the first exchange to allow the trading of forward contracts in the seventeenth century, and it was forward contracts that helped fuel the Dutch tulip mania of 1637. As a matter of fact, 15 to 25 percent of trades executed on the New York Stock Exchange in its early years were classified as “time bargains” or forward contracts, rather than transactions for cash or next-day settlement. But credit for the first fungible contract is usually given to the Yodoya Rice Market in Osaka, Japan, around 1650. In the United States, the Chicago Board of Trade was the first futures market, opening in 1848. Necessity is the mother of invention, and at the time, the grain market was in chaos. The abundant crops produced in the Midwest poured into Chicago at harvest. More came in than could be handled and stored. There needed to be a way of bringing the crops to market in an orderly fashion. The grain storage facilities in Chicago and other key collection locations were overwhelmed at harvest and underutilized most of the rest of the year. Chicago, because of its location on Lake Michigan and the surrounding farm states of Illinois, Iowa, and Michigan, was a natural center for farm commerce. When Chicago was flooded with corn and wheat at harvest, prices plummeted. Storage facilities were bursting at their seams. Neither the farmers nor the grain merchants could make the money they deserved under those circumstances. A similar situation existed with the marketing of the livestock. A plan was devised to allow farmers to store the grain on their farms and bring it to market in an orderly fashion, while receiving an advance payment based on future delivery and locking in a decent price. This was known as the “to-arrive” contract. The grain merchants of Chicago also had the right to trade these contracts among themselves. If demand rose, these merchants would bid the price up of the to-arrive contracts. The price to the farmer did not change, but the farmer had transferred the risk of ownership, meaning lower prices, to the grain merchant. By 1865, the contract terms were standardized and a fungible contract was in place.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch01_McCafferty

7/2/01

The Derivative Markets—Futures

8:55 AM

Page 5

5

In 1874, the Chicago Produce Exchange was organized to compete with the Chicago Board of Trade (the Board). It changed its name to the Chicago Mercantile Exchange in 1919. The “Merc,” as it is generally known, was followed by several other local exchanges, but the Board and the Merc remain the world leaders in futures trading to this day. Jacob’s option was an over-the-counter (OTC) option, some might even call it a forward contract like the ones first used in Chicago. Nevertheless, by this simple means the parties negotiated and agreed on all the terms of the contract. OTC options are still widely used, but it is exchange-traded derivatives that are important to the hedged scale trader. With exchange-traded derivatives, all the terms and conditions are set in advance by the exchanges, except price and the number of contracts to be bought or sold. Terms and conditions means the size of the contract (how many shares of a security or bushels, bales, pounds, tons, gallons, barrels, etc. of a physical commodity such as cotton, copper, or crude oil), the quality of the underlying entity, the location of delivery, and time of delivery. The term fungibility is used in derivative markets to denote that each contract is completely interchangeable. All the specifications—quality, quantity, date of delivery, and delivery location—are standard. Since the trader decides how many contracts to buy or sell, only price needs to be decided, and that is done traditionally through open outcry auctions in the trading pits. The term commodities was used initially because the only underlying entities being traded were physical commodities. In 1972, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange began trading the currency futures contract. This contract was followed by the interest rate futures contract on the Chicago Board of Trade (1975). The Merc countered with Treasury bill futures (1975) and the Board with T-bond futures (1977). The competition went on and on and still goes on. Now you can trade weather insurance and electricity contracts. Major exchanges developed in New York. By the mid-1970s, the term futures replaced commodity, for obvious reasons. These exchanges also developed options contracts, once they got up and running. The Roaring Twenties was as wild and unregulated a period in the commodities and options-on-commodities markets as it was in securities. Bucket-shop trading commodities and options abounded. Options were so abused that they were banned in 1936. Eventually they reappeared in 1973.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch01_McCafferty

6

7/2/01

8:55 AM

Page 6

CHAPTER 1

As a scale trader, you will need to master two derivative markets—the futures and the options-on-futures markets. Let’s begin with an overview of the futures markets. I use the symbol of Janus, the ancient Roman god, to explain the futures markets. Janus was the god with two faces, one looking fore, the other aft. The god’s responsibility was to protect entrances. Janus’s main temple in the Roman Forum opened its doors during times of war and closed them in times of peace. The reason I use Janus is because there are so many dichotomies that must be dealt with when trading futures. First, you can buy or sell (go long or short) without any restrictions. In the securities market, an individual trader must have an uptick in price (New York Stock Exchange) or an up bid (NASDAQ) before being permitted to short a stock. Not so with futures. In addition to not having any restrictions, you can execute trades rapidly—you can get a fill on a market order while you are still on the phone with your broker. Or you can trade electronically. You can reverse your position just as quickly. For example, you are long one copper contract, you decide you want to be short, and you sell two. In an instant, you have reversed your position. But the most important dichotomy for the scale trader to understand is the one that drives the market for speculators; that dichotomy is fear and greed. Speculators are torn between the two. One drives the markets to exuberant highs; the other bursts the bubble, trashing the markets. When you begin to study price charts, you will see repeated examples of prices hitting highs only to immediately reverse to test the lows and visa versa. More important, you will see many instances where a market will oscillate within a range, moving up and down, over and over again, as the mood swings of the participants ebb and flow between confidence and insecurity. These periods of ambiguity are gold mines for scale traders, as will be explained in detail. Before we get into all that, let me define the basic concept of futures trading. When you buy or sell a commodity or a futures contract, exactly what are you buying or selling? A futures contract is a fungible contract. For example, you buy or sell one crude oil contract. By entering this contract, you agree to accept delivery of (buy side) or to deliver (sell side) 1000 barrels (42,000 gallons) of crude oil of a specific grade (quality) at a specific location or terminal on or by a specific date at a specific price. If you do not offset

IPRO-F_11/13_ch01_McCafferty

7/2/01

The Derivative Markets—Futures

8:55 AM

Page 7

7

your futures position, you are truly expected to take (long) or make (short) delivery. Naturally, it is rare for individual traders to take or make delivery of the physical commodity. (Most financial futures settle in cash.) Those traders, short when a contract expires, deliver to those who are still long. If a short plans on delivering, the short files a notice of intent to deliver. A long would notify the clearinghouse of his or her intent to accept delivery. The clearinghouse matches up the shorts that want to deliver with the longs that want to accept a delivery. There are usually more longs than shorts. To avoid delivery, most traders simply offset their positions by buying or selling equal and opposite positions on the same futures exchange in the same contract month. If for some reason a long does not offset a position in time, the trader may be assigned a delivery notice. Additionally, when a trader receives a notice of delivery, he or she must deposit enough cash to pay 100 percent of the contract. If a livestock contract is involved, the trader is also assessed yard and feed fees. The trader who does not want to accept delivery in this situation can retender the contract. Retendering is the process of reoffering the contract to the open market. There is no guarantee as to what price the trader will be paid for the contract. This is a risk of retendering. The trader will also be assessed two additional commissions for handling the transactions. It is a rare occurrence, but it can happen if a scale trader hesitates too long in rolling over expiring futures positions, which is the subject of Chapter 8. This brings another important aspect of the futures contract: expiration. Unlike securities, which you can hold indefinitely or at least as long as the corporation is in business, futures have specific expiration dates. When a contract expires, it is known as “going off the board.” As one contract expires in a particular commodity, another one begins. For example, the corn contracts expire or are delivered in March, May, July, September, and December. As one goes off the board, another one begins, with at least three contracts trading at any one time. Other futures contracts, like crude oil, provide for delivery every month. My point is simply that you cannot hold a futures position indefinitely. The contract nearest to expiration is called the nearby and is usually the most active. The farther the contract is away in time from delivery or expiration, the less liquid it is, as a general rule.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch01_McCafferty

8

7/2/01

8:55 AM

Page 8

CHAPTER 1

Liquidity is a measurement of how many contracts are being traded per trading session. Scale traders need a certain amount of liquidity to open positions. Additionally, scale traders need a certain amount of time for the scale they are trading to develop. As you will learn in Chapter 7, the contract month you decide to trade in will depend on the liquidity, the number of months to expiration, and the price differential (carrying cost) between contract months. Liquidity in the futures markets has a lot to do with the role played by the clearinghouse. When you buy or sell a futures contract, you are not entering in a contract with another individual or group of individuals in the case of multiple contracts. You are creating a financial obligation to the clearinghouse. The clearinghouse is the buyer or seller of all contracts. In securities parlance, it is the contra party. Therefore, when you buy or sell a futures contract, it is the clearinghouse that matches all the trades at the end of each day. You do not have to find a buyer when you want to sell or a seller when you want to buy. The clearinghouse is also responsible for licensing delivery terminals. Since your financial obligation is to the clearinghouse, it sets the amount of money you must ante up to hold a position. This, of course, is called margin money. Most clearinghouses are corporations owned by the exchanges they serve, and each exchange has a margin committee. You must trade through an FCM (futures commission merchant), who has a financial obligation to stand behind your trading activity. In other words, the clearinghouse sets a minimum margin requirement for each contract, which is usually accepted by the exchange’s margin committee. But your FCM and its IB (introducing broker) have the right to increase the exchange minimum at their discretion. The amount of the margin can be adjusted at any time to reflect market conditions. The more volatile the market, the higher the margin tends to become. Margins on futures contacts are considered low by most standards, which generally encourages liquidity. You might be required to deposit only 5 percent of the value of a contract. This creates enormous leverage, which can be a boon or a bust. I will provide some examples and more details in a later chapter. For a scale trader, it is important to know who the players are in the futures game. Each has a specific role that can be very beneficial to the trader.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch01_McCafferty

7/2/01

The Derivative Markets—Futures

8:55 AM

Page 9

9

The players you generally hear most about are the speculators. Speculators come in two stripes—the professional and the amateur. If the pro trades on the floor of the exchange, he or she is usually a scalper. Scalpers seek SIPs (small incremental profits). They hold positions for very short periods of time (seconds or minutes) and rarely take positions home overnight. In the securities business, they would be the equivalent of day traders. In the pits, they perform two important functions. First, they are the price police. Whenever there is an imbalance in price, they jump on it, attempting to take advantage of the disparity. Second, they provide liquidity when it is most desired by the scale trader. There are certain times when the market as a whole is uncertain as to what the price of a commodity should be or whether a price trend should continue or reverse. At these times, prices oscillate up and down. These incidents often occur at areas of price support or resistance. It is at these times that scalpers become extremely active, providing liquidity. You will be taught in a later chapter how to take advantage of these opportunities to enhance your returns. Scalpers in the pits are also referred to as locals, simply because most of them are of local origin, unlike floor traders hired by larger firms, who are often recruited from other locales. The second type of professional trader either trades for his or her own account or for others. The best way to get inside the mind of these traders is to read Jack Schwager’s books Market Wizards and New Market Wizards. Both books are a series of in-depth interviews with several of the world’s foremost futures traders. None of them is a scale trader, but reading the books will give you a unique insight into how these people think and trade. Knowing this, you will eventually be able to feel when these pros are entering markets and why markets move the way they do. Price patterns are no more than a reflection of the emotions of everyone trading at that point in time and space, and the market wizards are often the leaders of the pack. Some wizards trade for investors. They become CTAs (commodity trading advisors) and trade very large pools of money. Other professionals trade for large trading firms and institutions, like pension funds. A few CTAs provide professionally managed scale trading programs. Trading large amounts of money, often tens of millions of dollars, magnifies the impact of the pros.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch01_McCafferty

10

7/2/01

8:55 AM

Page 10

CHAPTER 1

The amateur speculators also fall into two categories—fullor part-time. They can be further divided by the time frames they trade. The full-timers tend to be nerds in the sense that they either have a computerized, technical trading system that they developed themselves or acquire a proprietary system, such as Traded Station by Omega Research. The trading systems this group uses may be of any time frame. The part-timers tend to be in the game seeking large, quick profits, but they are not, as a rule, serious students of the markets. Often heavily influenced by their commodity brokers, many of them are in reality gamblers. Their time horizon tends to be short term. Again, both add liquidity at just the right times, which is extremely important as you will see when I discuss strategies. The market segment of most importance to the scale trader is the commercials. These are businesses that actually use the commodities represented by the futures contracts being traded. They use the futures markets to manage risk and control the flow of the underlying entities they need in order to produce the products they make, sell, or own. As mentioned earlier, silver is used to make film and electrical devices. Grain merchants, livestock producers (beef, chicken, turkey, pork, etc.), bakers, and cereal manufacturers must have corn and wheat at reasonable prices and when it is needed to meet customers’ demands. Refineries cracking crude oil into heating oil and gasoline cannot leave price and supply to chance. Importers, exporters, banks, and even countries have a need to trade currency futures. Major stockholders, such as pension and mutual funds, banks, securities brokerage firms, and retirement plans, all hedge the risk of price fluctuation by trading stock index futures contracts. All these commercials have a strong financial use for what they trade, and most of them are large and well financed. They are staffed with well-trained professionals using the best trading tools money can buy, even to the point of having satellites photograph the key growing areas around the world. The futures contracts they buy are said to be “held in strong hands” compared with speculators who are nowhere near as flush and only seek a quick turnaround using their intuition more than anything else. For all these reasons, the commercials have the wherewithal to take more heat (adverse price pressure) than the amateur does. More important,

IPRO-F_11/13_ch01_McCafferty

7/2/01

The Derivative Markets—Futures

8:55 AM

Page 11

11

these professional players are longer-term traders, as are scale traders. Therefore, you will learn how to find out what commercials and larger traders are doing and input their activity into your trading. Since many of the commercials use the underlying entity in their business, they are true hedgers. Once hedged, they hold their positions unless something extraordinary occurs. This is another sign of their strong hands and the conviction of their commitment to a specific contract. As you will learn, the commercials can tell you when the light at the end of the supply-demand tunnel is lit. You do not always find this steadfastness in the farmerhedgers mentioned in the Introduction. My personal experience with farmer-hedgers was not gratifying. They often started as legitimate hedgers, selling on the futures market when corn prices soared on a summer rally. But when the rally ended and prices retreated, they often wanted to offset their short positions and take profits. That made their long, physical position growing in their fields naked. Now they were speculators. Their hope was, of course, for another rally, giving them a chance to hedge again. This does not always happen. The problem, and something you will have to address yourself, is staying true to your trading strategy. The scale trader who gets lured away from scale trading into speculation will eventually regret that decision. But sometimes it is very tempting. For example, you have created a scale and you have five or six long positions. The market rockets north. The scale trader is supposed to methodically exit each position at a stated price, which was specified in the scale. But with such a bull market raging and six long positions on his or her hands, it is tempting to hold those positions for the maximum profit. More often than not, you will be whipsawed. This is when prices move in one direction and you attempt to react to that move. About the time you do, the trend reverses itself, producing a severe loss in your adjusted positions. If you are going to scale trade, then scale trade. If you are going to speculate, then speculate. Never try to do both at the same time, particularly in the same account. I will show you how to set this up later, if you have the inclination. The last player you should become familiar with is the broker. I describe later in detail what scale traders need from brokers and how to select them, but right now I want to make sure you

IPRO-F_11/13_ch01_McCafferty

12

7/2/01

8:55 AM

Page 12

CHAPTER 1

understand their point of view. Brokers are primarily salesmen. Like all salesmen, some are helpful and interested in the success of their clients, and others are simply hyping trades for commissions. The brokers who will take scale trading accounts tend to be above average. Scale traders do not churn their accounts as speculators do. Often scales develop slowly. The broker is expected to keep track of a large number of orders and potential orders. Several markets must be monitored, and the scale trading customers demand large amounts of fundamental and technical information. Many brokers find scale trading too much work for them. The brokers who seek out scale trading business are the ones that believe that scale trading is one of the strategies that provides their customers a better-than-average chance of being successful. They look for longer-term relationships with their customers and have taken the time to learn how scale trading works. Joe Broker, whom you bump into on the World Wide Web or on a cold sales call, will not have a clue. The selection of a broker and his or her brokerage firm is one of your most important decisions. You will learn all you need to know shortly to make that decision successfully. Anyone who trades the market must have a strategy or a system. Yours is laid out in this book, but let’s look for a moment at how others do it so you will be able to recognize what is happening as price trends fluctuate. In theory, futures trading is simple. Buy low; sell high. Sell high; buy low (see Figure 1-1). The only fly in the soup is figuring out what is high and what is low, and doing this in advance of the next market move. Over the centuries, an enormous amount of time, energy, and money has been expended to answer this question. Judging by the fact that most futures trades lose money, it has not been solved. There are two main disciplines used to project future prices and trends—fundamental and technical analysis. You will be taught to use both in your scale trading. But now it is time to review briefly the key elements of both. Fundamental analysis is the study of all the underlying factors that can possibly influence the supply-demand equation. For example, fundamental technicians build models of the supply and demand chain. First, they define all the elements. Then they gather

IPRO-F_11/13_ch01_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:55 AM

Page 13

The Derivative Markets—Futures

FIGURE

13

1-1

Just Buy Low and Sell High or Sell High and Buy Back Low

Sell @ $4.00/unit

Buy @ $2.00/unit

Sell @ $4.00/unit

Buy Back @ $2.00/unit

Futures trading is often described as simply buying low and selling high or selling high and buying back low. In practice, determining when a commodity is about to trend higher or lower early enough to take advantage of that trend has proved somewhat elusive for most speculators.

all the data and compare total supply and total demand to determine how much will be left over at the end of the year. This is called the carryover. A calendar year is rarely used. A fiscal year that closely resembles the supply-demand cycle replaces it. For example, for a field crop like corn, supply comes from harvesting the crop. Therefore, the U. S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) sets the crop year from October 1 through September 30 of the following year. Although some corn in southern states is harvested before October 1, the main crop coming out of the Midwest usually begins harvest on or about October 1. Once carryover is known, it is compared with historical price levels at similar carryover ranges. The analysts then forecast the next year’s production to determine demand and carryover for the next crop year. Using this equation and comparing how prices behaved in the past under similar circumstances, they project the coming year’s price ranges. It does not take a market wizard to realize that a lot can

IPRO-F_11/13_ch01_McCafferty

14

7/2/01

8:55 AM

Page 14

CHAPTER 1

happen to modify either supply or demand over an extended period of time. Nevertheless, fundamental analysis tends to be very useful for projecting long-term trends, patterns, and cycles. Technical analysis is the study of all the underlying statistics generated from the trading on the various futures contracts. It is used by most traders as a trade-timing tool. If fundamental analysis is the “what” of where prices are going next, technical analysis is the “when.” Since most futures traders are short-term traders and timing is critical to them, most use some sort of technical analysis. On the other hand, most long-term traders use fundamental analysis. Leading among them are the grain merchants and commercial users. It is for this reason that you, as a scale trader, will pay particularly close attention to them. But you will also use technical analysis for timing and to be alerted to other trading patterns you can use to your advantage. Besides the timing factor, futures traders use technical analysis because it provides precise signals. Do not confuse precise with accurate. When foretelling the future, there are no fail-safe techniques. Experienced commodity traders rely on technical analysis to warn them when they are wrong or when a trade is going sour. They follow the axiom: “Cut your losers short; let your winners run!” Technical analysis is good at this, and fundamental analysis is not. For example, if a trader gets into a trade, technical analysis will indicate where to exit the trade if it is failing. There may be a key trend line or a price support level, and if either one of these is violated, the trader should exit the trade. On the other hand, if your fundamental analysis tells you copper is a good buy at 48 cents, it must be a great buy at 30 cents. But if you are down 12 cents or $3000 (25,000 lb.  $0.12), you may not be ready to open another long position, unless, of course, you are a scale trader, which I’ll get into in Chapter 3. My point is that there are only five possible outcomes to a trade. You can make a big profit, make a modest profit, break even, or take a small loss or a large loss (see Figure 1-2). Technical analysis is great at eliminating one of these results—the large loss. The theory then states that if you limit your trading exposure to only the other four possibilities, you will be a net winner. This does work for the most disciplined of traders. My experience has been that all too many traders hold small losers until they become

IPRO-F_11/13_ch01_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:55 AM

Page 15

The Derivative Markets—Futures

FIGURE

15

1-2

The Possible Results of a Trade

Large Profit Small Profit Breakeven Small Loss Large Loss

There are only five possible outcomes for any trade: (1) a large profit, (2) a small profit, (3) breakeven, (4) a small loss, or (5) a large loss. A trader can substantially improve his or her chances of success by totally avoiding large losses. Technical analysis, used with discipline, can virtually eradicate large losses as a possible outcome.

account busters, and this is one of the primary reasons most futures traders are net losers. You will be happy to know scale trading eliminates this negative behavioral pattern. Still, I am not saying you cannot lose in scale trading. The most widely used tool of the technician is the futures price chart. There are basically three types of charts: line, point and figure, and bar. The one most used and the one used in scale trading is the bar chart; it is the only one we need to deal with in this text. To understand how to use charts, you must make a few assumptions. First, you must accept the concept that the market is efficient, meaning it immediately reflects all the news, facts, rumors, and developments impacting prices on a real-time basis. The trueblue technician does not have to look anywhere but to the charts to know everything there is to know about the price of a futures contract. Charts of course cannot distinguish between incorrect news and correct news, any more than the floor trader can. But it really does not matter, since either has the power to move the markets. Second, you must think of the charts more as a barometer than a thermometer. Rather than just telling you the temperature of a

IPRO-F_11/13_ch01_McCafferty

16

7/2/01

8:55 AM

Page 16

CHAPTER 1

market, the charts tell you that upward or downward pressure is changing and that the prices you see indicate the future, rather than the present. This means the market anticipates where prices should be at some time in the future, as opposed to the cash markets, which tell you what they are at the moment. For the scale trader, the charts are prognosticating changes in the supplydemand equation. Finally, prices tend to trend, and the longer the trend, the more reliable it is. These are important assumptions for the scale trader. As you will see in Chapters 3 and 4, you will be looking for longterm trends and will be expecting them to continue for a period of time. Eventually, they will reverse, providing you profit opportunities at manageable risk levels. The reason markets trend is simple. They trend up because of greed and down because of fear. Fear and greed rule the futures market. You, as a scale trader, play into these two emotions without indulging in them. Along with fear and greed is the natural propensity of individuals to function as a herd when facing the unknown. Let me elaborate. One trader buys silver because he thinks it is going higher. Others in the pit follow because they do not know any better. The more it goes up, the more buyers there are. Everyone in the pit wants to make a fortune buying silver low and selling it high. Greed creates an uptrend. At some point, a few traders get nervous. Silver is getting expensive. The commercial users quit buying. Speculators halt their buying. Selling begins. The nervous get scared. Fear drives the market lower. Markets tend to fall faster than they climb because fear is a stronger motivator than even greed. At some price point, silver is really cheap. The commercials see profit opportunities and begin to buy again. They have a real use for silver. They can make it into jewelry, electrical components, and photographic film and sell those products at a profit. They do not give a damn what the futures traders think or how scared they are. The market reverses and the scale traders take their profits. When you study the charts, the length of the trend and other signals are important. Trends or trading ranges that are a year or more old are more important than those that are only days, weeks, or months old. The reason is simply that the longer ones enjoy more of a consensus from all the market participants. If wheat has been trading lower for the past two years, the wheat traders must

IPRO-F_11/13_ch01_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:55 AM

Page 17

The Derivative Markets—Futures

17

have found a reason for that; maybe bountiful harvests worldwide due to excellent weather have kept the carryover from year to year high. Supply is higher than demand is strong. Inflation can play into this scenario as well with the physical commodities, which are the ones I recommend for scale trading. Scale traders look at the last 10 years of price activity in their selection of scale trading candidates. They buy as prices descend and sell as they recover. Over a 10-year period, inflation usually increases the base price of physical commodities, taking some of the risk of them setting new all-time lows. In other words, inflation should mitigate some of the risk of scale trading. But this is not a given. Now let’s take a close look at a futures price bar chart (see Figure 1-3). The vertical axis measures price, and the horizontal measures time. Only trading days are represented. Weekends and exchange holidays are omitted. A single bar, hence the name, represents a specific period of time. It could be a day, a week, or a

FIGURE

1-3

Basic Commodity Price Bar Chart

Commodity XYZ

High

Price

Trading Range

Open Close Low

Open Interest Volume

Time Bar charts are the most basic tool of most technicians. The vertical axis represents price; horizontal, time. Volume and open interest are located below the bar portion of the chart. Charts can be for any length of time, from minutes to decades. Scale traders begin studying charts of at least 10-year duration looking for scale trading candidates.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch01_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:55 AM

Page 18

CHAPTER 1

18

month, or it could be just a portion of the trading session, such as an intraday chart generating a bar every minute or every five minutes. The high point of the bar marks the high price for the period. Conversely, the lowest point of the bar denotes the low. The length of the bar is the trading range. A tick extending to the right of the bar marks the close. Some charts have a tick on the left as well, denoting the opening price. Below the bar-chart portion of the overall chart is a series of vertical lines. There is one for each period of time, representing the trading volume for that period. Above the volume is a line designating open interest. Scales measuring the volume and open interest are on the right of the chart. The importance and use of this information to the scale trader is discussed later. Technical analysts study the charts looking for recurring patterns. They believe that certain patterns predict future movement of price. Some chart patterns are so familiar to so many traders that they become self-fulfilling prophecies. Others are more esoteric and less reliable. There are literally hundreds of patterns and formations, more than can be dealt with in this text. But the ones you need to know as a scale trader are covered in Chapter 10. If you wish to pursue this study, you will find some recommended texts in Appendix 2. Before we leave the subject of futures trading, you need to know a little about placing orders. Each exchange has its own rules regarding types of orders allowed and when they are permitted. Here is a brief overview of the possibilities: •

•

Market Orders—This order will get filled the fastest, but you have no control over the pricing. You relinquish your authority to buy or sell to the floor broker after specifying which contract and how many contracts you wish to buy or sell. Limit Order—This order specifies the medium price you will accept. Buy limit orders are placed above the market and tell the floor broker you will accept only a certain price, e.g., “Buy five November corn contracts at $4.57 or better.” Sell limit orders are placed below the market and specify your minimum price, e.g., “Sell 10 December copper contracts at 55 or better.” Or better on a buy order

IPRO-F_11/13_ch01_McCafferty

7/2/01

The Derivative Markets—Futures

•

•

•

•

•

8:55 AM

Page 19

19

means at the designated price or less than the limit price; on a sell, it means at the limit price or higher. Stop Orders—These orders become market orders when a specific price is hit, e.g., “Buy three June crude oil contracts at 33 stop.” When June crude hits 33, that order becomes a market order and can be filled at any price. Market-if-Touched (MIT)—These orders are similar to stop orders. They are activated when the price specified is touched and become market orders at that time. Stop Limit Orders—These orders combine the stop and the limit order. When the stop price is hit, they become a limit order, e.g., “Sell June gold, stop 410, limit 405 or better.” Time Limit Orders—Here you are putting time limits on when the order can be executed. Some of those limits are: Kill or Fill (fill immediately or kill the order); Market on Open/Close (each exchange has a designated time, such as the first or last 15 minutes of trading, during which this type of order must be filled); Good Till Canceled (GTC orders stay in the market until filled or canceled); or One Cancels Other (the second order cancels the first). The priority for filling the different types of orders is market orders, stop orders, limit orders, and time or price limit orders.

It behooves you to take the time to understand how the futures markets work and who the players are. As a scale trader, you must learn to take what the market gives you. It is almost a passive role compared with that of the more aggressive speculators. It is not unlike the commercials, who know what they want from the market and patiently wait for it to give it to them. All things come to the patient.

This page intentionally left blank.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch02_McCafferty

7/2/01

CHAPTER

8:57 AM

Page 21

2

The Derivative Markets— Options-on-Futures

O

ptions-on-futures are vital to a hedged scale trading strategy. You must master this subject; it is your insurance policy. In this chapter, I will teach you the science and the art of options trading. The science part of the equation is having an understanding of how options work for and against you, specifically time decay, volatility, liquidity, and the rules of trading. The art of trading is harder to share. It is the intuition that comes from years of trading and following the market. Nevertheless, I will attempt to get you inside the minds of the major players so you know how the pros look at options, compared with the way the general public does. Once you know how they think, you will be able to act, as opposed to react, to the market. This allows you to make more prudent selections of options. When you do that, you will buy better, cheaper options that will provide more protection to your futures positions. An understanding of options requires you to memorize the following 20 words: Long call  Right to buy Long put  Right to sell Short call  Obligation to sell Short put  Obligation to buy That is it. Memorize those 20 magic words and you will never get lost in an option maze. 21

Copyright 2001 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Click Here for Terms of Use.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch02_McCafferty

22

7/2/01

8:57 AM

Page 22

CHAPTER 2

An option is simply a contract, just like a futures contract. There is a buyer and a seller. Money is exchanged to obtain certain rights, and money is accepted to assume certain responsibilities. The time frame and price are set, as are the details of what is to be sold or bought. Think in terms of a real estate transaction. You want to buy a 10,000-square-foot parcel of land in a shopping center. But you do not have your financing in place, nor do you have approval for the building you wish to construct. You really believe the location of the parcel is perfect for what you want to build, but you need time. What do you do? You go to the owner—or have your real estate broker do it for you—and see if he or she will give you an option on the land. You want three months and are willing to give the owner 5 percent of the asking price. Additionally, if you exercise the option, you agree to pay the owner a specified sum that you mutually agree upon in advance. You have now locked up the property for three months; no one but you can buy it during that period of time. In return, you have paid the owner a premium to hold the property for you. If for some reason you change your mind and can’t get the building you want approved or the financing, you can walk away from the option to buy the land. You lose your premium, but that is all. Or, if everything works out as planned, you exercise your option and buy the land. You might even negotiate a clause allowing you to assign the option contract to a third party before the expiration date. Now, if you were the owner of the land, you would be the grantor of the option. You would receive the premium. You would have the obligation of holding the land off the market for three months and delivering it to the owner of the option at the predetermined price. If the buyer of the option did not exercise the option at the end of the term of the option, you would keep the option payment or premium and put the land, which could be referred to as the underlying entity, back on the market. The option has expired. This is what is known as an over-the-counter option (OTC). All the terms are negotiated between the buyer and seller. Optionson-futures, like futures contracts, are exchange traded. The clearing firm sets all the terms, except price and quantity. The buyer and

IPRO-F_11/13_ch02_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:57 AM

The Derivative Markets—Options-on-Futures

Page 23

23

seller decide how many options to buy or sell and arrive at a price via an open outcry auction in the trading pits at the exchange. Naturally, you access the exchange through a commodity broker. Exchange-traded options offer one advantage not generally available to the OTC option buyers or sellers—the ability to trade the option. Conceivably, an OTC option can be sold or traded to a third party, but it is the obligation of the buyer or seller to find that third party. With exchange-traded options, there is usually a buyer or seller immediately available. The key word here is usually. At times and under certain market conditions, you can have a problem finding a buyer for an option, but you will almost always find a seller. All this will make more sense shortly, but it is important to learn why there is a difference. Another advantage of exchange-traded options is that you can play the short side of the market as easily as the long. Try going up to a land owner and telling him or her you think the property in question is going to lose 20 percent of its value and you would like to buy an option to buy it at a substantial discount to the appraised value. You would probably be thrown out on your ear! Now let’s begin defining specific terms of an option transaction. When you pay for the right to buy a long position in an underlying entity, in this case a futures contract, the option is referred to as a call option. A call gives you the right, but not the obligation, to take a long position in a specific futures contract. Since you want to be long, you must be bullish and believe the underlying entity is going up in value. When you acquire the right to a short position in a futures contract, you buy a put. You are bearish regarding the prospects for that futures contract. You think it is heading south (see Table 2-1). Now you must select a price at which you will decide to exert your right. This is called the strike price. The options committee on the exchange on which the options are traded sets the strike prices. They are set at even intervals, i.e., $3.00, $3.10, $3.20, etc., above and below the current market value (CMV) of the underlying entity. As the CMV increases or decreases, more options are added. If a strike price is equal to the CMV, it is described as at-themoney. If a call has a strike price that is below the CMV, it is said to be in-the-money. The strike price of a put would have to be above the CMV to be in-the-money. An in-the-money call or put has

IPRO-F_11/13_ch02_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:57 AM

Page 24

CHAPTER 2

24

TA B L E

2-1

Obligations of Buyers and Sellers Option Buyer Pays for the right, but not the obligation, to a position in the futures market at a set price for a specific time period. Risk equals premium paid.

Reward equals maximum amount futures contract can move before expiring. Pays commission and fees.

Option Seller Is paid to assume the obligation to deliver a position in the futures market at a set price for a specific period of time. Risk equals the maximum amount futures contract can move before expiring. Reward equals the amount of premium paid. Pays commission and fees.

intrinsic value (see Figure 2-1). This simply means that these options have real value. You can exercise an option that is in-themoney for a long or short futures position, and that position would show an immediate gain. For example, you own a silver call with a $5.00 strike price. If the CMV of silver is $5.25, you could exercise it, and the seller or grantor of that option would deliver you a long position at $5.00. You have an immediate profit in that position of $0.25. If it is a COMEX contract for 5000 ounces of silver, your account would be ahead $1250. Don’t forget you would have to have enough margin money in your account to hold the new futures position or you would get a margin call. In addition, you pay a commission for exercising your option. The opposite of an in-the-money option is one that is out-ofthe-money. A call that is out-of-the-money has a strike price that is above the CMV. A put is out-of-the-money when its strike is below the CMV. Just think of it as the need for the CMV to catch up to the strike price. In the case of a call, the CMV or the underlying entity must go higher before the call is in-the-money. With a put, the CMV must go lower. As you would expect, an option with intrinsic value is more expensive than one that is out-of-the-money, all things being equal. When buying an option, you must pay for three things. The first is

IPRO-F_11/13_ch02_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:57 AM

Page 25

The Derivative Markets—Options-on-Futures

FIGURE

25

2-1

Silver Puts and Calls

$6.00

$5.50

$5.00

$4.50

SL $5.50 PUT

SL $5.50 CALL

In-the-Money

Out-of-the-Money

SL $5.00 PUT At-the-Money

SL $5.00 CALL

C U R R E N T M A R K E T V A L U E At-the-Money

SL $4.50 PUT

SL $4.50 CALL

Out-of-the-Money

In-the-Money

$4.00 A put or a call is at-the-money when the strike price equals the current market value (CMV). A call is in-the-money when the CMV is above the strike price. A put is in-the-money when the CMV is below the strike price.

the time to expiration. The longer the time the seller of the option gives you for the option you buy to catch up with the market, the more it will cost—again, all variables being equal. Then there is intrinsic value. If the option is already a nickel in-the-money, the seller will expect you to pay that on top of the premium for time. The last part is the potential of the option to get seriously in-the-money before it expires. This is a function of several variables, the primary one being the volatility of the underlying futures contract, to be discussed shortly. There is a very important negative side to buying options you need to be aware of and that is that they are considered to be decaying financial instruments (see Figure 2-2). In other words, they expire and become worthless. In mid-April, you buy a June $5.50 soybean put for 6 cents when June beans are trading at $5.53. It is 3 cents out-of-the-money. Note that you must always match up the option with the underlying entity by contract month. Options expire on the third Friday of the month. If beans do not drop over 9 cents, you will lose your $300 ($0.06  5000 Bu.) premium. It must be over 9 cents because you would have paid commissions of,

IPRO-F_11/13_ch02_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:57 AM

Page 26

CHAPTER 2

26

FIGURE

2-2

Value

Options as Wasting Assets

5

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

Life of Option Options are wasting assets because they eventually expire. Their time value continually deteriorates as they move toward their expiration date. To make money or conserve losses, you must offset or exercise options before they expire.

say, $25 to buy and to sell or a cent per bushel on the transaction. Always figure your transaction costs, which are a commission to your broker, plus NFA (National Future Association) fees (circa $0.25 a contract) when calculating breakeven. Add this to the premium paid and the amount the option is out-of-the-money to arrive at the breakeven price. Key point for scale traders: Options normally expire in the third week of the delivery month, but the underlying futures contracts continue for approximately another week. The last week is often the most volatile, because traders are offsetting positions to avoid being involved in delivery, while those that are delivering or taking delivery are jockeying around. Many experienced traders, depending on the number of traders who have filed notice of delivery, are very active in hopes of catching a quick profit due to the volatility. Since options expire first, your long position would be naked or uncovered the last week if your options are in the same contract month as your futures contracts. In talking strategy in Chapter 4, I will discuss whether you should buy options in the

IPRO-F_11/13_ch02_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:57 AM

The Derivative Markets—Options-on-Futures

Page 27

27

next delivery month. For example, when you scale trade July wheat, should you protect those positions with August options? A large percentage of options expire worthless, or the amateur traders hold them until the cost of offsetting or exercising them exceeds their value. Floor traders just before expiration exercise many of these options. It makes money for them because their costs to execute trades are minuscule compared with those of average traders. This practice lowers the statistics on the percentage of options expiring worthless, making the numbers look better than they really are. Don’t let the thought of expiration bother you when we begin using options to protect futures positions as part of an integrated scale trading strategy. The function of the options is to absorb risk, serving as insurance. Like most insurance policies we buy—car, home, accidental death, etc.—we hope they are not used. Nevertheless, we dutifully pay the premiums to be able to sleep at night. Always remember why the options are being used. Speculation is not the answer for the scale trader, even though we can often offset our options at a profit as the price of the commodity moves toward a bottom. Now let’s talk about shorting puts and calls. This will give you a real insight into how the professionals use and think about the options market and how you can evaluate options more accurately. If you can buy an option, someone must be selling. The seller is called the grantor and receives the premium the buyer pays for the put or call. In the example just given, a June $5.50 soybean put was bought for 6 cents. The $300 went into the commodity trading account of the seller. The seller has the obligation to deliver the underlying futures contract to the buyer on demand. If the seller sold a put, he or she has the obligation to sell a short position to the buyer whenever the buyer exercises the option before the expiration date. If the seller sold a call, he or she has the obligation to sell a long position to the buyer whenever the buyer exercises the option at the option’s strike price. If you are a seller, you never know when you are going to be exercised against. Requests to exercise are assigned randomly by most clearinghouses against the sellers. What you do know is that the owner of the option normally needs a financial reason to exercise it. That means the option must be in-the-money far enough to repay at least the premium paid for the option and the transaction

IPRO-F_11/13_ch02_McCafferty

28

7/2/01

8:57 AM

Page 28

CHAPTER 2

costs. Additionally, the owner must have a good reason for wanting to convert the option to a futures contract and assume the additional risk. Before this happens, most astute option sellers cover or offset their positions. This is a key insight. In my experience as a broker, the sellers were the ones that made money consistently in options. If a substantial percentage of options expires worthless, someone is the beneficiary. Obviously, it is the sellers. Therefore, you must pay close attention to them, because they set the prices. Think about the degree of differences in risk between buyers and sellers of options. The only risk buyers have is the premium paid for the option and the transaction cost. With the bean option discussed earlier, the buyer pays $300 premium plus $25.25 in commissions and fees. That is it. No matter what happens—soybeans shooting to $15 a bushel or plunging to zero—the buyer has only $325.25 at risk for this $5.50 June soybean put. The seller of that same option has substantially more at risk. The seller must sell a short soybean futures contract to the buyer on demand. Now the buyer owns the $5.50 put, which costs a total of approximately 61⁄4 cents. It will cost the owner one more commission to exercise the option, so soybeans will have to be trading below $5.431⁄2 to entice the owner to exercise it. Further, he or she will want more bearish news to entice him or her to exercise. But what if beans limit down for three consecutive days? The limit move for beans is 30 cents, or $1500 a day from the CMV of $5.53 at the time the put was purchased. At the end of three days, beans would be at $4.63 per bushel. All the owners of $5.50 puts would be screaming at their brokers to exercise (or offset) their options, and the put sellers would be clamoring to buy short positions to cover their exposure. This would naturally drive beans lower. At $4.63 per bushel, one party, the buyers of options, makes a $4050 profit and the other, the sellers, loses $4050 ($0.87  5000 bu.  $300 premium). Why on earth would sellers of options in their right minds risk losing $4000 or $5500 or more to gain $300? If the option grantor sold calls, it could be even more devastating. A short position can only go to zero, whereas long can go as high as infinity, theoretically. In reality, soybeans have traded at over $12 per bushel and silver at over $50 per ounce.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch02_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:57 AM

The Derivative Markets—Options-on-Futures

Page 29

29

To be blunt most options buyers do not understand options! This is my opinion, based on years of being a commodity and securities broker. Too many buyers do not take the time to evaluate the potential of the options they buy. There are many, many inexpensive software packages on the market that will calculate fair market value and rate all the options available as to their potential. Is this the silver bullet to trading options? No, there is none of course. But this is the minimum a trader should do. What all too many part-time traders do is listen to their broker. The broker raises their greed level while taking fear out of the equation. The option buyer has unlimited upside potential when buying calls, at least theoretically. Risk on the other hand is limited to the premium paid. I call the upside theoretically unlimited because I have never seen a commodity increase in value to unlimited heights. The closest I recall is silver when it hit $54 an ounce. But it took most of the Hunt family, with the help of a few Arab princes, in an attempt to corner that market to get it there. Even so, it did not reach $75, $100, or $500 an ounce. Brokers share overly rosy scenarios of the prospects for a commodity. Most are built on fundamental analysis, which is often easier than technical analysis for nonprofessionals to understand and believe. “The analysis of our research department, headed by Dr. Jones, indicates sugar, now trading at a dime, is headed to 60 cents a pound. You’ve seen reports in the paper about the draught in Cuba, haven’t you? For just a few thousand dollars you can buy a dozen 15-cent calls. You can’t lose! You have no downside risk!” Well, of course, they can lose. Their entire investment is in a wasting call option, meaning a potential loss of 100 percent of what is invested in options. Second, how much time will it take sugar to move up 600 percent? What are the odds that it will before the option expires? Worse yet, if the mark does not have “a few thousand” handy, the broker will sell him or her an option that is even more out-of-the-money at a lower price that has even a worse chance of getting into the money. Further, the premium and high commissions charged by such brokerage firms must also be recouped before this option player is ahead. My point is simply that there are an awful lot of options sold that have only a remote chance of making money for the buyer. Consequently, a high percentage expire worthless. You can bet

IPRO-F_11/13_ch02_McCafferty

30

7/2/01

8:57 AM

Page 30

CHAPTER 2

the farm that the seller of the option facing the risk of sugar skyrocketing from 10 to 60 cents a pound—a 50-cent per pound loss (112,000 lb.  $0.50  $56,000)—gave some thought and did some analysis before offering to sell call options. Key insight: Buying is emotional; selling, intellectual. In the case of the sellers of options, fear of loss sharpens their analytic skills. Lack of fear on the part of the buyers dulls their senses. Buyers lose because they must predict exactly what will happen; sellers win because they must predict what most likely will not happen, which is far easier. The second biggest mistake amateur option traders make is holding their positions until expiration. They are always hoping their positions will miraculously appear in-the-money one fine morning. Too many think of trading options as gambling. They make a bet of a few hundred without ever considering offsetting losing positions to salvage at least some of their investment. After all, you cannot offset a bet. The pros are traders in the truest sense, constantly adjusting their positions as necessary. If an option they own is obviously not going to be a winner, they offset it to salvage what they can before it expires worthless. Finally, those new to options do not realize that investors can lose trading options even if their analysis of the direction of the market is absolutely correct. Why? Several things can happen. First, as alluded to earlier, they can get talked into an option that is too far out-of-the-money, one that is deep-out-of-the money by two, three, or four strike prices, which would require a move of at least 6 on the Richter scale to make it worth offsetting or exercising. Another possibility is that it does not have enough time left on it and it will expire before it gets into a profitable price range. Or the option in question is bought in a commodity that is trading in a tight trading range, meaning little or no volatility. It was “sold” to the investors because it was cheap, not a good reason to buy any investment. In this case, the price of the options remains dormant. In other words, there are several key elements that influence the price of an option. Let’s discuss the most important of them. Time value may be the easiest to understand, so let’s start with it. When it comes to time, I always imagine options as blocks of ice of various sizes—100-, 200-, or 500-pound blocks. The longer they sit in ambient temperature, the more they melt. Some last for hours

IPRO-F_11/13_ch02_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:57 AM

The Derivative Markets—Options-on-Futures

Page 31

31

and others for days. But before you know it, all you have is a puddle of water that is evaporating—then nothing. All options decay over time. Having a fix on the odds of an option moving into the money, particularly deep into the money, before expiration is crucial. Knowing the odds is one of the key reasons the seller is willing to sell. When time erodes, the seller keeps your premium. The next key element is the strike price. Where is it? In-themoney? Deep-in-the-money? At-the-money? Out-of-the-money? Deep-out-of-the-money? Obviously, the more it is in-the-money, the more you will have to pay for it. Out-of-the-money and deepout-of-the-money options tend to be inexpensive. Why? The sellers doubt they will be enough in-the-money by expiration to be exercised or offset. The fact that the majority of options expire worthless attests to the correctness of this assumption. The definition of a deep-out-of-the-money option, by the way, varies by exchange. But the most common way of defining it is as an option that is two strike prices out-of-the-money plus one more strike price for each month left to expiration. For example, corn strike prices are 10 cents apart. If the CMV of corn is $2.50 and it is September, any September calls with strike prices above $2.70 would be considered deep-out-of-the-money, as would any December calls with strikes above $3.00. Puts are classified the same way, but in the opposite direction. All September put strikes below $2.30 and December puts below $2.00 would be deep-outof-the-money. Keep in mind that deep-out-of-the-money options are considered so risky by most exchanges that they require brokers to get additional disclosure from clients who trade them. This disclosure states that these options have a very remote chance of becoming valuable. This procedure is also followed to prevent unscrupulous brokers from selling uninformed customers worthless options just because they are cheap. Remember, the broker gets the same commission whether an option has a chance of becoming a winner or not. There is another problem with deep-out-of-the-money options, which leads us to the next key element. Liquidity is the amount of buying and selling that is occurring, in this case the amount of demand for a specific option. With options, there is always a seller but not always a buyer. Take a second to look at the

IPRO-F_11/13_ch02_McCafferty

32

7/2/01

8:57 AM

Page 32

CHAPTER 2

futures pages of the Wall Street Journal and Investor’s Business Daily. Find the options section and the volume of trades for some of the out-of-the-money options. You will be surprised at how low it can be on any given day. To speculate in options, you need liquidity to allow you to get in and out of trades. As a scale trader, you are buying insurance and waiting patiently for the market to come to you. At times, liquidity is not as important, which means you may be able to pick up some real bargains. I will discuss this further in Chapter 4. When you buy an option, you tie up your capital. You do not earn interest on the money used, and the holding period can be for several months or even longer. Therefore, the current interest rate can play a part in the traditional formula used to determine the fair market value of an option, particularly options of securities. Securities also pay dividends. With futures, because of the high leverage and lack of dividends, neither is an important consideration. The key element is volatility. I talk a lot about volatility in this book because it is the scale trader’s best friend. Without it, the scale trader withers and dies on the vine. Volatility is simply a measure of the tendency of the price of a futures contract to move up, down, or sideways. The more prices gyrate, the greater the volatility. The greater the volatility, the more valuable options become, because there is a greater chance of an out-of-the-money option becoming an in-the-money option. The best friend of the seller of options is no volatility at all or at least low volatility. Then the options price goes nowhere and the seller collects the premium. One of the most common ways of measuring volatility is calculating the standard deviation of price from the means. The classic example illustrating this concept is the flip of a coin to determine normal distribution of heads and tails. Extensive experimentation has proven that no matter how many times you flip a balanced coin, you have an equal chance of getting a head or a tail. Once you determine normal distribution, you can calculate deviation from the mean, thus providing a measure of volatility. For example, flipping a balanced silver dollar 225 times—15 separate series of 15 tosses each—produces the following theoretical results:

IPRO-F_11/13_ch02_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:57 AM

Page 33

The Derivative Markets—Options-on-Futures

33

Series #

# of Heads

# of Tails

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

1 2 3 6 8 7 10 11 9 5 6 4 2 1 0

14 13 12 9 7 8 5 4 6 10 9 11 13 14 15

With each repetition of this experiment the results vary, but the majority of the time they will be remarkably similar. The most common occurrence will be somewhere in the middle of the spectrum. Flipping all heads or all tails would be a 32,000 to 1 event. It is the normal distribution that needs to be described. It can be charted on a graph generating the well-known bell curves (see Figure 6-1). Additionally, lognormal distribution is used to reflect inflation, skewing results slightly to the positive side. Normal distribution represents a statistically valid estimate of what can be expected. The key word is estimate. The peak of the bell curve represents the average price data. The mean is calculated by multiplying the number of event-results on one side (either the number of heads or tails in the coin flipping example or say, closing prices in the case of a futures contract) by the number of flips and dividing the total by the total number of event-results. Here are the results if we use the heads event-results: Flips 11 22

# of Heads Event-Results  

1 4

IPRO-F_11/13_ch02_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:57 AM

Page 34

CHAPTER 2

34

33 46 58 67 7  10 8  11 99 10  5 11  6 12  4 13  2 14  1 15  0

            

Totals 75 563 divided by 75 

9 24 40 42 70 88 81 50 66 48 26 14 0 563 7.5067

The mean or average is approximately 7 1⁄ 2 or half of 15, as logic and experimentation dictate. That is what we expect when we flip a balanced coin. It also provides the data needed to construct a bell curve. The area within the bell curve defines all the random price moves that would fall within one standard deviation from the mean or 68.3 percent for all occurrences. Therefore, approximately twothirds of all price activity should occur within the bell curve, which is calculated using all the price data available over a selected period of time. It could be a day, a week, a month, a year, or all the price history available. It is important to study various time frames of volatility to establish patterns and determine what the normal ranges are for the option and the underlying entity being traded. This is a key insight, as you will see later. The flatter the curve, the more price diversification or higher volatility. Or the narrower the pattern, the less prices are diverse. There is no need to worry about learning how to calculate bell curves. You can find volatility charts on various Web sites on the Internet (e.g., www.optionetics.com). Additionally, there are other ways of evaluating volatility (see Table 9-1). My point is that as a scale trader you want to trade commodities with reasonably high volatility.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch02_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:57 AM

The Derivative Markets—Options-on-Futures

Page 35

35

Additionally, scale traders must become sensitive to the different types of volatility. Since it is basically a result of a mathematical calculation, it is a snapshot frozen in time. A minute, an hour, a week, a day, a month, or a year from the time the calculation is made, the bell curve could change, perhaps even drastically. Also, with physical commodities there are times of the year when their prices are more volatile. The price activity of grains, for example, increases when supply begins to dwindle and production is in question. In the summer, crops are growing to replenish supply, and natural disasters, such as draught, threaten production. This is referred to as seasonal volatility and provides the scale trader some excellent profit opportunities, as you will learn. There are also historical and implied volatility. I like to compare one against the other to see how the current situation reflects the long term. Historical volatility uses a long series of price data points in its formula—let’s say the closing prices for the last 200, 100, and 30 trading days. Has volatility increased, decreased, or remained constant? Are there any discernible trends? Take these charts and juxtapose them against implied volatility charts, which use only current data. How do they vary? Historical volatility charts tend to smooth out the data and give you an insight into your worstcase scenario. What volatility does not tell the trader is which way prices are likely to go. Millions of dollars have been expended over the years to create computer models that predict price trends. To my knowledge, none has been remotely successful over any sustainable time span. It is still a random walk down State Street as far as futures are concerned. There are two other conclusions most serious students of the futures market agree upon that reinforce the random price theory. First, prices defy artificial manipulation over the long term; eventually supply and demand come into balance. In other words, attempts to corner markets have failed, as have attempts by governments to artificially support or maintain prices over long periods of time. Eventually tides, time, and supply-demand conquer all. The second conclusion is that prices, in terms of dollars, should generally be skewed toward the positive side of the mean to be realistic, using lognormal distribution because of price inflation and other upward pressures. This is particularly true for real,

IPRO-F_11/13_ch02_McCafferty

36

7/2/01

8:57 AM

Page 36

CHAPTER 2

consumable commodities, those that should be scale trading candidates. As you will see, taking advantage of these axioms is one of the strengths of scale trading, as is capitalizing on volatility to capture oscillating profits. All this discussion leads us to the concept of fair value. How do the professional options traders decide what the fair value of an option is? The most common answer is by using the Black-Scholes formula or a variation of it. Basically, the Black-Scholes model takes four known variables and solves for the fifth. The variables are 1. The time to expiration of the option 2. The price of the underlying entity (a futures contract for us) 3. The exercise or strike price of the option being evaluated 4. The carrying cost (interest rates, dividends for stocks) of the underlying entity 5. The volatility of the price of the underlying entity It is obvious that, for options-on-futures, four of the variables are immediately available—time to expiration, price of the futures contract, strike price, and carrying cost. The last one is negligible for futures because the amount traders are allowed to leverage on a futures contract is so high and no dividends are paid. That leaves volatility as the wild card. It is a problem because it is constantly changing and you can use implied or historical volatility. In most cases when calculating fair value, use implied volatility because it reflects the current market situation. Running the formula produces a price, which is called fair market value. All things being equal, that is what an option should cost. You then compare it with the current market price and see if the option is over- or underpriced. Seems simple, until you factor in supply-demand for that particular option and realize the fair market price you calculated is static while the market is dynamic. As a scale trader, knowing fair market value helps you evaluate options, as you seek to buy those that are undervalued. Buying the cheapest insurance you can get is important as long as the coverage matches your needs. Since we are dealing with fungible contracts, there is no problem. Also, there is no need to worry about being able to calculate the Black-Scholes model. There are many inexpensive software

IPRO-F_11/13_ch02_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:57 AM

The Derivative Markets—Options-on-Futures

Page 37

37

packages available that will do that for you. Many of these packages will even rank the options being appraised for you. See Appendix 2 for some sources. After comparing fair value to current market value and selecting potential option trading candidates, the speculator often calculates a breakeven price. How far will the underlying entity have to increase or decrease for the trader to get his or her money back? What are the odds of that happening between the buy date and the expiration date? Breakeven for buyers is determined by adding the premium and the transaction cost to arrive at a total investment. For call buyers, this figure is added to the strike price. Once the underlying entity reaches that price, the owner of the call is at breakeven (see Figure 2-3). For put buyers, it is just the opposite. The total investment is subtracted from the strike price. Once the underlying entity trades at that price, the owner of the put is at breakeven. For speculators, the breakeven point is a good place to totally reevaluate the trade. How has volatility changed? What is the trend of the underlying futures contract? How strong is momentum? Is the trade going as planned or is it weakening? The trader can bail out at this point and recoup the total investment. Combination trades, using calls and puts together, are a little more complicated, but basically they involve netting out what is paid out and what is collected. Now we are getting into some basic strategies. What is going on in the minds of the various option players? How do traders expect to make money trading options, and how does each help the scale trader? The simplest players to understand are the rank amateurs mentioned earlier. They are the dentists of Peoria and the florists of St. Louis, who can’t get away often enough to gamble. A broker gets hold of them, delivers a good story about why heating oil is about to skyrocket in price, raises their greed level, and sells them some calls. Buying a call is a bullish strategy. It has theoretically infinite upside potential and predetermined downside. The underlying entity can increase in price to any level (theoretically), but all that can be lost is the premium along with the transaction costs. Of course, what can be lost amounts to only 100 percent on the investment. Some brokers, sad to say, do not call this fact to the attention

IPRO-F_11/13_ch02_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:57 AM

Page 38

CHAPTER 2

38

FIGURE

2-3

Breakeven Analysis

Buying an at-the-money call in the Futures Market Assumptions: Traders outlook is bullish for gold. COMEX $400.00 call priced at $12.00 per ounce. Commissions and fees amount to $25.00 Premium ($12.00 x 100 oz.) Commissions and Fees Total Investment

$ $

1,200.00 25.00 1,225.00

Breakeven — gold must increase $12.25 per ounce. Profit

$1,225 Breakeven $1,225

Loss 55

$340

$360

$380

$400

$420

Per Ounce Price Note: Analysis does not take time value into consideration, since it is virtually impossible to calculate with any exactitude. Maximum Gain, Loss, and Breakeven Chart: Basic Call*

Basic Put*

Long

Short

Long

Short

Maximum Gain

Infinite

Premium

SP - Premium

Premium

Maximum Loss

Premium

Infinite

Premium

SP - Premium

*SP = strike price

of their clients. They talk about limited risk involved in options trading, but this is misleading, to my way of thinking. These amateurs rarely buy puts, which is a bearish strategy. Again, the risk is predetermined, but the maximum profit potential is limited to the difference between the strike price and zero. The

IPRO-F_11/13_ch02_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:57 AM

The Derivative Markets—Options-on-Futures

Page 39

39

only futures contract that was estimated to have traded below zero was the onion contract. It once traded so low that the value of the bags the onions were packaged in exceeded the bids. Michigan farmers were so outraged that they got their congressman, Gerald Ford, to get the contract defrocked. Amateurs rarely sell options, which are considered by the industry regulators to be very high risk. If one sells a call, for example, the underlying entity (the futures contract) can gain an infinite amount of value by the time the grantor of the option is exercised upon and required to deliver a long futures position. Selling a put has a similar risk. The futures contract can drop through the strike price of the put sold all the way to zero, and the grantor would be on the line to deliver a short position priced at the strike price. In other words, the grantor of the put would be obliged to make up the difference between the strike price and zero in cash. Reality check: The pros who do the selling are often the traders who make the most profits. Remember, a large percentage of options expire worthless. In addition, the pros stay on top of their markets and cover naked positions the minute their positions appear to be in harm’s way. Responding rapidly and unemotionally is a hallmark of a professional trader. The pure amateurs add liquidity to the market. Since it is primarily on the long side, it does not provide much value to scale traders who buy puts to protect long futures positions. But there is another group of amateurs that is more helpful—the semiprofessional traders. These are the serious options players who work hard at understanding exactly how money can be made trading options. They are not professional in the sense of being licensed to trade as a broker or commodity trading advisor, but they are every bit as serious. Some derive their entire livelihood from their trading. These traders add liquidity to the market but do it with a much wider variety of strategies; they improve the liquidity of both the put and call sides of the market, often at the same time. They buy puts but, more important, they sell them and also use a variety of strategies that combine calls and puts simultaneously. I want to briefly outline a few of the most prominent of these strategies so you will recognize them in the market and understand the motivation of these key players.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch02_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:57 AM

Page 40

CHAPTER 2

40

One characteristic of the serious options players is that they just do not see much value in time. When you study the option price quotes in the paper or on a computerized trading platform, you will see that the in-the-money and near in-the-money options on the nearby contract are the ones most in demand; they are priced the highest and have the most trading volume. Options that have six or nine months left on them are not priced two or three times higher. As matter of fact, they are lower; the demand is not there. Trading volume, again, is not high for the distant options. The majority of the trading action centers around options with less than a few weeks to expiration, whose strike prices are near the current market value of the underlying entity. Does that tell you where the scale trader should be looking for bargainpriced insurance? The pros trade the nearby options and the amateurs the distant because the pros need the liquidity and volatility the nearbys provide. To trade the nearby options, you must be in constant contact with the market, spending a good part of the trading day monitoring positions. Amateurs cannot devote that much time to the market. Therefore, they buy positions with two, three, or six months or more to expiration and sit on these positions. Another characteristic of the pros is that they often use strategies that have some risk management built into them. This is done through the use of combinations of puts and calls bought or sold simultaneously. There are five basic ways to spread commodities: Spread

Example

Intercommodity Intracommodity Interexchange Interdelivery Intermarket

Long corn/short wheat Short July corn/long September corn Long CBOT wheat/short KC wheat Long July/short December Short CBOT corn/long CBOT corn

One of the nice things about spreading futures and optionson-futures is that for the most active spreads, there are brokers who specialize in them. This means your broker can call an order to the floor and just state the spread desired. For example: “Spread August/December hogs calls 2.” The fill will come back buying August hogs and selling December calls with a two-tick spread. It

IPRO-F_11/13_ch02_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:57 AM

The Derivative Markets—Options-on-Futures

Page 41

41

is so fast in the most actively traded spreads that it is possible to day trade them. The first contract mentioned is the long and the second is the short. The following list names a few of the most common spreads and describes how they are used: •

•

•

•

Volatility Spread–—Buy a put and a call at the same strike price at-, near-, or in-the-money. The expectation is that news will hit the market and drive prices up or down, but the direction is unknown. The news causes increased buying and selling, moving the market one way or the other. You close the losing position and ride the winner. If the news does not materialize, you lose. Time Spreads—Sell a put or a call near to expiration and buy a put or a call in a more distant month at the same strike price. The intent is to sell time. The more distant option loses value at a slower rate and covers the short position. When the short expires, you offset the long. The trader profits if the underlying commodity stays relatively stable, but loses if the futures price moves against the option position (i.e., higher for puts and lower for calls). Bull and Bear Spreads—Bulls are long the nearby deliver month and short the distant. The expectation is that the underlying commodity’s price will rise, driving the nearby higher faster than the more distant, yet the nearby position is protected from a catastrophic move in the opposite direction. When the nearby gains against the distant option, both options are offset and the net gain is the profit. Bear spreads are run in just the opposite manner. Straddles and Strangles—Long straddles involve the purchase of a put and a call for the same commodity at the same strike price and expiration date. Like the volatility spread, the objective is to take advantage of a major move without knowing the direction. With the short straddle, you sell instead of buy, anticipating little or no price movement, so you can collect the premiums. Yet you have some protection from the unexpected by being on both sides of the market. The strangle strategy is similar to the straddle, but the options are out-of-the-money and at

IPRO-F_11/13_ch02_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:57 AM

Page 42

CHAPTER 2

42

•

different strike prices. This is most commonly played on the short side. Its advantage over the straddle in very volatile markets is that the options are out-of-the-money, which provides a cushion. Synthetics—This is an option position that creates the same effect as trading the underlying futures. A scale trader could use synthetics in place of futures positions, but the doubling up on commissions might make it inappropriate, not to mention keeping the delta in line. We’ll get to deltas in a second. A long synthetic position is contrived by the purchase of a call and the sale of a put with a common strike price and expiration date. If price goes up, the call gains value, and the premium for selling the put enhances the return. If price goes down, the premium paid for the call is lost, and the put is exercised against. The synthetics short is the opposite (i.e., buy the put and sell the call).

There are a lot of other option strategies, such as butterflies, condors, call ratios, etc., but this should be enough to provide a feel for where the liquidity is coming from. Now let’s turn our attention to a couple of measurements you need to be aware of when opening option positions. The first one that should be covered is the delta, which was just alluded to. The delta measures the difference between the price movement of options compared with the price movement of the underlying futures contracts. It is calculated by dividing the price difference of the option by the price difference of the respective futures contract over the same period of time. For example, the price of an option increases 20 cents when the price of the futures contract climbs 40 cents. Dividing 20 by 40 yields 50 percent. Since the prices of both the option and the futures contract are constantly in flux, so is the delta. It stands to reason that an option that is in-the-money would have a delta of 1 or 100 percent because it could be exercised for the underlying entity. At-the-money options have deltas in the 50 or 50 percent range, depending on the volatility of the underlying futures. Out-of-the-money options or deep-out options have deltas ranging from 50 to zero. The percent sign is usually dropped from the number. Deltas do not exceed 100, since the option cannot be more valuable than the underlying entity.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch02_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:57 AM

The Derivative Markets—Options-on-Futures

Page 43

43

Speculators use deltas when evaluating which option to buy or sell. For example, a trader believes soybeans are headed $2.00 higher and wants to buy a call. The delta of one is 50 and another is 60. This means the value of the first option will increase $1.00 and the second $1.20 per bushel. If the latter option costs a dime more, it is a better buy. Or, if the trader is long two call options and is ready to offset one, then the one with the lower delta, equating to lower profit potential, is the one to dump. Now the hedger has a special use for deltas. The term hedger, in the general sense, includes scale traders who use options. To be 100 percent hedged, using options to cover futures contracts, the hedger must buy enough options to cover all his or her risk. Therefore, if the option to be used had a delta of 50, the hedger would need to buy two options to cover each futures position. This provides dollar-fordollar coverage. The tricky part, since the deltas constantly change because the prices of the options and the underlying entities are in flux, is adjusting them to stay 100 percent covered. A useful exercise to further your understanding of deltas is to plot the price of a volatile futures contract (lean hogs for example), the price of the corresponding option, and the delta on a daily basis for a month or so using closing prices. Draw three lines on a single sheet of graph paper, and you will quickly begin to get a feel for the relationship and when you would have to adjust your positions to stay 100 percent hedged. As you do this, you will notice the rate at which the delta increases and decreases as volatility fluctuates. The rate of change of the delta is called the gamma and is calculated in delta points. For example, if an option has a gamma of 10, for each point increase in the price of the futures contract, the option’s delta gains 10 points. That means that if an option has a delta of 25 and the underlying futures contract gains a point, the delta would increase to 35. If you know the gamma, it will alert you to which options are most volatile. A high gamma means a big opportunity for speculators—and big risk. Not what the scale trader is seeking. As discussed earlier, the relationship between the price of an option and the volatility of the underlying futures contract is a key issue. The term to describe this is the vega. You may also come across the term rho. It measures the sensitivity of an option to interest rates. This is usually relatively unimportant for options-onfutures but comes into play when pricing options-on-securities, so

IPRO-F_11/13_ch02_McCafferty

44

7/2/01

8:57 AM

Page 44

CHAPTER 2

you may stumble across it. Don’t panic about all this sounding Greek to you; a good option-pricing software package will calculate all these measurements for you, which is something I would strongly recommend. Should you, as a scale trader, try to stay 100 percent hedged? I will discuss the pros and cons of this in Chapter 4, which covers strategies. One of the most important requirements of an option speculator is liquidity. As with any type of trading, you must be able to enter and exit expeditiously. For almost any option, even deep-outof-the-money, you can almost always find someone willing to sell it to you. Finding a buyer, however, can be much more difficult. It is common for amateur option traders to get into, or be talked into, positions they cannot get out of. Another problem with thinly traded options is the use of stops. When you begin to trade futures, you are almost always taught to use protective stop loss orders. These are orders placed below long positions (or above shorts) to offset your position in case the market moves against you. They are necessary because of the volatility of the futures market and the amount of leverage allowed. Traders often carry over this safety precaution when they begin trading options. The problem with using stops in options markets is that some of the options are so thinly traded that floor brokers or locals will spot the stops. They then drive the market down to them and immediately offset them for a risk-free profit at the current market price. When speculating in options, stops are still very important, but they must be mental stops. If you cannot constantly monitor the market, you need the services of a good broker. The scale trader, on the other hand, will often buy thinly traded options. But since the objective of ownership is protection and not speculation, it is not a problem. Additionally, when the scale trader is ready to offset these out-of-the-money options, they are now in-the-money and the market is thick. More on this later. When it comes to the types of orders you can use to buy and sell options, you do not have as much flexibility as you do with the much more liquid futures markets. Most conditional types of orders (price and time limits, market if touched, stops, etc.) are not accepted or not effective. Option traders are usually restricted to

IPRO-F_11/13_ch02_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:57 AM

The Derivative Markets—Options-on-Futures

Page 45

45

market or limit orders; the latter are the ones to use on most occasions. You will often hear brokers tell you that your order is not held, meaning that they cannot guarantee a fill. Just keep in mind that most of the liquidity in most options markets occurs during the last few weeks before expiration, particularly the last week. Scale traders will be buying options with months left to expiration that are out-of-the-money. In other words, the markets will be very illiquid, but this will not be a handicap. Chapter 3 takes a look at how traditional scale trading works. As it is taught traditionally, it is very inflexible. The scale trader is expected to begin opening positions at specific prices and to hold them as long as need be for them to become profitable. As you will come to learn, I have a problem with this philosophy.

This page intentionally left blank.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch03_McCafferty

7/2/01

CHAPTER

8:58 AM

Page 47

3

Traditional Scale Trading

The theme of most books and articles describing traditional scale trading has been “you cannot lose trading commodities.” This is true if—and this is a giant if—you have an unlimited amount of capital you can tie up indefinitely. Think about that for a second. To the traditionalist, the scale trader is expected to begin buying a commodity, or more accurately futures contracts on that commodity, once that commodity reaches the lower one-third or one-quarter of its 10-year trading range. (I’ll discuss in detail in Chapter 7 when to use the one-third or one-quarter as the starting point.) The scale trader buys on a scale down and sells on a scale up. For example, a scale may call for buying a futures contract on a specific commodity, say corn, every time the commodity’s futures price drops 5 cents. As the commodity descends to make a low, the scale trader adds to his or her inventory of futures contracts. Once a bottom is in place and the commodity begins to move higher, the scale trader sells every time the current market price is 10 cents above the most recently purchased futures contract. The scale trader buys in an orderly fashion on the way down and sells in an orderly fashion on the way up. The objective is to take a modest profit, in the range of $300 to $500, per contract. Discipline replaces fear and greed. The logic behind the program is also sound, to my way of thinking. Properly selected commodities are always in demand by companies that use them to produce the products that they sell. The price is a matter of availability. If supply is too high, prices fall. 47

Copyright 2001 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Click Here for Terms of Use.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch03_McCafferty

48

7/2/01

8:58 AM

Page 48

CHAPTER 3

At some price point, the commodities become too cheap. Demand builds, while producers of that commodity have been cutting back due to the previous period of low prices. The commodity works its way out of the cellar. The natural law of supply and demand wins. Sounds like a perfect system, doesn’t it? It even suited my previous experiences in the futures market, because it relies on using a combination of fundamental and technical analysis. The fundamentals provide the long-term analysis, while technical signals are used for timing the entry point. Since I had some experience with both types of analysis, I felt right at home with scale trading when I became a commodity broker. Like a lot of brokers, I never set out to be one. I got into the futures industry by working for two firms that specialized in commodity price forecasting, but they were diametrically opposed in philosophy. Thus, I had a wonderful opportunity to master their totally opposing approaches to analyzing commodity prices and acquired the background needed to understand scale trading. A successful scale trader needs to have a good feel for both and know how to distinguish between real, physical commodities and futures contracts. Note that I usually use the term commodities from now on, rather than the more popular futures or futures contract. I do this to get you thinking about real, honest-to-goodness commodities you can feel, smell, eat, and make things out of. I recommend you scale trade only those types of commodities. The term commodities is the old terminology for futures, referring to grains, oil, coffee, sugar, gold, silver, copper, livestock, and the like. As mentioned earlier, the term futures came into vogue when futures contracts on financial instruments (e.g., interest rates, bonds, the S&P, currencies, stock indexes) came into existence. One of the companies I worked for was Doane Agricultural Services, Inc. (DAS). It had three divisions—farm management, market research, and publishing. My work involved publishing, specifically the company’s weekly newsletter, The Doane’s Agricultural Report. The editorial objective of the newsletter was to assist farmers in the management of their operations. This included all forms of help, from information on the latest seed varieties to reports on the annual Nebraska tractor tests, a consumer report on tractor performance.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch03_McCafferty

7/2/01

Traditional Scale Trading

8:58 AM

Page 49

49

The weekly newsletter was the flagship of the publication division. It dealt only with the cash side of the farm commodity markets, and its price forecasters used only fundamental analysis. They had no use for futures; they thought it was gambling and that technical analysis was witchcraft. In the five years I was there, I never once saw a chart of futures prices. Every scrap of fundamental information on the world’s grain and livestock markets was studied and evaluated. DAS even did primary research, through its market research division, into farmers’ planting intentions each year. This figure provides a major insight into the size of the coming year’s crop, which impacts prices throughout the growing season. Additionally, DAS had a superb Washington (D. C.) Bureau headed by Jim Weismeyer (now with Sparks). Reliable intelligence from Washington alerts farmers and traders to what is coming from the Department of Agricultural (USDA) in the way of farm programs. Will acreage be taken out of use and farmers paid to leave land idle? This impacts supply and tells the scale trader the market will eventually be going higher, which is good news. By the time USDA recommends such drastic action, the scale trader is well into a grain scale. USDA also provides reports from agricultural attachés in key crop-producing countries. Again, these areas can have a major impact on commodity prices because they can help the analyst peg supply and demand numbers on a worldwide basis. The other firm I worked for was Oster Communications, Inc. It had two primary products—Professional Farmers of America and Futures magazine (originally Commodities magazine). Professional Farmers of America’s primary product was the newsletter entitled Pro Farmer. It had the same basic purpose as Doane’s Agricultural Letter—predicting farm prices and income—but its philosophy was drastically different. Pro Farmer preached that futures prices are the harbinger of cash prices and the only accurate way to project prices is by studying and analyzing the futures market. The primary analytic tool was technical analysis. One of Pro Farmer’s preeminent missions was to teach every farmer in the country how to use technical analysis to determine when to hedge crop production. The most advantageous time most often occurs during the summer, when commodity prices often soar due to weather scares. Technical analysis can be used by

IPRO-F_11/13_ch03_McCafferty

50

7/2/01

8:58 AM

Page 50

CHAPTER 3

farmers as a time tool. It provides a way of selecting the most advantageous time to sell on the futures market. Too many farmers, in the newsletter’s opinion, were strictly cash marketers and sold their production out of the fields at harvest when prices are traditionally at lows. As a scale trader, you will learn to play the seasonal game to your advantage. In other words, I spent five years saturated in fundamental analysis of the cash markets followed by five years of technical analysis of the futures markets with the same objective—to project the prices of the major commodities months into the future. Which approach was the most effective in forecasting prices 3, 6, or 12 months into the future? This question became even more important to me when I joined a commodity brokerage firm. My clients expected me to know, or at least have a firm opinion on, the direction futures prices were headed. By that point, I knew that both technical and fundamental analysis had strengths and weaknesses. Fundamental analysis was an excellent tool to view the long-term situation. It attempts to quantify the supply-demand equation, so producers and users of commodities can anticipate periods of overabundance or scarcity. One of the problems with fundamental analysis for the average futures trader, or the typical broker, is that big fundamental news usually seeps into the market, tidbit by tidbit. By the time the whole story is available, the market has already made its move. This occurs because the people aware of the big changes taking place in the supply and demand equation—the major grain companies, for example—are trading in the futures markets extensively. The news is traded by the time it becomes totally public; the market often moves before the information is available to the average trader, even on the floors of the futures exchanges. A classic example is the Great Grain Robbery perpetrated by the Russians in the early 1970s. Soviet futures traders operating out of Switzerland bought millions of bushels of U.S. grains on the Chicago markets before it was revealed that their crops were having severe problems. There is no such thing as insider information in futures, as there is in the stock market. Most of the big grain companies, for example, are privately held and most are owned by overseas interests, out of the reach and jurisdiction of U.S. regulatory

IPRO-F_11/13_ch03_McCafferty

7/2/01

Traditional Scale Trading

8:58 AM

Page 51

51

agencies. Major importing-exporting countries also trade on the futures markets using “top secret” information regarding their needs and/or production estimates. Another phenomenon that occurs when trading fundamentals is the time it often takes for a major correction in the supply and demand equation to take place. For example, it may be common knowledge that a commodity is in short supply and that demand is building, but how long will it take for a new crop to be produced and fill the need? Will there be weather or disease problems if it is corn, wheat, cocoa, or coffee? Will the local government intervene? It can take months or more for a new supply of a commodity to come to the market—so much can happen in between! When will the market impact be felt? When will the bulls stampede? It is not uncommon to be dead right using fundamental analysis of a market but bleed to death from margin calls while waiting for “the move of a century.” A major grain company went bankrupt building inventory of wheat, knowing that a shortage was coming. The company was dead right, but could not finance its inventory long enough. That company ended up dead broke. This is also one of the risks a scale trader must learn to manage. You will often hear me say: “Have a good feel for when there is a light at the end of the supply-demand equation before entering a scale!” You occasionally find situations when a commodity is in position to scale trade, except the supply side is way out of line. These are times to wait for clarity as to when the supply-demand equation appears to be moving your way. This does not mean you must absolutely know when a market will bottom and start trading higher; you can never know that for sure. It just means you must have a reason for believing that prices will not remain at their lows indefinitely. You can make a lot of money with scale trading by being near right, as opposed to pure speculation in the futures market which requires you to be much more precise. This will become much clearer in Chapter 5, which delves into supply and demand. With fundamental analysis, there is also the problem of gathering, sorting, storing, processing, and analyzing the enormous number of facts and figures required to properly conduct it. Usually only countries, or very large firms, have the capability. Massive computers and large staffs of analysts are required. Information must be collected and deciphered from all corners of

IPRO-F_11/13_ch03_McCafferty

52

7/2/01

8:58 AM

Page 52

CHAPTER 3

the world. To create an econometric model utilizing all the facts influencing just one commodity is beyond the capabilities of the individual trader. Consider the fact that the USDA publishes over 300 separate reports, many of them weekly. The process becomes even more complex given that some countries deliberately release false information about the commodities they produce to influence markets in their favor. To try to overcome this problem, fundamental analysts must rely on satellite technology. Governments can do this type of research, and even some of the major grain companies can, but what chance does the average trader have of competing in an arena like this? There are satellite photographs available on the Internet, but they have been seen, researched, and probably traded before they hit the World Wide Web. Then there is the classic question posed by technical traders to fundamental traders: “If a commodity is a good buy at its current price, do you buy more when it drops another 5 or 10 points?” Fundamental analysis is not a self-correcting system, as is technical analysis, claim the technicians. In comparison, technical traders are trained to exit trades when trend lines are broken, for example. For all these reasons, I dove into technical analysis when I joined Oster Communications. It was going to solve all my analytic problems. The assumption is that the futures markets are efficient. All the pertinent information moving the markets is already in the markets. If a Cargill-type grain company were to know about a crop problem anywhere in the world, it would protect itself by taking futures positions, long or short. You may not know what the problem is, but you could trade it nevertheless because it would be reflected in price fluctuations. As unknown buyers open increasingly larger long positions, an uptrend in prices would develop. Even amateur technicians would spot the move and jump on the bull bandwagon, adding fuel to the move. This is the theory. If this is true, as the theory goes, some genius out there in futuresland must be able to develop a technical analysis system that can make sense of the daily price activity in the major markets. Futures magazine was a magnet for every trader or system developer with a trading system. For five years, I watched them pitch their trading software, track records, and secrets. Everyone wanted to be recognized as the trader with the most accurate system in the

IPRO-F_11/13_ch03_McCafferty

7/2/01

Traditional Scale Trading

8:58 AM

Page 53

53

world so he or she could either sell it or attract investors. We referred to it as the search for the Holy Grail, since it was about as difficult and fruitless. System after system was tested and evaluated. Some would seem to work for a while and then fizzle. Most common were the systems that worked well with historical data, creating impressive, but simulated, track records. When traded in real markets, they bombed. The problem often was that these systems were designed by their creators to work based on historical trading patterns. If very similar patterns did not occur in actual trading, the losses piled up. Close analysis of other systems revealed that many of them did not make allowances for bad fills (slippage), limit up or down days, exchange holidays, or other common market aberrations. In plain words, none of them worked satisfactorily. I came to believe two things about technical analysis. First, one of the major problems is that it always deals with past price action. All the information comes from the historical records, even if the data is only minutes old. Can you predict specific future price activity based on what has already happened? It always seemed to me that much of the success occurred because enough traders saw the same price patterns or signal and then reached the same conclusion. Technical analysis can become a self-fulfilling prophecy. These magic systems or silver bullets, as they became known, may work for short periods of time or occasionally, but they never proved to be very dependable in my opinion. It also became obvious that certain systems were suited to trending markets and others to choppy markets. The software would look good for a while and then the complexion of the market would change, resulting in serious losses. It seemed impossible to find a system that could adjust to all types of market conditions. The other problem relates more to human nature. If you developed a trading system that consistently made money in the futures market, would you share it with anyone? Would you sell it for a few hundred dollars or even several thousand? Would you want it described in a magazine being mailed out to 50,000 commodity traders and brokers? Personally, I think I’d be quietly sitting on a tropical island, sipping Singapore Slings, trading my brains out, and wiring trading profits to my Swiss bank account. How about you?

IPRO-F_11/13_ch03_McCafferty

54

7/2/01

8:58 AM

Page 54

CHAPTER 3

In defense of both fundamental and technical analysis, I have seen professional and nonprofessional traders use either one or both systems in combination successfully. Is this a contradiction to what has already been said? I do not think so. There are two reasons why these systems can make a trader successful. First and foremost in my mind is that having a system and religiously following the signals given by that system brings discipline to trading. For example, most technical systems include the use of stop loss orders. If a trade goes against the system a certain percentage or a specified amount of money, the trader automatically exits the trade. This protects the trader from catastrophic losses. Traders can’t trade if they lose all their money. Preservation of capital is one of the key elements of trading. Speculators are like fly fishermen; they must constantly be casting into the market. If they do not get a bite, they must reel in their lines promptly to preserve their lures. Most casts produce little or nothing. Winning trades are the catch. Most are below the limit and must be thrown back, equivalent to a breakeven trade. But when a keeper, or better yet a trophy fish, is landed, it makes up for all the cold feet and wet clothes. With traders, the monthly gains are often attributed to a small percentage of trades. A good system instills the discipline needed to be able to stay in the market without losing all your trading capital. The second reason good systems help traders make money is the challenge of dealing with the unknown. Uncertainty robs traders of confidence. Belief in their system encourages them to go back into the market daily. It gives them the courage to recover from a drawdown of equity, to get back on the horse that threw them, and gives them the faith needed to make them trade based on something that is going to happen in the future. As scale traders, you must become part of the faithful. You will need to bend your will to the will of the system and have the faith to follow it with the discipline of a monk. I call that Zen trading. You will be asked to buy, buy, buy when the market you are trading is low and headed lower on the blind faith that the market will turn in your favor at some unknown time in the future. Having faith in the system is your only consolation at times. But do not become one of the faithful on blind faith alone. Read, study, and experiment. Start slowly and build your faith on sound results.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch03_McCafferty

7/2/01

Traditional Scale Trading

8:58 AM

Page 55

55

The next question is why did I write this book if scale trading is such a perfect system? Why am I not sitting on the beach in Tahiti? First of all, scale trading is not a new subject. A lot of people are scale trading; you can find a dozen Web sites and several books on the subject. Next, I am more a writer than a trader. Or you can say, there are “thems that do it and thems that teaches it!” Last of all, I think the system deserves someone to speak up and tell traders that there is a better way of doing it than is described in the material currently available. As I mentioned earlier, my uncertainty about how best to trade the futures markets came into very sharp focus when I joined a brokerage firm. I watched the other brokers and how they dealt with their customers. The vast majority of the time, our clients had their own trading strategies and relied on us for information, occasional advice, order execution, tracking trading activity, and resolution of any account problems. There were some clients who asked for trade recommendations, which the brokers were prepared to supply. But the vast majority, by my observations, used a technical analysis system of some sort and by and large were net losers when they closed their accounts. These observations are critical because, no matter whether you are new to the futures market or have been trading a while, you must face the dilemma of deciding how to pick your trades. I have spent considerable time researching and observing these questions and hope you can profit from these insights. I first became aware of scale trading when one of my fellow brokers called my attention to some of his traders. They were taking substantial losses in their initial positions, yet they continued to buy no matter how low the commodity appeared to be headed. They even seemed happy about it and talked of adding inventory when they entered a trade that immediately began to lose money. Eventually they offset virtually all these losing positions profitably. How could that be when the first thing you are taught as a trader is to cut your losses short and let your winner run? These guys let their losers run and cut their winners short. They had patience, discipline, and sufficient trading capital to wait for the market to come to them. This was my first exposure to scale traders—a new breed of trader for me. Let me begin by describing in detail how scale trading traditionally works. Then, in the next chapter, I’ll describe how the

IPRO-F_11/13_ch03_McCafferty

56

7/2/01

8:58 AM

Page 56

CHAPTER 3

brokers I worked with modified it to get a better handle on the risks. Our approach has been called heresy by traditionalists, but the group of brokers I worked with always recommended it because we never believed in, or enjoyed, financial self-mutilation. By the end of Chapter 4, I hope you’ll agree. Scale trading attempts to extract a modest profit from each trade by following the most basic of economic laws—that of supply and demand. If a commodity is plentiful, the price decreases. If it is scarce, the price rises. The law works just as smoothly on the demand side. Strong demand translates into higher prices; low demand causes prices to head south. When these laws work in tandem—reduced supply with increasing demand or abundant supply with weak demand— prices will soar or plunge, respectively. Prices consolidate when these forces are in opposition, i.e., strong demand with plentiful supply or weak demand and scarce supply. A corollary to these economic laws states: “The surest cure for low prices is more low prices.” This simply means that smart people find or devise uses for any commodity available at bargainbasement prices. Every real commodity has a price at which it is just too cheap. When it gets to that level, someone will figure out how to turn a profit from it. Corn is a good example. When prices languished at lows for extended periods of time, entrepreneurial types developed processes to convert corn to a sweetener for diet foods and drinks or to alcohol as a gasoline additive. Increased demand or reduced supply eventually leads to price recovery. Scale traders seek to take advantage of these “natural” laws. They buy commodities trading in the lower third or quarter of their long-term—10 years or more—trading range. The theory is that these commodities are near bottom and once they bottom, prices will begin to recover. Scale traders listen to their wives and believe there are always buyers for true bargains. They also believe there is less risk buying a commodity once it is already at or near its historical low. In other words, much of the downside risk is in place already. This trading system gets its name from the method of entering and exiting the market. The trader buys each futures contract based on a predetermined scale, and he or she closes (sells) each open position using another predetermined scale. For example, a scale

IPRO-F_11/13_ch03_McCafferty

7/2/01

Traditional Scale Trading

8:58 AM

Page 57

57

might call for buying corn each time the price drops 4 cents once corn is trading in the lower quarter of its 10-year trading range. The profit objective might be to sell each position once there is a 6-cent profit, which would be $300 for corn (5000 bushel contract  $0.06). Notice that scales, even for the same commodity, can vary due to market conditions. Here is an example. Studying the 10-year corn price chart, it is determined the high is $4.00 per bushel and the low is $2.00, or a $2.00 trading range. The lower 25 percent would, therefore, begin at $2.50 per bushel. In this example, corn drifts lower for the next two months, eventually coming to rest in the $2.00 area. Using a 4-cent down and 6-cent up scale, the first position opens (or the first “buy” occurs) when corn trades at $2.50. The second is acquired at $2.46; the third at $2.42; the fourth at $2.38; the fifth at $2.34; the sixth at $2.30; and at each 4-cent interval until $2.02 (see Table 3-1). If corn stopped at $2.02, the trading account would contain 13 positions that must be financed. Of these, 12 are losing money and the last is at-the-money. Two types of margin are required to hold these 13 corn contracts. First is the initial margin, which is needed for each contract. Margin requirements are always subject to change. They can go up or down depending on how volatile a market is trading. Margins will be discussed in detail in a later chapter. In this example, a margin of $500 per contract is used, or $6500 in total, Column 4, Row 13. The total loss or drawdown on the first 12 losing positions amounts to $15,600. The total capital required is $22,100. When corn moves off the $2.02 low and advances 6 cents higher, the last position is offset for a $300 profit. If corn steadily climbs to $2.56 over the next month or so, all 13 positions close for a total profit of $3900. This is a gross return on equity of approximately 18 percent ($3900/$22,100) over a reasonably short period of time. That is the theory behind scale trading. Unfortunately, it is rare for any commodity to move smoothly to a low and retrace itself just as smoothly to a new high. The more common pattern is for a commodity to stair-step its way down and then up. Prices will drop a nickel or a dime, only to retrace this move. Then they may lurch down again, followed by another recovery, making lower lows and lower highs set each time on its journey to the low of the cycle.

3-1

Columns

$2.18

9

$3,900.00 18%

$2.22

8

Profit % Return

$2.26

7

$2.02

$2.30

6

13

$2.34

5

$2.06

$2.38

4

12

$2.42

3

$2.14

$2.46

2

$2.10

$2.50

1

$500.00

$500.00

$500.00

$500.00

$500.00

$500.00

$500.00

$500.00

$500.00

$500.00

$500.00

$500.00

$500.00

Margin

$6,500.00

$6,000.00

$5,500.00

$5,000.00

$4,500.00

$4,000.00

$3,500.00

$3,000.00

$2,500.00

$2,000.00

$1,000.00

$1,000.00

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

Losing Contracts

Total Margin $500.00

5

4

$200

$200

$200

$200

$200

$200

$200

$200

$200

$200

$200

$200

$0

Loss per Contract

6

$2,400.00

$2,200.00

$2,000.00

$1,800.00

$1,600.00

$1,400.00

$1,200.00

$1,000.00

$800.00

$600.00

$400.00

$200.00

$0.00

Total Loss/ Contracts

7

$15,600.00

$13,200.00

$11,000.00

$9,000.00

$7,200.00

$5,600.00

$4,200.00

$3,000.00

$2,000.00

$1,200.00

$600.00

$200.00

$0.00

Total of Losses

8

$22,100.00

$19,200.00

$16,500.00

$14,000.00

$11,700.00

$9,600.00

$7,700.00

$6,000.00

$4,500.00

$3,200.00

$2,100.00

$1,200.00

$500.00

Drawdown

9

8:58 AM

11

Buy Price

Number

3

Down 4, Up 6 Cents

7/2/01

10

2

1

Corn Scale

TA B L E

IPRO-F_11/13_ch03_McCafferty Page 58

IPRO-F_11/13_ch03_McCafferty

7/2/01

Traditional Scale Trading

8:58 AM

Page 59

59

Once a bottom is put in place, a period of price consolidation or base building occurs. At some point, a bull market—along with its share of false starts, resistance points, and retracements— begins. Prices move higher. Now there are higher highs and higher lows. The stair-stepping price movement can be good or bad news for scale traders. For example, the intermittent bull (upward) rallies during the bear (downward) market phase generate additional profit opportunities. This occurs when prices move high enough, 6 cents in the corn example, to offset the most recently established position. When the market resumes its movement south by 4 cents, the position is reestablished. This type of price action can occur often on either the down move to the low or on the up move. In scale trading terminology, these welcome gifts from the market are called oscillating profits. Normally, over the course of a scale, there will be enough of them to add 20 percent or more to the total return, which offsets brokerage commissions and increases the total return. The negative side of oscillating prices is that they can draw out the amount of time it takes to complete a scale. Complete means closing out all positions. If a scale is drawn out too long, the initial positions may expire. Remember, futures contracts have set expiration dates. If a contract expires, it must be rolled into a more distant contract or closed out at a loss. Theoretically, a scale trader could roll expiring positions into more distant months, e.g., roll May corn into September and September into December, etc., until every position is closed at a profit. Some people use this theory to create the myth that scale traders never have losing trades. Don’t believe it! Another reason for having to roll positions is that the price never recovers enough to liquidate all open positions. This can happen when an unexpected event disrupts the normal supplydemand equation or if an important factor is overlooked or miscalculated. In Chapter 8, I will detail how and when to roll expiring contracts. That is the traditional theory of scale trading. It all sounded simple enough. The broker group I was working with dived right in. As it turned out, scale trading was not all that simple once we began actually doing it, but it was as profitable as expected.

This page intentionally left blank.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch04_McCafferty

7/2/01

CHAPTER

8:58 AM

Page 61

4

Understanding Hedged Scale Trading

Now let me describe how to incorporate a few basic option strategies into traditional scale trading to manage some of the risks the traditionalists brush off as immaterial. Once you have completed all your research—which will be covered in detail in later chapters— and a commodity has been selected to scale trade, it is time to begin opening positions. The first risk to consider is entering a scale too soon. If you start a scale trade too soon, one of two things could happen. First, the entry point of the scale, which would be the lower third or quarter of the 10-year trading range for the commodity being scaled, could turn out to be the low. No problem here, since any positions you opened will be closed out at a profit as prices move higher off the low. If any protective puts had been established, which will be discussed in detail shortly, they can be offset or they will expire worthless. This should amount to a breakeven proposition at worst. No harm, no foul. The second possibility is that the downtrend that took the commodity to the entry point might stall. Prices oscillate up and down in a tight trading range but are basically moving sideways. The positions that are opened are offset as the price of the commodity bounces off resistance. These are called oscillating profits. This is good, but precious time is being wasted. If this continues too long, the contracts you are in will be approaching expiration. If this happens and it is obvious the scale is not developing because prices are stabilizing as a bottom is being established, 61

Copyright 2001 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Click Here for Terms of Use.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch04_McCafferty

62

7/2/01

8:58 AM

Page 62

CHAPTER 4

offset any protective puts acquired to salvage any time value they may have left. Simultaneously, offset all long futures positions or sell some covered calls against them. Covered calls are options that have long futures positions backing them up. These are hedged positions. For example, you have a long corn position at $2.50. You sell a $2.60 call for a dime a bushel. When you sell that call, you are paid the premium. If the market moves higher to the point the owner of the option you sold exercised, say $2.65, you can deliver your long position and keep the premium. If the market stays flat, the option you sold expires before the futures. You then offset the futures and use the premium from the call or calls to cover any losses on the futures positions and any puts that might have been purchased. If for some reason the market breaks through the resistance, moving lower, you still have a hedged long position. You can resume the scale, but you might want to use a more distant futures contract. At least you are not stuck with a naked long as the market heads south. As expiration of the option approaches, you close both positions simultaneously. Any loss on the futures is offset by a gain on the short call. Now study the scale in Table 4-1. It is a corn scale, similar to the one in Chapter 3, beginning at $2.50 per bushel, but prices go lower and it has a different scale. Remember, the scale you create will vary, even when trading the same commodity. The reason for this is volatility, which can be measured several ways. One measurement is the size of the average daily price move—the bigger the move, the greater the volatility. There are times when, from the opening price to the closing price over a given period of time, corn can move as little as a penny or two per bushel to as much as a dime or more. The reason is in the minds of the traders. Are they confident they know what the true supply-demand situation is? Or are they confused and uncertain? Are “scary” news stories, like summer droughts or excess rain at harvest, bombarding the trading pits? Keep in mind that this pattern of thinking about corn fits all commodities, and it is key to developing a scale. With any commodity you scale, you will be concerned with the uncertainties of production and demand. What can possibly disrupt supply? Flood? Drought? Transportation? Strikes? War? Acts of God?

4-1

Columns

$1.52

15

$1.94

9

$1.59

$2.01

8

14

$2.08

7

$1.66

$2.15

6

$1.73

$2.22

5

13

$2.29

4

12

$2.36

3

$1.87

$2.43

2

$1.80

$2.50

1

$500.00

$500.00

$500.00

$500.00

$500.00

$500.00

$500.00

$500.00

$500.00

$500.00

$500.00

$500.00

$500.00

$500.00

$500.00

Margin

$7,500.00

$7,000.00

$6,500.00

$6,000.00

$5,500.00

$5,000.00

$4,500.00

$4,000.00

$3,500.00

$3,000.00

$2,500.00

$2,000.00

$1,500.00

$1,000.00

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

Losing Contracts

Total Margin $500.00

5

4

$350

$350

$350

$350

$350

$350

$350

$350

$350

$350

$350

$350

$350

$350

$0

Loss per Contract

6

$4,900.00

$4,550.00

$4,200.00

$3,850.00

$3,500.00

$3,150.00

$2,800.00

$2,450.00

$2,100.00

$1,750.00

$1,400.00

$1,050.00

$700.00

$350.00

$0.00

Total Loss/ Contracts

7

$36,750.00

$31,850.00

$27,300.00

$23,100.00

$19,250.00

$15,750.00

$12,600.00

$9,800.00

$7,350.00

$5,250.00

$3,500.00

$2,100.00

$1,050.00

$350.00

$0.00

Total of Losses

8

$44,250.00

$38,850.00

$33,800.00

$29,100.00

$24,750.00

$20,750.00

$17,100.00

$13,800.00

$10,850.00

$8,250.00

$6,000.00

$4,100.00

$2,550.00

$1,350.00

$500.00

Drawdown

9

8:58 AM

11

Buy Price

Number

3

Down 7, Up 7 Cents

7/2/01

10

2

1

Corn Scale

TA B L E

IPRO-F_11/13_ch04_McCafferty Page 63

IPRO-F_11/13_ch04_McCafferty

64

7/2/01

8:58 AM

Page 64

CHAPTER 4

What can unexpectedly increase supply? High prices? Favorable weather? Government incentives? You must ask yourself the same questions about demand. How will that change for the better or worse? This is uncertainty. The market does not know what to expect. Uncertainty breeds indecision, and indecision erodes confidence. Lack of confidence encourages herd psychology. The market gets choppier and choppier. The average daily price move widens. The opposite can happen just as easily. In this situation, the market has a high level of confidence that the supply side is more than sufficient for whatever commodity is being scale traded. Prices are moving slowly lower; the buyers are evaporating. Only commercial users of the commodity are buying hand-to-mouth, since they must keep their production facilities stocked. When the market recovers, you can see demand momentum pick up as more and more buyers enter the market. This would spur the speculators to jump on the bandwagon, driving prices even higher. In either case, there is confidence as opposed to chaos. Understanding the personality of the market at the time you are creating a scale is critical. Certainty or uncertainty—that is the question. The answer is your first clue on how to structure your scale and how much protection you think you will need. If your answer is certainty, your scale must be tight because the average daily price move will be smaller. If you do not use a tight scale, you will not build an inventory of long futures contracts. For example, if the daily price move is less than 3 cents per bushel in the case of corn and your scale calls for adding a new position every 10 cents down, it could take a while to get a scale going. Remember, the average daily price move is not omnidirectional. It will be 3 cents up one day and 3 down the next. Further, it is an average—up 4 one day and down 2 the next for an average of 3, and a million variations of that refrain. As a commodity moves toward the starting point of a scale, you begin to watch the market even more closely. You study volatility charts, which calculate the velocity of the average daily movement, and begin to track the 20-day moving average (this is an important indicator, explained in Chapter 7). The price trend will be down. If it weren’t, the commodity would not be coming into scale trading range.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch04_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:58 AM

Understanding Hedged Scale Trading

Page 65

65

All these indicators provide insights into when to begin a scale and what interval to use between limit orders. Most important is the volatility level. If there is a high level of uncertainty, you run the risk of entering a scale and being faced with a few or even a series of limit-down days. These are trading sessions during which the commodity being traded opens at or below its daily trading limit (see Appendix 1 for specifications) or quickly reaches its daily limit, halting trading. As a scale trader, you may have one or more orders in the market. These orders will be filled. Immediately the price drops, and you are faced with a margin call. Other orders may be caught in the market and will be filled when trading resumes. At that time these positions will have a margin call. Or you might have one or two positions on by the time the limit day(s) occurs. Again, you would be facing large margin calls. I have seen hogs limited down six straight trading sessions in a row, causing major margin calls. Let me give you a quick example, which is based on a real situation. Several clients were in a live cattle scale. If I remember correctly, they had from four to six long positions in inventory and another four or five limit orders in place. At that time, some negative news hit the market. I think the USDA adjusted the cattle-onfeed numbers substantially to the high side, putting the supplydemand equation out of whack. The market crashed, limiting down for three days straight. The five limit orders already in the market were filled, even though there was little trading. In other words, some locals took out all the long limit orders in the hopper as shorts when prices plunged, despite all our efforts to cancel them (the pits are a private trading club at times). The guys scaling the cattle now had nine long positions. The limit move for live cattle is $600 per day. That amounted to $5400 a day. Additionally, four of the positions had been opened before the limit move started, so the margin on them was higher. One of these clients was trading five lots (five contracts at a time). His daily loss on the three limit-down days was $27,000. My point is that the margin calls were heavy over that threeday period of time, ranging from $10,000 to $50,000. As per the account agreement of most brokerage houses, margin calls must be met within 24 hours. The shock of this violent move caused two of the traders to exit the market with major losses once trading resumed.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch04_McCafferty

66

7/2/01

8:58 AM

Page 66

CHAPTER 4

They could not meet their calls. Even when you close your positions and your account, you are legally liable for any debit left in the account. The sad part of this story is the market recovered almost as swiftly as it fell. The traders who had prepared for the possibility of such a situation made substantial profits. Futures markets overreact to news and negative (or positive) information. Once an overreaction occurs in one direction, the market often overreacts in the other. The herd stampedes north as a direct response to a bolt of lightning coming out of the south, only to stampede south when a second one streaks across the northern sky. Handling margin calls is not easy on the brokers, not to mention the clients. It sincerely bothered us to see good clients lose substantial sums because they were not prepared or did not have deep enough pockets to withstand these limit moves. You will see these reactions and overreactions time and again. They are the modus operandi of most open outcry markets, even electronic ones like NASDAQ and Globex. This specific event motivated us to begin experimenting with various option strategies to somehow manage this kind of risk for our clients. The moral is as follows: As you are sizing up a market, think about the worst-case scenario and plan a defensive strategy. This means selecting the proper scale for the type of market and some options to cover at least your initial positions. The lower prices go, the less risk, because you are closer to the bottom. By trading commodities with real, intrinsic value, there is always a point at which they get too inexpensive for a commercial user of the commodity to resist. You should not open a scale and then think about adding a few options to manage the risk that can arise if the market you are trading becomes more volatile. You can do this, but it usually works better if you develop a plan with your broker before you enter a scale. Remember, when a market gets volatile, the price of options accelerates, making your insurance expensive. You do not want to be trying to buy puts in a limit-down market. The key element in the Black-Scholes equation that calculates the fair value of an option is volatility. Let’s take another look at the corn market. I will continue, for the moment, to use the corn market. It is an easy one to understand,

IPRO-F_11/13_ch04_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:58 AM

Page 67

Understanding Hedged Scale Trading

67

and investors new to futures will not have to worry about learning the contract specifications for a number of commodities. It should be less confusing this way, and the strategies detailed can be used for any commodity. Appendix 1 includes the contract specification for the commodities I recommend for scale trading. To refresh your memory, the key facts on corn are: Contract Size One-Cent Move Equals Limit-Down Day Equals

5000 bushels $50.00 $0.12 or $600 per contract

In this discussion, I describe three levels of risk taking. As with any investment strategy, there is no absolute right or wrong choice. The more risk, the more gain. The less risk, the more comfort. You must decide for yourself what is the right way to approach the markets. As always, much of the decision depends on what you are willing to risk and how you tolerate risk. Your decision may also depend on how confident you are in your fundamental analysis of the market in which you plan to scale trade. Is there light at the end of the supply-demand tunnel? The traditional scale trader accepts the entire risk, which is the extreme other side of the risk tolerance range.

THE JIC-TRADER The first level is what I call the “just-in-case” scale trader, or the JIC-trader. This type of trader is one risk level below the traditionalist described in Chapter 3. He or she firmly believes in scale trading and is after the maximum profit. The JIC strategy entails buying an occasional put option as insurance. A put gives the trader the right, but not the obligation, to take a short position in the futures market. Therefore, if the JICtrader opens a scale by buying a long futures contract, that trader can hedge that futures contract with the put. The put gains value as commodity prices go lower. This gain offsets the losses the JICtrader will experience from the long futures contract as the long position loses value. If a put that is at-the-money or in-the-money or has a strike price that is very close to the price of the futures position is bought, the JIC-trader is fully hedged. The option will have a delta of 1 and

IPRO-F_11/13_ch04_McCafferty

68

7/2/01

8:58 AM

Page 68

CHAPTER 4

move penny for penny with the futures contract to the down side. But a put that is at-the-money is usually expensive insurance, because it is in greater demand. As with any insurance decision, the JIC-trader must decide how much of a deductible to take. This is done by buying an out-of-the-money option. These options only have time value and no intrinsic value. Most futures markets, like other securities markets, give little value to time. Some savvy scale traders, who plan their scales well in advance of the price point at which they are going to enter a scale, buy their insurance first while it is still inexpensive. For example, they plan on beginning a scale when the commodity reaches the lower 25 percent of its 10-year trading range. They begin buying put options when the commodity hits the lower 30 percent. This way they can keep ahead of the option market and buy cheap, deep-out-of-the-money options. In our example, we have corn trading between $2.00 and $4.00 over the past 10 years, or a $2.00 price range. The lower 25 percent is $2.50 and the lower 30 percent is approximately $2.67. Strike prices are generally a dime apart, so there would be strikes at $2.70, $2.60, $2.50, and $2.40 for the puts needed to cover the first long position at $2.50. When the futures price is at $2.70 moving to $2.60, it would be a good time to buy a $2.40 strike price put. Next is the selection of the contract month. Corn contracts are deliverable in March, May, July, September, and December. If it is April or early May and the scale is planned for the September contact, my first choice of an option would be the December $2.40 put. Remember options expire before futures. By using the December options, there is some slippage if the scale is started late and it is decided to scale the December contracts rather than the September ones. Scale trading works, but not necessarily on a tight schedule. The beauty of it is that it will cut you some slack. The December $2.40 put is my first choice, but what if it looks expensive. For some reason, it looks like the market is willing to pay a little for time, which it isn’t as a rule. I would then compare it with the $2.40 September put. How do you compare them? If you do not have a software package to price options, your broker will. It is a function of all of the real-time price quotation services serving the futures industry (CQG, CSI, DTN, Futures Source, etc.), which are in front of every broker. Compare fair market value and deltas. Your broker’s software should also indicate

IPRO-F_11/13_ch04_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:58 AM

Understanding Hedged Scale Trading

Page 69

69

which is overbought or oversold. Then make your decision, as was discussed in Chapter 2. The real concern of the JIC-trader (or of anyone trading the long side) is a series of limit-down days. The loss could be $600 per contract per day for corn. Further, there could be a series of days when the commodity limits down and the scale trader has multiple positions at risk. The margin calls pile up. What is the worst-case scenario? How far could corn fall? The famous commodity trader, William D. Gann, might say ”to zero,“ but that is probably too pessimistic for a physical commodity with intrinsic value. A more realistic answer would be the $1.50 area. My rationale is that corn has not traded on the Chicago Board of Trade for any period of time at $1.50 for over 20 years. Don’t confuse the price of corn at a local elevator near your home with the price on the exchanges. During the past decade, it has bounced off of $1.50 only twice, and it immediately recovered. Let’s call the low $1.52 as we work through this example. If $1.52 is the potential bottom, how much risk will the JICtrader take? A quick glance at Table 4-1 gives you an idea of what losses could be sustained. The traditionalist, trading a single contract, faces a maximum drawdown of approximately $50,000, including commissions. Let’s say the JIC-trader opts to buy one put when it is about a strike price out-of-the-market for every third futures position established. This would amount to five options. A reasonable price for an option would not be more than a nickel each, if the market were not extremely volatile. The more volatile the market and the closer the option’s strike is to the current market value of the underlying futures contract, the more expensive the insurance. The JIC-trader would have five put options, four of which would be in-the-money and would have various amounts of intrinsic value when corn hits $1.52. Once a bottom has been established or the JIC-trader decides the risk of limit-down days has passed—in other words, the market volatility has subsided, and it is clear the market is bottoming— the puts are sold, and the profits are used to supplement the funds used to meet the margin that was needed to hold the long futures positions. Using puts this way is not intended to mitigate all risk. The strategically placed puts are to protect against limit moves. The

IPRO-F_11/13_ch04_McCafferty

7/2/01

70

8:58 AM

Page 70

CHAPTER 4

JIC-trader plans several scale trades, looks at the price action and volatility, and then decides when and how many puts to buy. If the market is orderly, the trader may be lulled into skipping insurance. But just like a tsunami, a series of limit-down days can hit fast, hard, and unexpectedly. Options can take the sting out of this kind of event, especially in the early stages of a scale.

THE C-TRADER The next level of trader, the conservative or C-trader, seeks to define the risk as exactly as humanly possible. To do this, a put is bought for each long futures position opened at a strike price below the current market value and as close to the CMV as possible. The amount of the risk depends on the strike price of options, and the cost of the insurance depends on when they are acquired. Let’s say the C-trader wants the risk limited to a nickel, or $250 a contract. Therefore, 15 puts would be bought at a strike price that is 5 cents below the CMV, or as close to that as possible, to match each futures position. In this example, if corn hits a near alltime low at $1.52, the C-trader would have 15 futures contracts and 15 puts. In reality, even the most conservative trader would probably stop buying protection after the price of corn hit some level. If you look at the long-term charts, the risk that corn will make a new contract low or an all-time low diminishes substantially some time after it trades below $2 per bushel. Most traders would stop buying options somewhere between $2 and $1.80, depending on how it was trading and the overall outlook of the supply-demand equation at the time. Needless to say, there is a point when insurance is not costeffective, as with a 15-year-old car with over 200,000 miles. The actual clue as to when to cease buying protection is when you spot the commercial buyers returning permanently to the long side, as you will learn in Chapter 10. The insurance (i.e., premium used to buy the puts) would be $3750 (5000 Bu.  $0.05  15), if the puts were bought at an average of a nickel each, which is probably on the high side. On top of this would be 30 commissions to buy and sell (offset) the 15 options. Let’s say they would cost $25 (if you are doing this kind

IPRO-F_11/13_ch04_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:58 AM

Understanding Hedged Scale Trading

Page 71

71

of volume, most brokers will give you a break on commissions) each times 30, or $375. The total would be $4125, which would be added to the drawdown (see Column 6 of Table 4-1). Keep in mind that 14 of the 15 puts would be in-the-money and could be sold at a profit. At this price level, I doubt if even the most “nervous Nellie” trader would be too worried about further declines. Once corn hit $1.70 or $1.60, you can bet I would be selling some of the older puts with the most intrinsic value to cover my drawdown.

THE UC-TRADER The ultraconservative or UC-trader wants the insurance protection of the puts FREE! That’s right, the UC-trader’s strategy includes selling covered calls above the CMV of the futures price (i.e., outof-the-money calls) to pay for the cost of the puts purchased. These calls could be sold at the price at which the trader plans to close the positions based on the scale selected. The trader holds the long futures positions and the short calls until the futures are called away when the owner of the calls exercises them or they expire. If this is done right, the UC-trader can even make a little money on the spreads between what the calls sell for and what the protective puts cost. For each futures position opened on the corn scale beginning at $2.50, the UC-trader buys a $2.40 put to cover the downside risk. If this put costs a nickel, the UC-trader sells a call, perhaps at $2.55 or $2.60, to pay for the put. Calls tend to be more valuable than puts, since most traders favor the long side of the market‘s increasing demand. With a little luck, the UC-trader would get 7 cents for the call and net a 2-cent profit. The exit price in the scale for the first position opened is $2.57. Strike prices are at even intervals, usually a dime or a nickel apart. Therefore the trader decides, based on the best-priced option ($2.60 vs. $2.70) and the outlook for the commodity at the time, which strike price makes the most sense. Conceivably, the call could be sold for more than a nickel, netting the trader a small profit on the deal to help pay the commissions. Again, if you are opening three positions each time you trade (a futures and two options), you should be able to negotiate a good commission rate.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch04_McCafferty

72

7/2/01

8:58 AM

Page 72

CHAPTER 4

What if the market goes up instead of down? If it goes high enough, the owners of the calls will start thinking about exercising them. This is a very important issue. The UC-trader must unwind the entire position at one time. Do not leg out of this type of trade. Leg out means to close each part at different times, perhaps the put first because it is losing value quickly, then the call, followed by the futures. Instead, the trader might try selling off the options, calls, and puts, and hold the futures since they are gaining value. Nine out of ten times, if you leg out, you’ll get caught in a whipsaw trade. That’s when you take one action to adjust to a market trend change, only to see the market go against you. For example, you could sell your options protection, the puts, just as corn limits down for a few days. You still have the long futures position without any cover. This advice also applies if you have to roll over a position like this one; close out all related legs at the same time and reset the entire position. In this case, the put is on for protection. Leave it on until the short call is called away, meaning you would deliver your long position to satisfy the owner’s demand. Then dump the put to salvage any time value still left in it. Now we have discussed three styles of scale trading using options. Which one you use depends on your psychological makeup, financial situation, and the market conditions prevailing when you open a scale. No matter which method you choose, be ready to acquire some insurance when warranted.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch05_McCafferty

7/2/01

CHAPTER

8:59 AM

Page 73

5

The Criterion for the Selection of Scalable Commodities

A

sound understanding of the impact of supply and demand on commodities is much more complex than most scale traders realize because there are multiple sets of rules governing supply and demand. If you do not master these concepts, you can never hope to be a successful scale trader. This is because, as a scale trader, you enter markets as they are declining. You must avoid commodities that have little or no hope of recovering from the downtrend over a reasonable period of time. A reasonable period is three to six months. Let’s begin by discussing the key rules governing supply and demand (see Figures 5-1, 5-2, and 5-3) in the marketplace. These appear to be simple at first, but they get very complicated in a hurry. Additionally, obtaining reliable facts—and all the facts—to make accurate projections is perplexing. The most basic laws of supply and demand are: 1. 2. 3. 4.

When demand increases, prices increase. When demand decreases, prices decrease. When supply decreases, prices increase. When supply increases, prices decrease.

But when the price of a commodity increases too much, users have a tendency to buy less. If the price of a commodity doubles or triples in a short period of time, we try to figure out how to do without it; we find ways of reducing our dependency or begin 73

Copyright 2001 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Click Here for Terms of Use.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch05_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:59 AM

Page 74

CHAPTER 5

74

FIGURE

5-1

Demand Rules

60 50

Prices

40 30 20 10 0 1

2

3

4

5

Unchecked Demand Drives Prices Higher

FIGURE

5-2

Supply Rules

60 50

Prices

40 30 20 10 0 1

2

3

4

Unchecked Demand Drives Prices Higher

5

IPRO-F_11/13_ch05_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:59 AM

Page 75

The Criterion for the Selection of Scalable Commodities

FIGURE

75

5-3

Price Equilibrium

Supply vs. Demand

60 50 40 30 20 10 0 1

2

3

4

5

Price Stability Occurs at the Intersection of Supply and Demand

searching for a replacement. When something becomes extremely plentiful, we look for new uses. If this was all there was to it, scale trading would be a lot more popular than it is today. A better understanding of supply and demand may be achieved if we put ourselves in the role of an inventory manager. A professional inventory manager must evaluate all the factors influencing the decision to purchase a commodity. This is a key point; you must begin to think like an inventory manager whose annual bonus is based on buying a commodity at the lowest average price. You are the buyer for a large commercial user who must have the commodity in question to stay in business. You are going to buy no matter what, but the better buying decisions you make, the more you are rewarded. Additionally, you have virtually unlimited resources at your disposal and worldwide contacts. A friend of mine, Milo Hamilton, was in that situation. He was the chief trader for a large food company that required enormous amounts of rice, sugar, and cocoa. The amount of information and resources he had access to was astounding (satellite photos, computer projections, USDA officials, analysts, experts, growers, processors, coop leaders, top brokers, consultants, field operatives); in addition, he traded a futures account well into the eight-digit

IPRO-F_11/13_ch05_McCafferty

76

7/2/01

8:59 AM

Page 76

CHAPTER 5

category. Whenever a serious problem occurred in the world regarding his key commodities, you would see Milo right there on the scene making a personal assessment. Because of that and the power and prestige of his employer, there was no one within the industry, the government bureaucracies, or the trading community that he could not meet or contact. Is it any wonder that with capabilities and backing like that we, as scale traders, must pay particular attention to commercial users? Milo’s current Web site is www.nopotatoes.com. He is still promoting rice over the other white vegetable. Let’s say you are a big-time buyer, responsible for locking up wheat for a national bakery, like Wonder Bread. The price of wheat is dropping as harvest begins. It is entering the lower one-quarter of its 10-year trading range. What do you do? Do you buy all you can store now and lock up all of next year’s needs on the futures market? Or do you buy what you need now and wait to see where prices will go after harvest? This is supply-demand management in its most basic form. The professional inventory manager tends to buy from handto-mouth as prices fall. Whenever he sees signs of strength, he backs off and waits for weakness. If he thinks a bottom is in place, he locks up as much as his needs demand, often using futures to reduce cash outlays. As the futures contracts expire, he accepts physical delivery of the commodity and moves the commodity to his firm’s storage facilities. As a scale trader, you need to go through the same mental exercise as an inventory manager. Let’s say the price of wheat is approaching an entry point to begin a scale and your analysis indicates it will continue to trend lower and then begin moving higher in the next four to six months following its seasonal pattern. It is set up perfectly to start a scale right away. If, on the other hand, the data suggest that wheat prices are going lower or will most likely stay flat straight through to next harvest, you should look for another commodity to scale trade. The reason, as alluded to earlier, lies in the costs associated with having to roll positions into more distant contract months. You do not want to tie up trading capital indefinitely if the price of the commodity does not have the potential to rally sufficiently to take you out of your scale in a reasonable period of time.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch05_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:59 AM

Page 77

The Criterion for the Selection of Scalable Commodities

77

What would cause the price of a commodity such as corn to stay depressed for an entire year? There are several answers. First, corn is a commodity, meaning that it is easy to replicate. When the price gets attractive, say $3.00 or $3.50 per bushel, any farmer who has decent land will grow some. Supplies will increase, and the price will eventually fall. Supplies of corn, unlike orange juice, coffee, and cocoa, can be substantially increased within a single growing season. Corn, beans, wheat, and most other crops are global commodities. Farmers in South America, South Africa, and Australia will increase their corn or soybean acreage when world prices of these commodities become attractive. And the growing season in the Southern Hemisphere is the opposite of that in the United States. When U.S. farmers are planning their soybean acreage in January, harvest is beginning in Brazil and Argentina. The South American bean harvest depresses prices during the first quarter of the year. What once was a no-brainer scale (i.e., buy beans at harvest and scale out in January or February), no longer works. You must be attuned to these changing seasonal patterns. In this country, supply is increased or decreased as farmers switch acreage from soybeans to corn and back again, depending on which crop offers the most profit potential at the beginning of each crop year. But you must keep in mind that U.S. farmers always prefer to grow corn. It wins all ties. Another key supply and demand concept you need to understand is the elasticity of demand and, therefore, of price. Initially, it expresses a qualitative relationship between various commodities, which becomes quantitative when exercised. Wheat, for example, can be substituted for corn as cattle feed. If there is an oversupply of wheat in a given year and corn is scarce, cattle feeders may be inclined to feed wheat to their cattle rather than the more expensive corn—thus de facto increasing supply of corn and the demand for wheat. There are some inelastic commodities, meaning that decreases in supply or increases in demand do not influence price. Basic foods are an example. People will pay whatever they have to keep from starving. Corn, being fed to cattle, isn’t one of them, since other commodities can be substituted as feed or the cattle can be liquidated. Or if the cost of beef becomes too high because the price of corn is off the charts, consumers will substitute chicken or switch to cheaper cuts of

IPRO-F_11/13_ch05_McCafferty

78

7/2/01

8:59 AM

Page 78

CHAPTER 5

beef. But when people are forced to make a choice between eating or not eating, they will always pay whatever the market demands. A nation’s, or a people’s, culture can also impact the supplydemand equation. For example, an ethnic group that has lived on corn tortillas for centuries will have problems adapting readily to wheat bread, particularly leavened bread made with bleached wheat. It will demand corn meal and let the wheat go begging if it can. Then there is chocolate. It is a commodity whose price is as inelastic as the item itself is addictive. Chocoholics will pay any price for a fix. Crude oil and gasoline prices can go to what seem to be unreasonable heights, and the demand rarely falters. Supplies of crude oil and the products made from it can also get out of control, offering excellent scale trading opportunities. Table salt and tobacco are also in this category, but there are no futures markets in them. Returning to our inventory manager and the overseas farmers, the supply-demand calculation must include free worldwide stocks, as well as domestic ones. And obtaining an accurate fix on world supply-demand situations brings politics into the equation. Sometimes international politics helps the scale trader; sometimes it does not. For example, when scale trading cocoa, it often helps. The Ivory Coast is one of the major producers of cocoa. If the price of cocoa gets “too cheap,” the government will stop selling cocoa on the open market. Brazil has also done this with coffee, and the oil cartel has attempted the same with crude oil. Sometimes this has worked, but other times the cartel’s unity broke down. The moral is that politicians are not consistent and you must keep some price protection in place. The U.S. government has intervened in agricultural production since Revolutionary times. Knowledge of the farm programs and subsidies is very important. USDA (U.S. Department of Agriculture) has been known to take farmland out of production or provide cash payments to farmers for not producing certain crops. We used to say, if you wanted to double farm income, give each farmer a second mailbox. My point is that the U.S. government and governments around the world subsidize and protect their farmers with tariffs and legislation. Knowing the impact of these programs is key to analyzing the supply and demand situation before entering a scale.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch05_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:59 AM

Page 79

The Criterion for the Selection of Scalable Commodities

79

There are outstanding opportunities for the scale trader with good international intelligence, which is available over the Internet and from some other services I’ll discuss later. Political intervention can stop and reverse the price trend of a commodity, thus providing a perfect scale trading opportunity. But political activity is not always benign. In the days of the Cold War, Russia played havoc with our futures markets, as mentioned previously. Mother Russia would release false information about the quality and quantity of her farm production, while trading our futures markets from Switzerland. The objective was to go long corn, wheat, and soybeans at the lows, and then take delivery of the long contracts at expiration to supplement her failing collective agricultural experiments. It was so pronounced one year, it became known as the Great Grain Robbery. This led to satellite observation of the world’s major agricultural landmasses. The Russians are not the only ones that played fast and free with supply and demand figures. Each year, USDA surveys farmers as to their planting intentions. How many acres of corn are they going to plant? Wheat? Soybeans? These surveys are regional and cover all the major crops produced, including livestock. The first survey goes out in January, and results appear a month or so later. Coincidentally, farmers are selling grain stored on their farm about this time, since most farm mortgages are due in March and it is also the time to buy seed, fertilizer, and fuel for planting. Now, if you had 100,000 or so bushels of corn or beans to take to market about this time, how would you answer USDA’s questionnaire? If you were about to sell some corn, would you tell the government you were cutting back on corn acres this year or that you were going to plant from fence row to fence row? If enough farmers reported they were cutting back, it would reduce the projected supply figures and drive corn prices higher on the futures exchanges when the results of the survey were released. The gains in the futures market would be promptly reflected in the cash market. It is not uncommon, if the results of these studies are not what the futures market expects to see, that the commodity in question limits up or down for days. To be kind, farmers have been known to think positively, at least from their perspective, when answering USDA’s surveys. My point is this: individuals, cartels, industry groups, and even nations all have vested interests and

IPRO-F_11/13_ch05_McCafferty

80

7/2/01

8:59 AM

Page 80

CHAPTER 5

hidden agendas regarding supply and demand figures. Always be skeptical. There are also many totally unpredictable factors that can wreak havoc with predictions of the supply and demand situation. All agricultural commodities, from frozen orange juice to wheat, are influenced by weather. Some tremendous advances have been made in forecasting, but we are still a long way off when it comes to long-range accuracy—over an entire growing season, for example. And nothing impacts the supply of any crop more than timely rains throughout the growing season. Floods, droughts, and other disasters can send prices soaring. Or just the rumor of an interruption of supply can result in limit moves on the futures markets. There will be times when weather hurts your futures positions. Extremely favorable growing seasons will produce abundant crops, which, in turn, may prolong your scale, forcing you to roll positions into a more distant and expensive contract. For scale traders, some of these natural disasters are not as threatening, particularly the ones that reduce supply. In these situations, you will be long in the futures market. The price goes in your favor. Nevertheless, there will come a time when you are just starting a scale and the price of the commodity you are scaling limits up, closing your scale after only one or two buys. When this happens, pick up your chips and look for a new scale. Do not switch strategies and become an active commodity speculator. Successful scale traders are known for their discipline. News is another totally uncontrollable factor that can have a substantial impact on supply and demand, especially in the short term. It can be news of an actual change in the supply or demand side of the equation or just some news that moves the market. The unexpected move can be either to your advantage or to your disadvantage. News often takes the form of a rumor that is later proven false. Again, this is the reason for the totally disciplined approach of scale trading and the use of options as price insurance. The brighter side of unexpected news is that it can often provide the opportunity to take some oscillating profits. For example, a rumor sweeps the trading floor. Prices run up 10 or 20 cents taking you out of two positions in your scale, generating two

IPRO-F_11/13_ch05_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:59 AM

Page 81

The Criterion for the Selection of Scalable Commodities

81

oscillating profits. You place new limit orders to replace the closed positions at the original prices of the scale that you are trading. Just as quickly as you were taken out of the scale, you are back in when the rumor proves false. You will come to love news stories like these. There is another condition that must be present for a commodity to be a good candidate for scale trading—competition. The rules governing supply are most efficient when there is intense, widespread competition. Economists have coined the term perfect competition to describe a market structure in which there are a very large number of small producers and an equally large number of buyers. This is the ideal scale trading environment. The supply side is not materially changed if a group of producers goes out of business or substantially increases or decreases production. Nor is the demand side stunted if one user switches to a substitute commodity or goes out of business. The concept also implies easy entry and exit from the market. This explains why higher-than-expected profits draw new blood into the market and why heavy losses drive others out. This expansion and contraction is what creates perfect markets to scale. For example, if a producer is prohibited from entering a market because of extremely high costs or it takes a considerable amount of time before the commodity in question can be brought to market (grown, mined, reproduced, etc.), new producers will not enter the competition unless a long-term demand situation exists. Often monopolistic suppliers dominate these types of industries. (Take Dole and the pineapple business as an example.) This also explains why the futures contract for shrimp on the Minneapolis Exchange never became popular when Red Lobster refused to participate. Big Red has the suppliers, the major fishing fleets, under contract and does not need a futures contract. Good scale trading commodities always have a strong commercial contingency supporting them in the cash and futures markets. There are some commodities that have characteristics of both the perfect and the monopolistic competition market structure. These fall into the category of oligopoly market structures. Frozen orange juice comes to mind. It is difficult to enter or exit, because a large grove of bearing trees is required to be an efficient producer.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch05_McCafferty

82

7/2/01

8:59 AM

Page 82

CHAPTER 5

Most producers are large and few in number. The fact that the fresh juice is frozen and held in inventory creates an artificial supply situation. The uneven impact of weather, freezes specifically, accounts for the commodity’s price volatility, making it a possible scale candidate. Coffee and cocoa are similar in that it takes considerable resources and time to enter these markets. But it is the political interference sighted earlier that makes these two commodities attractive scale trading candidates. Plus the demand base is so large, varied, and reliable; what would we do without our morning coffee and afternoon candy bar? On the flip side of this coin, if too many of the producers cannot exit a market easily, they continue to produce and that keeps prices low. When hog production moved off the family farm to corporate producers, the high overhead of these farrow-to-finish facilities forced the large facilities to keep turning out pork regardless of the price. They cannot ration supplies easily, and the scale trader can have a problem closing out a scale. The existence of frozen stocks in warehouses exacerbates the problem Another prominent example is OPEC. If it had ironclad discipline, crude oil would be an outstanding scale trading candidate. You would enter a scale and ride the market down. OPEC would cut off the tap at some point, and prices would rise, closing out your scale. But since OPEC members cheat on their quotas and not all major oil-producing countries are members of OPEC, scale traders cannot always close their scales and are occasionally forced to keep rolling positions into the future. Eventually they are hopelessly in positions that they can never exit at a profit. That is the problem you may face in markets when producers cannot exit quickly and easily—just another reason to have a put option or two in your back pocket. Time is of serious concern for the scale trader. For example, the supply of feed grains, as was mentioned, can be increased or decreased from growing season to growing season. The word season should be read as seasons, meaning some commodities like wheat are being harvested 12 months a year somewhere in the world. Meat production varies by species. Whereas it takes two years to increase live cattle numbers, hogs take half that time. Some commodities just cannot react quickly. Olive trees take 12 years to

IPRO-F_11/13_ch05_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:59 AM

Page 83

The Criterion for the Selection of Scalable Commodities

83

mature, and coconuts as much as 15 to 20 years; both compete with soybean oil in the eatable oil market. Crude oil supplies, on the other hand, can be boosted promptly by pumping more from existing wells. Even so, it can take six to nine months to get a usable product (gasoline and heating oil) to where it can be utilized, presupposing oil refinery capacity is not maxed out. Further, finding new sources and getting them into production can take years and is expensive and highly risky. Demand can be equally fickle. Cancer and mad cow disease scares cooled the demand for red meat in some countries, for example. But alarms like these often dissipate as quickly as they appear. Others tend to be more long-term but futile. Take our love-hate relationship with gasoline. There is not an environmentalist on earth who would not want to do away with it. On the other hand, we all want the freedom to travel by car at will. Even fashion can play a part in the supply and demand tugof-war. Demand for cotton took a tumble when synthetic fabrics became popular. You would not have wanted to be scale trading cotton when that happened. Fast-moving changes in technology can impact demand as well; for example, the adoption of fiber optics impacted copper demand. The introduction of the catalytic converter drove platinum prices into the stratosphere. So far, we have discussed only fundamental analysis of the commodities you plan to scale trade. The reason is that fundamental analysis is the key to success, and it reveals the long-term trend. It can tell you if, and approximately when, a market is expected to reverse and head north. If you do not think you can see light at the end of the supply-demand tunnel, do not enter any scale. Wait for clarity—not perfect clarity, but you must have a good feel for how long the commodity you are trading will be in the cellar. As we have seen, fundamental analysis deals primarily with economic data. This will become more apparent in the next chapter when we build some economic models. There is another type of price analysis called technical analysis. It is based almost exclusively on analyzing price data and patterns. Most futures traders rely heavily on this type of analysis. As scale traders, we use technical analysis as well, but not quite as much. The reason is that once we decide on a commodity to trade and develop a scale, we tend to stick with it to the end,

IPRO-F_11/13_ch05_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:59 AM

84

Page 84

CHAPTER 5

barring jolting fundamental changes. Active futures traders and speculators take a completely different approach. As I mentioned earlier, they are more like fly fishermen, constantly casting their line into the market with the hope of a strike. If they don’t get a hit, they try again. The scale trader, on the other hand, plans meticulously and adheres to the plan. The primary planning tool is fundamental analysis. There must be some assurance as to when the commodity being scale traded will bottom and begin to move back into its normal trading range. If the speculator is a fly fisherman, the scale trader trolls the bottom for his or her catch.

TECHNICAL ANALYSIS Despite the heavy reliance on fundamental analysis, there are some technical trading tools of substantial value. The technician will tell you that every change in the supply-demand equation is immediately reflected in the price action of the commodity being analyzed. One must therefore know something about technical analysis to be alerted to fundamental changes that do not become immediately apparent for a variety of reasons. As mentioned previously, fundamental information tends to trickle into the market. By the time it is apparent to most market participants, prices have already been impacted. Knowing the basics of technical analysis is a vigilant way of looking for changes taking place in the fundamentals. Once you can define and quantify the fundamental change, you are prepared to make adjustments in your scale trading program. The most widely used technical analysis tool is price chart analysis (refer to Chapter 1, Figure 1-3). Scale traders track price charts to determine which commodities are in or about to enter the lower one-third to one-quarter of their 10-year trading range. Therefore, you need access to some long-term, continuous charts. These are available either on the Internet or from a subscription service. Some sources are noted in Appendix 2. Continuous charts, by the way, are charts in which the prices of several contracts are laced together, giving you a long-term perspective. As one contract expires, another one is linked to it. You will often see gaps in the prices, since the closing contract may

IPRO-F_11/13_ch05_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:59 AM

Page 85

The Criterion for the Selection of Scalable Commodities

85

be trading higher or lower than the new contract that is being added. Don’t let this throw you. Physical commodities tend to be influenced by inflation. The cost of production (equipment, labor, inputs) generally increases over time. So must the price of the product to encourage the producer to continue to produce. This, in turn, makes the commodity more valuable. It is for this reason that using the lower quarter of the 10-year trading range is a “safe” assumption of a price point to enter a scale. The word safe is in quotation marks. This is to denote that when one invests in anything that is going to happen some time in the future, nothing is totally safe. Also, there will be periods when prices decline even as inflation and other factors increase. Plus there are times when inflation is dormant. These periods often see the intervention of the government in the way of price support programs and supplements to keep production of essential commodities going. When you see this happening, avoid scale trading the commodities affected; there is no light at the end of the supply-demand equation. Technical analysis may provide the first clue that something is amiss. Nevertheless, the scale traders believe that over a 10-year period inflation, even at low rates, moves prices higher—particularly from all-time lows. Therefore, it is a good, calculated risk to begin a scale in this price range. All that said, there is nothing stopping a commodity from setting all-time new lows, and that is the reason scale traders carry some reserves in their trading account and buy insurance in the form of options. Another key element of technical analysis involves an understanding of liquidity. The commodities you should be considering to scale trade must be actively traded by speculators, so we will be able to enter and exit trades at will. Oats is an example of a commodity that has all the characteristics of a good scale trading candidate but often lacks the liquidity to trade. Trading volume is displayed as a bar along the bottom of most commodity price charts. Technical analysis is an excellent tool for selecting entry points or determining when to actually begin a scale. Use it to avoid beginning a scale too soon. If you open a scale at a price that is too high, you can have a costly problem as you wait and wait for the commodity prices to return to the level required for you to

IPRO-F_11/13_ch05_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:59 AM

Page 86

CHAPTER 5

86

completely close out your last position. The first position opened is the last you closed. For example, you are scaling a commodity that has had a trading range from a high of $4.00 to a low of $1.50 per unit (bushel, barrel, hundredweight, ton, bale, etc.) over the past decade. The contract size is 5000 units. The scale you decide to trade has you buying each nickel down and selling for a nickel up. Your profit objective is $250.00 per contract before transaction (commissions and fees) costs. You anticipate the maximum low to be $1.00. Theoretically, the scale should begin when the commodity price hits $2.12 1⁄2, which is the beginning of the lower one-quarter of the 10-year trading range (see Table 5-1). To avoid beginning a scale too soon, never enter the first position until the price of the commodity closes below the 20-day moving average. A moving average is calculated by adding the prices for the most recent days together and dividing by the number of TA B L E

5-1

Profit-Taking Table

Buy Price 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

$2.121⁄2 $2.071⁄2 $2.051⁄2 $2.001⁄2 $1.951⁄2 $1.901⁄2 $1.851⁄2 $1.801⁄2 $1.751⁄2

10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16.

$1.70 ⁄2 $1.651⁄2 $1.601⁄2 $1.551⁄2 $1.501⁄2 $1.451⁄2 $1.401⁄2 1

Profit Contract Sell Price

Cumulative ($0.05  5000)

Gross Profit

$2.171⁄2 $2.121⁄2 $2.071⁄2 $2.051⁄2 $2.001⁄2 $1.951⁄2 $1.901⁄2 $1.851⁄2

$250.00 $250.00 $250.00 $250.00 $250.00 $250.00 $250.00 $250.00

$250.00 $500.00 $750.00 $1000.00 $1250.00 $1500.00 $1750.00 $2000.00

$1.801⁄2 $1.751⁄2 $1.701⁄2 $1.651⁄2 $1.601⁄2 $1.551⁄2 $1.501⁄2 $1.451⁄2

$250.00 $250.00 $250.00 $250.00 $250.00 $250.00 $250.00 $250.00

$2250.00 $2500.00 $2750.00 $3000.00 $3250.00 $3500.00 $3750.00 $4000.00

IPRO-F_11/13_ch05_McCafferty

7/2/01

8:59 AM

Page 87

The Criterion for the Selection of Scalable Commodities

87

days in the sequence. In this case, a 20-DMA (day moving average) is the sum of the prices over the last 20 days, divided by 20. Each day, the oldest price is dropped and the current one added. In most cases, the closing price is the number used. Nowadays, virtually all computerized charting packages calculate and plot moving averages of any length and update them automatically. With any type of analysis, it is always a good idea to look for other data that corroborates an indicator that you are using to make a decision. In this case, study the daily chart pattern to see if a trend line has been broken. You would be looking for a shortterm trend line, perhaps over the past five days. Or you can draw channel lines; these are parallel trend lines. In this case, you are looking for a down-trending channel. Therefore, the top channel line would be drawn connecting the lower highs of the past few days. The bottom channel line would connect the lower lows over the same period. A down-trending channel confirms the signal given by the 20-DMA. Technical signals can often be self-fulfilling prophecies. When commodity traders spot the downtrend and the declining moving average, the specs are ready to short that commodity. This is what you are looking for—technical confirmation of fundamental information. The negative technical signals drive prices lower. You can often have several of your positions filled in quick succession, because herd psychology drives the market lower. Do not let this bother you. In many cases, this is an overreaction. Traders often resemble lemmings—they all go over the cliff into the sea just because the first one did. When they feel they have overreacted too much, they will reverse and overreact in the other direction. Enjoy the oscillating profits. As a downtrend progresses, the prices will get extremely attractive to our friend the inventory manager, and he will begin to buy. This slows down the move south, creating some more oscillating profits and gives everyone a chance to reassess the situation. At this point, prices may go higher or lower, but as a scale trader you are in for the long haul. This is just an example of how technical analysis helps a scale trader. I will be talking later about how technical analysis can help you get higher returns by increasing the number of oscillating profits you can execute.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch05_McCafferty

88

7/2/01

8:59 AM

Page 88

CHAPTER 5

Last of all, do not forget what was said about volatility and how it impacts price. Later, I will tie all these technical concepts together into coherent trading strategies to increase your returns. Once you begin a scale, you normally continue it until you are taken out of it by rising prices. It is critical to know how to maximize your efforts. Now let’s discuss specific commodities and groups of commodities to determine which are suitable for scale trading.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch06_McCafferty

7/2/01

CHAPTER

9:01 AM

Page 89

6

Selecting the Perfect Commodities to Scale Trade

Reviewing the most important characteristics of scale trading candidates may be the best way to begin this discussion. In my estimation, the single most important attribute is the presence of some form of what was described in the last chapter as perfect competition. This simply means that no single entity completely controls the supply and/or demand for the commodity you plan to scale trade. The ideal, which occurs rarely, is a marketplace with thousands and thousands of producers and just as many users. It is also extremely important that institutional and commercial users, who have the resources to buy, store, and use the commodity whenever the price is right, are plentiful. Professional inventory managers are often the kingpins of price discovery. Perfect competitive markets are wonderful to trade. They swing from overbought conditions to oversold and back again, like the pendulum of a grandfather clock. When the conditions are right, a scale trader can be in and out of three or four scales a year. As we all come to expect, rarely do you find anything perfect— in life or in the futures markets. A lot of the other factors, particularly greed and fear, come into play, disrupting smoothly functioning markets. Nevertheless, this characteristic, or at least a reasonable facsimile thereof, is the one factor you should always look for when researching scale trading candidates.

89

Copyright 2001 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Click Here for Terms of Use.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch06_McCafferty

90

7/2/01

9:01 AM

Page 90

CHAPTER 6

The next thing I look for is a strong and reliable supply of information. Knowledge is golden when your primary analytic tool is fundamental analysis. There is no other way of evaluating supply and demand over the long term. Unfortunately, this is also one of the scale trading’s greatest weaknesses. First, there is usually too much information. You will find thousands of pages on the Internet on any commodity. The data can fill every hard drive you own; still, some key facts will be missing. All this will become more evident when you begin to study specific groups of commodities. The overabundance of information, combined with some missing links, is a fact of price forecasting you must accept. The beauty of scale trading is that you can be successful without having every single bit of information. Scale trading is more like throwing hand grenades or horseshoes; you can score big by just being near the target. The scale trader enters a market when it is in the lower quadrant of its long-term trading range and stays in it until it returns to its “normal” trading range. You are trolling, not fly-casting. You put your hook in the water and keep it there until you catch your limit. This is a lot different from having to predict the exact moment a commodity price is going to change its trend, as the speculator must. Always concentrate on the most important information you will need to know: about how long will it be before the commodity bottoms and begins moving to its normal trading range? You do not need an exact date, just a good estimate. You can be off by months and still be extremely successful. My third favorite characteristic is that the commodity can be produced and used globally. This factor relates back to the first one, perfect competition. The worldwide aspect often means more competition. The fact that farmers in South America began competing with North American farmers for the soybean market added liquidity and volatility to that market. You see this as well in the crude oil market when the North Sea and Venezuelan producers do their best to spoil OPEC’s plans. Elasticity is critical. The price of a commodity must give and take as the supply-demand equation is recalculated. There is also what is known as semielasticity in some commodities (e.g., crude oil). Prices

IPRO-F_11/13_ch06_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:01 AM

Page 91

Selecting the Perfect Commodities to Scale Trade

91

can go to “outrageous” levels, and there is still a market. But sooner or later a limit is reached, and developing countries, the main users, look for alternative sources—synthetics, substitutes, and, if all else fails, conservation. Then, when things are back to normal, they punish the offenders, even to the point of invading them. Politics is trickier both to evaluate and to predict. Nevertheless, political actions create volatility, meaning opportunity for the commodity trader. Most of the time, the political decisions help the scale trader. Governments are protective of their farmers, in general. They buy large amounts of food when their people are starving or there is an overabundance (reducing supply) to keep their people fed or their farmers in business when tough times hit. Being fickle, politics can hurt as well. Some South American countries will undercut the price of soybeans on the world market to dump inventory, while at the same time subsidizing their farmers to produce more. The same goes for many EEC markets. This occurs when member countries need foreign currency at any price. It has a negative impact because it drives down the price of commodities being scaled, which may cause you to extend your bean scale. Worst of all, these moves are totally unannounced, because the country making them acts secretly in order to surprise the market in hopes of locking in a better price. Again, just another reason to have a few well-placed options as insurance. The last condition goes without saying, i.e., the uncontrollable factors. Largest among them is weather. When it is too favorable for long periods of time, you might not be able to see the light at the end of the supply-demand tunnel if you are scaling an agricultural commodity. Or a drought scare could stop you from starting a scale by blowing prices out of the lower quarter or third of the 10year trading range. Unfortunately, there is nothing that can be done about weather, except to buy some insurance. News also falls into this general category of uncontrollable events. But keep in mind that news almost always generates only a short-term impact. More often than not, news will create some volatility, which is another important criterion. Volatility produces oscillating profits. In every scale, we look for one or two oscillating profit opportunities every week or so, especially in the first month or two of a scale. This occurs because the buyers (inventory managers) do not know if the commodity is really heading south. They test the

IPRO-F_11/13_ch06_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:01 AM

Page 92

CHAPTER 6

92

downtrend until they are confident it is for real. Remember that they have been buying the commodity for quite a while at a higher price, so it now looks like a bargain to them. Once they are convinced it is going lower, they buy only from hand-to-mouth, to the extent that they need the commodity for production of their products. And don’t ever overlook liquidity. A sufficient number of contracts must be bought and sold each trading session to get all buy and sell orders filled expeditiously. As you will see, there are some seemingly promising scale trading commodities that you should avoid just because they do not have enough liquidity. For this reason, I also recommend you trade only on the U.S. commodity exchanges. That is where the world trades; that is where you will find the liquidity and volatility you need.

THE GRAINS I will begin with the grains because, of all the commodities, they come closest to fulfilling all seven of the criteria for a perfect scale trading candidate. (Once again, for the record, nothing is perfect in the world of futures trading.) The grains are also the commodities familiar to most of us. There is nothing esoteric or complicated about them. You simply plant, harvest, store, and distribute them. When I speak of the grains, I am specifically referring to corn, oats, rice, soybeans, soybean meal, soybean oil, and wheat. Worldwide, there are many other grains (e.g., azuki beans, barley, canola, flaxseed, field peas, rapeseed and meal, red beans, sunflower seed and meal) traded on futures exchanges. I have deliberately omitted them because they are not traded on an exchange in the United States. This is not a patriotic issue. Only the U.S. exchanges have the liquidity needed to trade comfortably. Second, only these exchanges afford you the regulatory protection of the National Futures Association (NFA), which will be explained in Chapter 11.

Corn, Beans, and Wheat I begin with corn, keeping in mind that most of what is said about corn also applies to soybeans and wheat. Soybean meal, bean oil, oats, and rice are discussed separately.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch06_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:01 AM

Page 93

Selecting the Perfect Commodities to Scale Trade

93

There are approximately 200,000 commercial farmers in the United States, and a good percentage of them grow corn and beans. Many grow wheat on their poorer land in the Midwest. Wheat is the primary crop on Western farms due to the reduced amount of moisture needed to grow it as compared with corn and beans. This qualifies them for the first criterion of having enough competition on the producer’s side. On the user side, there are hundreds of thousand of on-farm cattle and hog producers that use most of their corn and bean production themselves. Only the production they do not use for feed hits the open market. Additionally, corn is sought by commercial meat producers, i.e., producers of cattle, hogs, turkeys, chickens, etc. Then there are corn sweetener and gasahol manufacturers. Exporters play a big role most years, since the United States is the world’s largest exporter. On average for corn, domestic feed consumes 60 percent of the crop, while exports takes 20 percent and industrial use is 20 percent. These are enough major players to qualify corn as a “perfect market.” Wheat, being primarily a food grain as opposed to a feed grain, is exported or sold to commercial users, i.e., major baking and cereal manufacturers. Most of it, of course, runs through a series of middlemen from grain elevators to wheat brokers, which gives it a healthy commercial contingent. Wheat, in the United States, is unique in that there are two seasons: winter wheat is harvested midsummer, and spring wheat is harvested in early fall. It is further classified as durum and common. The subcategories of common are hard red and soft white. Approximately 60 percent of the U.S. crop is exported, accounting for much of the buy side activity. Abundant information is the next key issue. There is no shortage here of good information. On the contrary, too much information is the norm. To understand what you are looking for, let us review the supply-demand equation for the grains. Beginning Stocks  Production  Imports  Total Supplies Feed, Seed, Residual  Food  Export  Total Usage or Demand Total Supplies  Total Demand  Ending Stocks or Carryover

IPRO-F_11/13_ch06_McCafferty

94

7/2/01

9:01 AM

Page 94

CHAPTER 6

For corn and beans, the import figure is not significant since we produce so much. Occasionally, importation of wheat can be controversial. We quarrel with our Canadian neighbors about their dumping of wheat on our market, and we need, from time to time, special varieties for special products. A key element of wheat production has become the protein content. The higher, the more demand for the wheat. Therefore, quality and type can be an issue on the demand side. The residual between the total supply and the total usage for a given marketing year (for corn it is from October 1 to September 30 of the following year or harvest to harvest) is often reported as a percentage of the total used. This gives the scale trader an idea of how abundant or scarce the commodity is, which can be translated into, “Is there light at the end of the grain supply-demand tunnel?” The primary source of supply-demand information for agricultural products is the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA). It calculates, as the world moves from harvest to harvest, the number of days’ supply of the key grains that are available. When the world gets down under a 100-day supply and there are still months to go before the next harvest or if there are production problems, the supply situation becomes news. Remember, the world is harvesting corn, beans, and wheat all year long, but most of the world’s free stocks are produced in the United States. Most of the rest of the world consumes what it produces, except in years when there are bumper crops. A scale trader needs to be able to spot these years and avoid trading grains in them. Look to the USDA to issue monthly an estimate of the supplydemand table (Table 6-1) in the World Supply and Demand (WASDE) Report. This report, one of 300 the USDA generates, is available on the World Wide Web (www). It is usually issued midmonth and includes demand estimates for most U.S. field crops and crop conditions in foreign countries. It is your bible, as a scale trader of grains, and has a big impact on futures prices. See Appendix 2 for more details on USDA reports and its Web site. You will also want to track USDA’s Crop Progress Reports, which provide weekly updates of crop conditions throughout the growing season. This is your early warning of increases or decreases on the supply side of the equation.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch06_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:01 AM

Page 95

Selecting the Perfect Commodities to Scale Trade

TA B L E

95

6-1

USDA Supply-Demand Table World and U.S. Supply and Use for Grains* Million Metric Tons

Commodity Total grains‡ 1998–99 1999–00 (est.) 2000–01(proj.) June July Wheat 1998–99 1999–00 (est.) 2000–01(proj.) June July Coarse grains § 1998–99 1999–00 (est.) 2000–01(proj.) June July Rice, milled 1998–99 1999–00 (est.) 2000–01(proj.) June July

Output

World Total Trade † Supply

Total Use

Ending Stocks

1,872.76 1,864.43

2,204.73 2,221.16

256.20 266.65

1,848.00 1,878.25

356.73 342.91

1,868.86 1,868.76

2,207.93 2,211.67

267.23 265.49

1,889.38 1,882.67

318.38 328.99

588.58 585.67

727.31 723.43

121.85 127.63

589.54 596.78

137.76 126.65

575.81 581.25

701.69 707.90

126.93 126.95

595.44 593.84

106.25 114.06

890.21 875.99

1,028.59 1,034.81

107.47 115.74

869.77 881.60

158.82 153.21

892.73 888.27

1,043.72 1,041.48

115.10 113.52

890.93 887.36

152.79 154.12

393.98 402.78

448.83 462.92

26.89 23.28

388.69 399.87

60.14 63.05

400.31 399.23

462.51 462.28

25.20 25.02

403.00 401.48

59.51 60.81

IPRO-F_11/13_ch06_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:01 AM

Page 96

CHAPTER 6

96

TA B L E

6-1 (Continued)

World and U.S. Supply and Use for Grains* Million Metric Tons

Commodity Total grains ‡ 1998–99 1999–00 (est.) 2000–01(proj.) June July Wheat 1998–99 1999–00(est.) 2000–01(proj.) June July Course grains § 51.37 1999–00(est.) 2000–01(proj.) June July Rice, milled 1998–99 1999–00(est.) 2000–01(proj.) June July

Output

United States Total Trade † Supply

Total Use

Ending Stocks

346.71 332.67

411.61 416.18

86.99 87.13

246.80 250.55

77.81 78.49

337.43 344.91

418.87 429.21

90.23 91.46

253.13 250.07

75.51 87.68

69.33 62.66

91.79 90.96

28.36 29.67

37.69 35.44

25.74 25.86

60.20 61.03

87.89 89.61

30.62 29.94

35.25 33.91

22.03 25.76

1998–99

271.47

312.69

55.95

205.37

263.38

317.54

54.66

211.43

51.45

270.93 277.77

323.11 331.96

56.84 58.74

214.11 212.40

52.16 60.82

5.91 6.64

7.12 7.67

2.68 2.81

3.75 3.68

0.69 1.19

6.31 6.10

7.87 7.64

2.77 2.77

3.77 3.77

1.32 1.10

* Aggregate of local markets years. † Based on export estimate. See individual commodity tables for treatment of export/import imbalances. ‡ Wheat, course grains, and milled rice. § Corn, sorghum, barley, oats, rye, millet, and mixed grains (for U.S. excludes millet and mixed grains). Source: United States Department of Agricultural, 7/17/00 This is an example of a USDA Supply-Demand Table. You should learn to read these tables and follow them for the commodities you are scale trading. You will find substantial amounts of analysis and comments on these reports on chat rooms, in newsletters, and from your brokerage firm. You will understand and be using them very quickly. They provide the insights you need to determine when the market is about to turn in your favor. The USDA provides these reports on all major and many minor commodities.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch06_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:01 AM

Page 97

Selecting the Perfect Commodities to Scale Trade

97

One minor difference between corn and beans is that producers hold back some of their bean production to use as seed for the next year. This is taken into account in the supply figures. With most other field crops, the seeds are grown separately, as hybrids. You must also pay attention to any grains destined for human consumption that become contaminated by genetically altered corn. This can change the supply-side numbers. Futures trading is all about getting the news first. There are several fine consulting services that attempt to anticipate what will be in the USDA reports so traders can be prepared. Sparks Companies, Inc. (www.sparksco.com) is an example. It actually sends field scouts into the major producing areas of the world (foreign countries, such as South America for soybeans, as well as the United States) to count plant population per acre and report on field and crop conditions as the growing season progresses. How can a scale trader use this information? If, for example, you have not covered your futures positions with puts or enough positions with options, by reading a service such as Sparks you may be able to add protection before the USDA report is announced and the market overreacts. This situation can occur when you are just beginning a scale; perhaps you are starting one too soon or at a price at the high side of the scale. You are alerted to some very good news about production (saturating rains in an area short on rainfall so far that season), which might cause the commodity you are beginning to scale to limit down for a day or two. You can either exit the position or buy some cheap puts or sell a few calls. That is how you use these services. But consider an extreme approach like this only during extreme circumstances; it is not standard hedged scale trading practice. On the demand side, one of the most important reports issued weekly is the USDA’s Export Inspections. It details the total tonnage shipped to foreign countries. You use it to access how strong or weak demand is and compare it to the Monthly World Supply and Demand Report. Is demand stronger or weaker than projections? Don’t forget, the United States is the world’s most important exporter of grains. A good export year can clean out a scale in double-quick time. Naturally, the export market satisfies the requirement that the commodity is global on the demand side. On the supply side, almost every country in the world grows some wheat. As far as

IPRO-F_11/13_ch06_McCafferty

98

7/2/01

9:01 AM

Page 98

CHAPTER 6

soybeans are concerned, they are certainly grown widely. That is true for corn also, but it goes under some other names—maize for example. Additionally, there are hundreds of varieties of grains grown worldwide that are basic substitutes for corn and soybeans. Price elasticity is the next requirement. Will the price of grains stretch and contract in response to the supply-demand situation? Once you study some 10-year charts and see corn prices ranging from approximately $2.00 to $5.50 per bushel, soybeans from $4.50 to $13.00 per bushel, and wheat from $2.50 to $7.00, I think you will be convinced that there is some elasticity in these markets. And, as was mentioned, the substitution factor is always present if one of these commodities gets too expensive. This brings us to some of the uncontrollable factors—first, weather and politics. Weather, when you are talking grains, primarily means water. It takes 5000 gallons of water to produce a bushel of corn. That amounts to 18 to 24 inches of rain during the growing season to grow 100 to 175 bushels per acre of corn. Beans need less and, of course, wheat is the choice of dry land farming. Besides rain, there is hail and wind to worry about; either can knock down a crop. Further, farmers worry about too much rain at planting or harvesting, which can keep them out of the fields and reduce the harvest. If that were not enough, there are insects and diseases. As a general rule, foul weather is not the worry of the scale trader. It will help you close a scale by raising prices to hit your exit points. In addition, false rumors of weather problems can run prices up for short rallies, generating oscillating profit opportunities. It is unexpectedly good weather you need to prepare for by insuring your positions with options. Consistently outstanding weather may prolong a scale, causing you to roll over positions into more distant contracts or close some out at a loss. But a little fickle weather that generates oscillating profits is a blessing. You will be happy to know that just about every summer there are drought scares throughout the corn belt. Information about weather is another one of the services available from USDA and the key growing states. USDA works with all the other government services to gather and interpret data on the impact of weather on crop production. You will be impressed with the satellite photographs available free on the Internet. The second uncontrollable element impacting price trends of grains is politics. The major agricultural policies of Congress are

IPRO-F_11/13_ch06_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:01 AM

Page 99

Selecting the Perfect Commodities to Scale Trade

99

well publicized in advance. They have to do with protecting the farm, specifically the family farm, and ensuring cheap food for the U.S. population—both are good politics. These policies usually help the scale trader exit scales by driving low prices higher. Another area of concern is unexpected, emotional reactions from foreign governments in retaliation for something our government did in another area. We might restrict immigration from a certain country, which, in turn, cancels its soybean purchases and buys from Brazil instead, throwing the bean pit into chaos and triggering two or three limit-down days. The United States is not immunized against this behavior, as anyone who remembers Jimmy Carter’s grain embargo (January 4, 1980) will attest. When these situations occur, you had better be practicing safe scale trading by having some price protection in place. The last two standards are technical in nature—volatility and liquidity. One feeds on the other. If you have a lot of price activity, it attracts traders, which increases liquidity. If you have a lot of liquidity, it creates volatility. There are several ways to measure volatility. The most common is standard deviation from the mean or middle (average) price. This can be illustrated with bell curves (see Figure 6-1). The wider the curve, the more volatile the price activity of the commodity. This is because the price points are more scattered and it takes a larger area to cover one standard deviation from the mean, or 68.3 percent of all occurrences. Other ways of measuring volatility are the daily trading range and the average daily movement of the commodity futures contract. Naturally, the higher these moves are, the more volatile the commodity. You can find volatility measurements on various Web sites on the Internet. Another excellent source is Futures magazine (see Table 9-1, Volatility Table). In its annual sourcebook, you will see ratings of all the major commodities, giving you both volatility and liquidity figures. For example, the daily volume for corn, soybeans, and wheat generally exceeds 65,000, 50,000, and 25,000, respectively. These commodities also have very acceptable volatility ratings, not too high and certainly not low.

Oats The commodities in the grain group that are questionable are oats and rice. I like the way oats trades and have seen some experienced

IPRO-F_11/13_ch06_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:01 AM

Page 100

CHAPTER 6

100

FIGURE

6-1

Volatility Curves

Low

Medium

High The closer price points are, the lower the volatility. High-volatility markets are characterized by wide or flat curves, since the data points are spread out.

scale traders do well with oats. Nevertheless, I disqualify oats, especially for the novice scale trader, because of lack of liquidity. The average daily number of contracts changing hands usually is around 1500, not much compared with corn, beans, and wheat. Also, there is not nearly the same number of oat farmers as for corn, beans, and wheat. Nor are oats distributed globally on a wide enough scale to qualify. Once you get a few scales under your belt, you may want to track oats for a while. There are times when liquidity is at acceptable levels. Take care to be particularly attentive to the more distant contracts, the ones you would be trading.

Rice Rice also lacks liquidity, with approximately 500 or 600 contracts traded daily. The producers are primarily large corporate farmers in California or major cooperatives composed of individual farmers in the South. Little of the crop from a worldwide perspective

IPRO-F_11/13_ch06_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:01 AM

Page 101

Selecting the Perfect Commodities to Scale Trade

101

is grown for the U.S. market, but most all of the U.S. crop is exported. Our exports usually represent the majority of the free stocks, since most producing countries consume their own production. If I were your broker, I would recommend avoiding oats and rice until you have learned to trade thin markets. This is a special skill most suited for speculators. Thin markets are easy to enter and hard to exit. As a scale trader, you would be buying a contract that has several months left to expiration. These are particularly thin. You could conceivably get a decent fill using a limit order on an entry position. When it was time to close trades or roll positions, the contract would probably be the expiring contract month, normally the most active. This means you could probably do the trades necessary. But what concerns me is once you started a scale, could you get all or enough of your opening limit orders filled or would you have liquidity problems? Second, how would these markets behave? Thin markets have a tendency to be very volatile. Prices can swing up or down by 5 percent, 10 percent, or even 25 percent on little or no volume. You could get an oscillating trade on one of these spikes but not be able to replace that regular scale position. In other words, you could get a scale started and be left hanging because of inactivity in a distant contract. Also, you would most assuredly have even more liquidity problems with options on these commodities.

Soy Meal and Oil Let’s talk a little about bean meal and oil. These are byproducts of crushing beans. Meal is cattle feed, and oil has a million uses, eatable oil being one of the primary ones. It also has thousands of industrial uses. Part of your work, if you are scale trading beans, is to track supply-demand for meal and oil. It is obvious that demand for either meal (caused by increasing livestock numbers) or oil (shortages of competing oils—palm, sunflower, coconut, etc.) will drive up the price of soybeans. The reverse, low demand for meal or oil, diminishes the demand and price of beans. It gets more complicated when demand for meal is high and low for oil, or the opposite. Part of your fundamental analysis of the soybean market is to track the crush spread. You will want to have a feel for how profitable

IPRO-F_11/13_ch06_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:01 AM

Page 102

CHAPTER 6

102

it is to crush soybeans into oil and meal. If it is not profitable, you may want to consider scaling meal or oil. If it is, it will show you the light at the end of the soybean supply-demand tunnel if you are in a bean or meal scale. Here is how it works. The standard weight of a bushel of beans is 60 pounds. When crushed, it produces 48 pounds of meal and 11 pounds of oil. One pound is lost in processing. Since beans are quoted in cents per bushel and meal in dollars per ton and oil in cents per pound, it takes a little work to compare the value of each component in the crush. To convert meal, you divide the 48 pounds of meal yielded by 2000 pounds, a ton. This generates a conversion factor of 0.24. Multiply this by the price of meal to get cents—or dollars and cents—per bushel. For example, let’s say meal is at $180.00 per ton. You get $4.32 per bushel ($180.00  0.024). Oil is a snap. If 11 pounds of oil are contained in the bushel of beans, multiply this by the price of oil. When oil is $0.20 per pound, it would equate to $2.20 ($0.20  11). Once all the components are in dollars and cents per bushel, you calculate the gross processing margin (GPM), which is the difference between the combined sale value of the byproducts (meal and oil) and the cost of the beans. The soybean processors, who are the soybean inventory managers, decide how aggressively to process beans depending on how wide or narrow the GPM is. As far as technicals are concerned, volatility and liquidity are good for both meal and oil. Additionally, these commodities are satisfactory from a standpoint of the other criterion. They are scale trading candidates. Figure 6-2 shows my preferences as far as scaled trading the agricultural commodities.

THE FOOD AND FIBER GROUP This group includes coffee, cocoa, sugar, frozen orange juice, cotton, and lumber. There are some others (e.g., milk, butter, cheddar cheese, white shrimp, black tiger shrimp), but they lack volume, which means you should not scale trade them. Coffee Coffee is a good scale trading play, even though it does not meet all the criteria. It is not a perfect market on the production side of the

IPRO-F_11/13_ch06_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:01 AM

Page 103

Selecting the Perfect Commodities to Scale Trade

FIGURE

103

6-2

The Grain Complex Corn Soybeans Wheat Oats Rice Soybean Meal Soybean Oil

supply-demand equation. Coffee is grown on large plantations, usually owned by small groups of growers. It takes four years before coffee trees produce “cherries,” which become coffee beans. On the demand side of the equation, coffee is more of a perfect market, but most of the beans are funneled through a few brokers. In some cases, the government of the country in which the beans are produced manages the inventory. This can be a positive for the scale trader because, as with cocoa, the government of the producing country will hold product off the market when prices are unacceptably low; thus the scale trader can completely close his or her scale. These interventions can also give you a few oscillating profit opportunities. Being a major crop, coffee is watched carefully from the first budding of the trees to harvest. You will have no problem finding information. The only problem is that most coffee is grown outside the United States, Hawaii being the exception, so the government of the producing country may attempt to occasionally muddy the waters. The major producing areas are in Africa, which produces the robusta variety, and South America, known for its Arabica. The latter is the most highly prized by coffee drinkers. Since the whole world drinks coffee, it is a global commodity on both sides of the supply-demand equation. Coffee prices, particularly at retail, are inelastic. The price can go to the moon and still find buyers. But the scale trader is not worried about that end of the pricing scale. The only problem is that

IPRO-F_11/13_ch06_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:01 AM

Page 104

CHAPTER 6

104

coffee can stay high for long periods of time and not offer any scaling opportunities. The scale trader is usually more concerned about political events. Since the main growing regions are in the underdeveloped countries of Africa and South and Central America, production or other problems that prevent product getting to market can interrupt the normal supply chain. Usually these delays are not longlasting, but they are followed by large amounts of product hitting the market. This, in turn, impacts price. With a little luck, you will also have some oscillating profit opportunities. There is also the possibility that one of these undeveloped countries will dump product on the market to obtain foreign currency in a financial emergency, thus trapping you in a scale. Another political consideration is the International Coffee Agreement, which sets annual production quotas for countries that belong to it. Seventy-five countries, including the United States, are members. The purpose is to stabilize the price. Organizations like these are usually a boon to scale traders. From a technical standpoint, futures contracts on coffee at the CSCE (Coffee, Sugar, and Cotton Exchange) Division of the New York Board of Trade rate satisfactory for volume. Daily volume is normally 10,000 or more contracts. Volatility is also high. It regularly scores in the top 10 in Futures magazine’s “Movers and Shakers” list, which is published in its annual sourcebook (Table 9-1). Sugar and frozen concentrated orange juice (FCOJ) are usually in the volatility top 10 as well. Weather, as with any crop commodity, is critical. Coffee needs substantial amounts of rain during the growing season, up to 40 inches. Arabica is more sensitive, while robusta is hardier. Satellite weather maps, available on the Internet, will keep you informed, but you must be attentive. Cocoa From a scale trader’s perspective, cocoa is similar to coffee. It does not have a perfect market. Price and supply are inelastic. Production takes place in Africa primarily, while some is produced in South America. Undeveloped governments control supply; demand is global and inelastic. Daily volume on the exchange is

IPRO-F_11/13_ch06_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:01 AM

Page 105

Selecting the Perfect Commodities to Scale Trade

105

usually over 5000 contracts, and volatility is strong. It has been historically a great scale trading play. International commissions, composed of producer and user states, attempt to manage the supply-demand balance for both coffee and cocoa. These organizations can be the scale trader’s best friend; they can turn on the light at the end of the supply-demand tunnel. If you scale these commodities, become familiar with them. For coffee, it is the International Coffee Organization (www.ico.org), which is composed of 24 exporting and 14 importing countries. The International Cocoa Organization, with its 18 exporting and 22 importing member states, is the counterpart of the ICO. Both are affiliated with International Monetary Fund (www.imf.org), which has substantial influence on supply-demand balances among undeveloped countries. If you trade any commodities that originate in undeveloped countries, you would do well to check the news on the IMF’s site occasionally. Sugar When I speak of futures trading in sugar, I am specifically referring to World Sugar No. 11 traded on the New York Board of Trade (NYBOT). It is the contract with sufficient daily volume, over 25,000 contracts each trading session, to be scale traded. There are some other contracts on sugar, but they lack volume. Sugar is somewhat trickier to scale trade than coffee or cocoa. It has a history of shooting up to unrealistic highs and wallowing at lows for extended periods of time. It is the latter behavior that the scale trader must avoid. This can result in costly contract rollovers. It is a semiperfect market. There are large planters, particularly in cane sugar. For sugar beets, the production is more democratic. The cane sugar is harvested all year long, whereas sugar beet production is seasonal. This can prove difficult to track, yet the amount of information about supply and demand is plentiful. Production is global. The main producing countries are Brazil, Cuba, India, and Australia. Production is split 60-40 between sugar cane and beets. Cane is a perennial, although it does have to be replanted periodically, and production is easy to predict. Sugar beet acreage varies annually and will adjust to demand.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch06_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:01 AM

Page 106

CHAPTER 6

106

Demand is also a relatively dependable prognostication because producing countries tend to use most of their own production. Only 15 percent of the crop hits the open market. Additionally, there are few substitutes. The exception is highfructose corn syrup, which is popular only in well-developed countries, where most of the world’s population does not reside. Sugar is a good scale trading candidate, but be sure you have a feel for when the light at the end of the supply-demand tunnel is going to come on before starting a scale. Weather is usually the key and is as unpredictable as it is necessary. Frozen Concentrated Orange Juice (FCOJ) In my estimation, this is a questionable scale trading candidate. The reason is that the supply side of the supply-demand equation dominates. FCOJ can be stored indefinitely, making warehouse stocks a critical factor. You will find the same problem with pork bellies. If you are in a FCOJ scale and warehouse stocks are plentiful, it takes a weather catastrophe to take you out of your scale. Now, weather and insects can do that, but it is not something you want to depend on. The weather problem must be in Florida, the major producing location, to make a major impact. But there is still production in California, Texas, and Arizona. The biggest supply threat outside the United States is Brazil, and it is substantial. I prefer commodities that have a more even balance between supply and demand and do not depend so much on uncontrollable factors, such as weather or news. Finally, daily volume, which runs around 3000 contracts, is on the light side. Cotton Cotton fits most of the criteria we are looking for to scale trade. It is produced by thousands of farmers in over 75 countries. The buyers are somewhat more consolidated, but there is a strong core of cotton brokers and merchants. I say it is a near-perfect market, certainly global. Information is plentiful from USDA and cotton industry groups. Price is elastic, since there are man-made substitutes. The four keys that govern price are weather, domestic and foreign gov-

IPRO-F_11/13_ch06_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:01 AM

Page 107

Selecting the Perfect Commodities to Scale Trade

107

ernment programs, fashion, and carryover (inventories). Volatility is in the upper half of the major commodities, and volume is acceptable at approximately 10,000 contracts per trading session. The only weevil in the boll is type. There are several types depending on color, length of fiber, and “mike.” Mike is short for micronaire. It is a measure of airflow through cotton. Immature or overly mature cottons have lower values than perfectly mature cotton. In other words, it is a measure of quality. If you are scaling cotton using the futures contract on the New York Cotton Exchange, the contract calls for 100 bales (50,000 ponds) of low-middling, 11⁄16 inch premium mike. When you see a news story discussing the scarcity of cotton, you need to know the type of cotton or its use. Lumber Lumber, as a commodity, does not fit very many of the criteria I have set. It is not a perfect market. Nor is it global or liquid. It is volatile and there is plenty written about it. The main use, of course, is for building and furniture. Paper is also a concern on the demand side. Prices are elastic on the supply side, but not so much on the demand side. If home building is strong, prices for lumber become almost immaterial as the costs are passed on to the home buyers. Politics, in the sense of environmentalists versus loggers, is a factor. The uncontrollable and unexpected include major forest fires, diseases, insects, and prolonged droughts. Mostly, it is the daily trading volume, which can be as low as 1000 contracts, that forces me to give it only one thumb up as a scale trading candidate. Yet when you peruse the 10-year price chart, you will notice some very attractive swings from overbought to oversold conditions that would have made excellent scale trades. My advice would be not to start with lumber, but consider it when it looks particularly attractive and you have gained some experience trading thin markets. For a recap of food and fiber, refer to Figure 6-3.

THE MEAT COMPLEX Now we will take a look at live cattle, feeder cattle, lean hogs, and pork bellies as possible scale trading candidates. First, let me cross

IPRO-F_11/13_ch06_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:01 AM

Page 108

CHAPTER 6

108

FIGURE

6-3

Food and Fiber Coffee Cocoa Sugar FCOJ Cotton Lumber

off pork bellies from the list. My reason is excess volatility; it is too erratic for my taste. When I first got into this business, I was warned: “Never trade pork bellies, unless you work for Heinholt Commodities.” This company is heavily committed to this market and seems to have an edge when it comes to pork belly trading. I don’t know what it is—experience, reliable information, or anything else—but I personally have not seen anyone successfully scale trade pork bellies, let alone trade them. As I said in the Introduction, never trade without an edge. I believe that and do not recommend scaling pork bellies. Live and Feeder Cattle Initially, one would think live cattle would be a very simple futures contract to scale trade because of the time it takes, approximately 21⁄2 years, to bring a steer to market. You use the pipeline method of fundamental analysis with livestock to determine supply and demand. The number of animals in each stage of the entire cycle are counted—the number of cows pregnant (9-month gestation period), calves born, weaned at 300–500 pounds, put on pasture or shipped to a feedlot, and, finally, sent to slaughter. This is the supply side. All manner of reports, private and public (USDA’s Cattle on Feed Report), monitor the numbers and movement. The fact that it takes a good deal of time to make any meaningful adjustment

IPRO-F_11/13_ch06_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:01 AM

Page 109

Selecting the Perfect Commodities to Scale Trade

109

would make it seem easy for a scale trader to predict when the light at the end of the supply-demand tunnel is getting brighter. There used to be a very well-defined seven-year cycle, moving from oversupply to undersupply. Unfortunately, this is not the case anymore. Although there are thousands of small feedlots on farms, the cattle business is not a perfect market. Large, corporate meat packers buy most of the feeders. It is at this point in the process that the perfect market terminates. The fact that the packing plants are high-overhead facilities, with contracts to supply major grocery chains, means that they must process meat when the margins are high or low. The system pushes product onto the market with the expectation that adjustments in the retail price will smooth out the supply-demand kinks. It is only when the retail customer balks at high prices that the system backs up. Also food chains can feature cheap meat to attract customers and still make their profit margins on other items. Now this is not necessarily a problem for the scale trader, because the high end of the price chart is not where you will be buying and selling. The problem is that any indigestion within the supply-demand track will cause severe hiccups in the futures market. In other words, the elements of the meat complex—cattle, feeders, hogs, and pork bellies—are known for having more than their share of limit-up or limit-down trading sessions. If you own a position and a limit move against you occurs, you must have—or you will be forced to add—sufficient margin money to hold your positions. Unfortunately, you cannot close the position to relieve yourself of the financial obligation, since no trading takes place. It is for this reason I recommend strongly to trade with options whenever you scale trade in the meat complex. Your options will help compensate for the losses sustained in your futures positions at the beginning of a scale. On the demand side, meat for human consumption is the primary use. There is a certain amount of inelasticity in pricing, but there is a price point beyond which consumers look for substitutes (chicken, pork, fish, etc.) or switch to cheaper cuts (hamburger vs. T-bone). The meat complex is not a global market in that, while there is some importing and exporting, it is not a major element of the supply-demand equation. Countries tend to import breeding

IPRO-F_11/13_ch06_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:01 AM

Page 110

CHAPTER 6

110

animals and develop their own meat industry, rather than import the finished product. Box beef may be the exception. Unfortunately, the box beef may be inbound for Australia, increasing supply and extending scales. Carryover, meat in freezer plants, needs to be monitored closely. This is particularly true for pork bellies (bacon) and another reason not to scale them. As for the feeder cattle futures contract, it is too thinly traded for me. Leave it for the speculators to enjoy. Hogs The production cycle of hogs is substantially shorter than that of cattle. The gestation period is four months, and it takes only six more months to deliver a 220-pound hog to market. Another big difference is the centralization of the hog industry. The small hog framers, known as “inners” and “outers,” are long gone. These were farmers who bought some feeder pigs when hog prices were high, fed them out on pasture with their own corn, and cashed in on the uptrend. They have been replaced with highly efficient farrow-to-finish operations. This has diminished the perfect market and increased volatility in the futures market, as mentioned in the cattle section. Again, be wary of limit-up and limit-down trading sessions in this market. The fundamental analytic approach is the pipeline method. What is the number of farrowings? How plentiful are feeder pigs? How many gilts will be held back for breeding? How many market hogs are in the pipeline and at what weights? What is in cold storage? As a scale trader of hogs, you will become an avid reader of USDA’s Hogs and Pigs Report, which is issued quarterly—March, June, September, and December. You must also have a commodity broker that has sources that can anticipate or project the pipeline numbers before the USDA reports. I give one thumb up to scale trading cattle and hogs, two if you use options, and no thumbs up for pork bellies and feeder cattle (see Figure 6-4).

THE PETROLEUM COMPLEX This complex is made up of crude oil, its byproducts (heating oil and gasoline), and natural gas.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch06_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:01 AM

Page 111

Selecting the Perfect Commodities to Scale Trade

FIGURE

111

6-4

The Meat Complex Live Cattle Hogs Pork Bellies Feeder Cattle

Crude Oil and Its Byproducts A perfect market? Not with the likes of Exxon-Mobil, Dutch Petroleum, OPEC, and nationalization of production by several prominent nations. On the other hand, information regarding supply and demand is as plentiful as the commodity is global. The price is even elastic, and weather is not a factor, at least on the supply side. On the demand side, cold weather can drive prices of heating oil and natural gas higher. Good summer weather increases demand for gasoline. And the futures market is both liquid (crude 150,000 contracts a day, heating oil and unleaded gasoline 35,000, natural gas 70,000) and volatile. Politics is the most disturbing factor. It can range from an increase in import-export duties to war. As we all know, OPEC quarrels among its own member countries as much as it brawls with the rest of the world. There is just too much money at stake and too much world dependency on this commodity. As with soybeans and the crush spread, it is important to track the crack spread when scaling petroleum. The crack spread is the difference in price between crude oil and the combined prices of the byproducts of cracking—heating oil and gasoline. It is a good method for getting a handle on demand. Is crude oil and its byproducts a good scaling commodity? Yes. My greatest concern is major political upheaval. But when this occurs, it will most likely drive prices higher and take you out of your scale. On the other hand, crude oil prices can remain low for extended periods of time, like sugar. You must have some idea or reasonable assurance that there is an oil lamp burning at the end of the supply-demand tunnel before beginning a scale.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch06_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:01 AM

Page 112

CHAPTER 6

112

Natural Gas The natural gas industry has come a long, long way since its early development stages at the turn of the twentieth century. In the United States, it has gone through four distinct phases: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Development, 1910–1950 Regulation, 1950–1970 Market inefficiency, late 1970s to 1980s The present time, an era of adjustment, restructuring, and deregulation

The industry is just now learning how to deal with competition and how to regulate itself. These historic changes account for the price volatility we currently see in the futures market. I am not sure I would call it a perfect market due to its history of regulation, but there are approximately 8000 independent and 24 major producers on the supply side. The gas is then transported through 160 pipelines to 1500 local gas utilities, via 260 marketers. On the demand side, there is a crowd: 53,000,000 residential users, 4,500,000 commercial users, 40,000 industrial and 500 electric utilities. But the competition is localized because few communities are serviced by more than one pipeline or utility. Expensive infrastructure reduces competition. Here are the key forces impacting supply and demand. The first is weather. Above (air conditioning) or below (heating) normal temperatures reduce supply and increase demand. Lack of reliable, timely information impacts both supply and demand, causing explosive price movement in the spot and futures markets. Stock levels, pipeline capacity, and operational problems hamper delivery and reduce supplies. Strong economic conditions result in increased demand. Due to its history as a heavily regulated industry, there is no shortage of information available on the supply-demand situation. Check out www.eia.doe.gov as an example. DOE is the Department of Energy. Additionally, just about every pipeline company, utility, local distributing company, or marketer (gas broker) has something to say on its Web site. There is even a chat room (www.strategiestactics.com), not to mention many consumer groups. Some natural gas is imported, mainly from Canada, but I would not call it a global market. Gas is used worldwide and there

IPRO-F_11/13_ch06_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:01 AM

Page 113

Selecting the Perfect Commodities to Scale Trade

113

is some import-export business, but moving natural gas has its restrictions. Now that many regulations have been rolled back, there is quite a bit of elasticity in pricing. Nevertheless, politics will always be a part of this market. If prices get too high for constituents, what will politicians do? Volume of the Henry Hub Natural Gas contract on the New York Mercantile Exchange (NYMEX) runs around 70,000 contracts daily, which is more than sufficient. As mentioned earlier, price volatility is not a problem. Natural gas is a good candidate. Other Energy Contracts There are several other energy-related futures contracts that are possibilities, such as propane or electricity, but I do not recommend them. In general, they lack the trading volume needed to trade comfortably (see Figure 6-5).

THE METAL COMPLEX Let’s talk a little about the futures contracts in silver, copper, gold, palladium, platinum, and aluminum. Of these, I recommend only silver, copper, gold, and platinum. Although I have seen some clients have success in scaling palladium, I still think it and aluminum are too thinly traded, especially for traders new to the concept of scale trading. Platinum is also thinly traded, but it has FIGURE

6-5

Crude Oil and Byproducts Crude Oil Heating Oil Gasoline Natural Gas Propane Electricity

IPRO-F_11/13_ch06_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:01 AM

Page 114

CHAPTER 6

114

performed rather well as a scale trading candidate. It is one commodity I reserve for the experienced practitioner. When a futures market has low volume, you often find the options are also extremely thinly traded as well, doubling your risk factor. Silver Since silver today is mined as a byproduct of the mining of base metals, such as copper, zinc, and lead, the supply side cannot be said to be a perfect market. The companies that do the mining are major conglomerates and are few in number. Additionally, there are hundreds of thousands of hoarders throughout the world that dump silver when it reaches an attractive price. Owners of silver objects and silverware can also be counted on to part with these items when the market calls. This behavior can put a top on the market, at least the spot market, and prolong bear markets. The mines continue to produce the silver, since it is a byproduct, as long as there is demand for the main product. This can create an oversupply situation that takes months, even years, to work out. The majority of demand comes from the electrical and photographic industries. Jewelry manufacturers are also big buyers. This side of the supply-demand equation is a more “perfect” market. Information about silver and its price does not go begging. You can find all you want to know from commodity brokers and coin merchants and collectors, jewelry industry as well as mining and government sources. There is no doubt it is a global market and the price is elastic. Since it is considered by some as a hedge against inflation, there is always plenty of political activity involving silver prices. Price volatility is satisfactory for scale trading, as is the volume of COMEX silver at approximately 16,000 contracts a day. It has my vote as a scale trading candidate. Copper Copper is similar to silver. It is mined by large companies and used by thousands of manufacturers and home builders. Effective reclamation programs augment the supply side. Additionally, it scores positive for most of the criteria we are using to evaluate scale trading candidates. Again, trade the COMEX contract to get the benefit of the 10,000 to 15,000 contracts traded daily.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch06_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:01 AM

Page 115

Selecting the Perfect Commodities to Scale Trade

115

Gold This is not a perfect market. The supply side is difficult to evaluate for two reasons. First, most gold is produced in South Africa and Russia. Neither can be depended upon to bring gold to the market in an orderly fashion. They will hold back at times and then dump gold for foreign currencies at other times. The second problem is hoarders. They can be central banks, OPEC, and hundreds of thousands of individuals. Demand is equally difficult to gauge because 60 percent of gold is used for jewelry, which is a fickle fashion market. On the other hand, information is plentiful, but price tends to be inelastic. There are substitutes, such as platinum. It certainly is global, and politics often plays a role in its movement and pricing. Traditionally prices have been volatile, but the last few years it has been in a steady downtrend from $400 to $300 an ounce. The volume on COMEX has always been strong. I consider it a scale trading candidate, but I would want to have a good reason why the light at the end of the supply-demand tunnel is going to turn on before I started a scale. Of the metals, I’d recommend scaling half of them (see Figure 6-6).

THE COMMODITY INDEX There is one index you should definitely track and possibly even scale trade. This is not for the beginner. You need deep pockets whenever you trade an index, especially when you scale trade one. FIGURE

6-6

The Metals Silver Gold Palladium Platinum Aluminum Copper

IPRO-F_11/13_ch06_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:01 AM

Page 116

CHAPTER 6

116

Also keep in mind that there is not a daily trading limit, which means the Goldman Sachs Commodity Index (GSCI) can plunge or soar any number of points in a given trading session. The only thing that can stop it is the bell, but each of the components of the index has daily limits You should track it and the CRB (Commodity Research Bureau) Index to get an overview of the price trend in commodities, but refrain from trading the CRB Index due to its weak trading volume. Knowing the overall trend can sometimes make a difference when you are deciding if it is the right time to start a scale. The GSCI contains most of the commodities I have recommended as scale trading candidates. It includes 6 energy products, 9 metals, and 11 agricultural commodities. The index is weighted based on the average quantity produced over the last five years. Therefore, it responds to world economic growth. Due to its composition and weighting, the various components tend to compensate each other. When the world economy is dominated by underdeveloped countries, the agricultural and petroleum-based commodities drive the index. Conversely, the metals move the index when industrial nations are expanding. For this reason, it does not have the volatility of other commodities. I rank it as a marginal scale trading candidate.

THE FINANCIAL AND CURRENCY FUTURES I do not consider any of what are commonly known as financial futures (bonds, interest rates, stock indexes, foreign currencies, etc.) to be legitimate scale trading opportunities. They are not pure commodities. They do not have commercial users (inventory manFIGURE

6-7

Noncommodity Candidates Goldman Sachs Commodity Index Commodity Research Bureau Index Financial Markets Foreign and Domestic Markets

IPRO-F_11/13_ch06_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:01 AM

Page 117

Selecting the Perfect Commodities to Scale Trade

117

agers) buying them to use in production. Commodities are influenced by inflation. So when you enter a scale using the lower 25 percent of the 10-year trading range, you should get some help from 10 years of inflation to get you safely out of your scale. Commodities are used up and must be reproduced. This takes time, and production problems can occur. It is not like printing a couple of trillion dollars’ worth of a currency or bonds. Financial futures are not commodities, and only real commodities should be scale traded in my opinion. For this reason, the financials get two thumbs-down (see Figure 6–7).

This page intentionally left blank.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch07_McCafferty

7/2/01

CHAPTER

9:02 AM

Page 119

7

Mechanics of Scale Trading

You now have a good list of scale trading candidates. The very next thing you need to do is acquire a set of long-term price charts for each commodity on the list. Commodity price charts are available on the World Wide Web through price quotation services, through special trading programs, or as Omega Research, and through subscription services that send you updated charts weekly. When you decide to get serious about trading commodities, subscribe to a good price-charting software package. If you decide to use only end-of-day prices as opposed to real-time prices, you can find some very reasonably priced services. As a scale trader, you may not need real-time quotes. Real-time means tick by tick, observing every change in price as it happens. Delayed quotes are less expensive since fees to the exchanges do not have to be paid. Delayed means you receive them 15 minutes after they actually happen. End-of-day quotes are even less expensive. Which do you need? That depends somewhat on what your broker and his or her firm provide its customers. Some of the electronic services provide real-time quotes on demand, but you have to constantly refresh them. Other services include streaming quotes or quotes on their Web sites. If you deal with a live broker, you can call in for quotes. As a scale trader, you can usually get by with a system that delivers quotes on demand, because trading is somewhat automatic

119

Copyright 2001 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Click Here for Terms of Use.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch07_McCafferty

120

7/2/01

9:02 AM

Page 120

CHAPTER 7

once a scale begins. But for planning scales and selecting entry points, I think you need access to a price-quotation platform that allows you to generate charts, draw lines denoting key support and resistance areas, and plot some moving averages. This can be done with end-of-day price data, unless you get into some of the more advanced strategies. To get started, you can find Web sites that provide price charts by using a good search engine, such as Google (www.google.com), and searching for “commodity price charts.” Hundreds of possibilities are available. Find a service you like and print out the monthly charts for each commodity you want to consider. Monthly charts will give you the long-term perspective, over a decade or more. Charts can be generated for virtually any time frame from minutes, to days, to weeks, to months. Next, draw parallel lines on the chart marking the highest and the lowest price. When you have access to a computerized charting program, it makes this exercise much easier and faster. For example, let’s say the high for a given commodity is $10.00 and the low is $4.00 per unit over the last 10 years. That gives you a $6.00 price range from low to high. Dividing $6.00 by 4 gives you $1.50. Adding $1.50 to the low designates $5.50 as the beginning of the price level that is the lower 25 percent of the 10year trading range. Draw two parallel lines vertically on the chart at the $10 and the $4 marks. Then draw a third parallel line at the $5.50 price level. Also draw a line at 33 percent above the low, which would be the $6 price point. Do this for each commodity that was given a two thumbs-up rating in Chapter 6. You can store these charts in a three-ring binder or post them on a bulletin board. You need to check these charts on a regular basis and update them at least weekly to monitor which commodities are in or moving into the lower 33 percent to 25 percent of their 10-year trading range. Naturally, these are the ones you will consider scale trading. You can usually get long-term charts free on the Internet, but you may have to pay for a service to get weekly and daily charts. The monthly charts provide the 10-year overview. It isn’t until you peruse the weekly charts that you see specific scale trading opportunities. Once you have spotted one, you start tracking the 30-day daily chart and plot the 20-day moving average on it to find an

IPRO-F_11/13_ch07_McCafferty

7/2/01

Mechanics of Scale Trading

9:02 AM

Page 121

121

entry point. Again, on a computerized charting package, these are automatic functions. Your brokerage service may provide charts when you open and trade an account. Either way, your next step is to study the weekly charts of any of the commodities that are getting into scale trading range. At this point, you also want to study daily volume, 21-day standard deviation of the close, daily trading range, the average daily price move, and other measures of volatility your broker can provide (see Table 9-1). What you are trying to do is get a feel for just how volatile the commodity is to determine your hedging strategy and the size of the price interval of the scale you will create. If the volatility is very low, you might protect only the first few positions with puts. If the volatility is high, you might decide to be even more defensive. Knowing the volatility helps you plan your scales. If the average daily move is 2 (cents, dollars, etc.) per unit (bushel, pound, hundredweight, barrel, etc.), you can use this as a guide in developing your scale. Should it be equal to the daily move or twice it? Matching your scale with the average daily price move also sets you up to take oscillating profits. In the beginning, you have to rely on the experience of your broker, or you can visit the chat room on the World Wide Web devoted to scale trading (see Appendix 2), until you develop enough experience of your own. When in doubt, play defensively. Unfortunately, I cannot give you exact scales in this book because they must be modified to reflect the current price volatility. In general, the size of the interval should amount to at least a $300 profit when taken, but should not exceed $500. For corn, this would be 6 to 10 cents per bushel. While you are studying the charts, you are doing your supplydemand homework. How much supply is in the pipeline? Would you expect to be in the scale for weeks, months, or more? You need to know this for two reasons. First, which contract month will you scale? If it is January, do you enter the June, September, or December contracts? Remember, with true commodities, the more distant months should have higher prices due to the carrying costs. This means the exit price of the last contract will be higher. If it is too high and you have to roll a few remaining contracts, you might decide to close them at a loss.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch07_McCafferty

122

7/2/01

9:02 AM

Page 122

CHAPTER 7

Seasonal patterns may come into play in your decision. Many commodities have reliable seasonal price patterns. All things being even, corn is cheaper in the fall at harvest when it is plentiful. At midseason, much of last year’s production has been used. The new crop has not been “made” yet. Weather scares, primarily drought, can cause bullish price rallies, while rain brings out the bears. If, for instance, the carryover from the previous year is not overwhelmingly large, you would expect a summer rally or two and several oscillating profits. The least bit of bad weather news will send prices higher. Under these conditions, if corn is in a range to scale trade, you would probably use the May or September contracts. Keep in mind that if the supply side is very tight, corn would be out of scale trading range. In this scenario, you would expect a short scale in which you only put on three, four, or five positions. You might want to trade heavy, which means multiple contracts per position and keep the interval between positions small, say 2 cents versus a nickel. These are the adjustments you make based on the circumstances. The more confidence you have, the less insurance you may need. My point is you must look at the situation from every possible perspective. Always keep in mind that you are attempting to foresee the future, and only hindsight is 20-20. You could have the U.S. corn crop pegged to a bushel, but Australia or South Africa may have a bumper year and dump the excess on the world market, taking buyers away from U.S. farmers. By now, you probably have come to the conclusion that your selection of a broker is a key decision. Besides all the typical requirements (honesty, intelligence, understanding of futures and options trading), it is imperative for your broker to be trained in scale trading. Here is a quickie list of things your broker needs to know. 1. How to offset your positions. This is done through what is usually referred to as a special offset. Normally, commodity trades are offset on a FIFO (first in, first out) basis. With scale trading, you need LIFO (last in, first out). The last trade you put on is at the bottom of your scale, and it should be closed out first, as soon as your target price is hit. If you look back at Table 4-1, you would not want the first trade, the one at $2.50, closed when corn hits $1.57 for a $4650 loss ($0.93  5,000 bu), would you?

IPRO-F_11/13_ch07_McCafferty

7/2/01

Mechanics of Scale Trading

9:02 AM

Page 123

123

2. How and when to place your orders in the market. The broker should use limit orders. You want your trades filled only at or better than the price on your predetermined scale. If your scale is a long one, your broker may not be able to put all your orders in at one time. Orders that are too far out-of-the-money or the trading range may not be accepted by certain exchanges. Your broker needs to know the trading rules of the exchanges. 3. How to track your orders. Scales can go on for months. Your broker will need a good tracking system to make sure all your buys, sells, and special offsets are executed in a timely fashion. This can be a problem when there is high volatility in a specific market. 4. How to do fundamental analysis. Always hook up with a broker who has access to sound, in-depth fundamental analysis. This may rule out some small regional brokerage firms, unless they are correspondents of a major wire house. Only the major firms have the resources to accumulate and analyze fundamental information on a global basis. Every trader needs help getting all the material facts. 5. How to do technical analysis. This is usually not a problem. The technical analysis you need is not out of the ordinary. Nevertheless, it is an advantage if you can get charts and technical advice from a competent broker. Good wire houses also provide excellent technical research reports. Always ask to see a sample of what is available. 6. How scale trading works. Can the broker calculate a scale? Handle special offsets without screwing up your account? Alert you to upcoming scale opportunities? Subscribe to any of the scale trading newsletters and visit the scale trading chat rooms on a regular basis? Most important, does the broker want your business? Not all brokers do. The reason is that scale traders are not active traders, especially when compared with day trading or swing trading clients. Serious scale traders put on sets of positions and wait for the markets to come to them, rather than dizzily chasing every market that has any volatility. Not every broker wants this type of business. Be sure to

IPRO-F_11/13_ch07_McCafferty

124

7/2/01

9:02 AM

Page 124

CHAPTER 7

learn enough about the broker to be convinced he or she understands the needs of scale traders and really wants your business. Between you and your broker you should be building up a detailed file on each commodity that is moving into a scale trading price level. Part of that file should contain specific scales you are considering. Creating a scale is rather simple. Originally we did it by hand or on a spreadsheet program, such as Microsoft Excel. Now there are more sophisticated programs available from brokerage firms or for sale, which create scales and even track them. You might want to check out www.devinedesign.net/STM/. It offers The Scale Trade Manager software, which calculates scales two ways—rollover sell prices, preloaded to accommodate 41 agricultural and industrial commodities. There is a 30-day free trial, and it is reasonably priced. It is worth testing, just to get the feel for creating scales. Personally, I like to create at least three scales for each scale opportunity under consideration. The first shows the maximum drawdown imaginable. Table 4-1 is an example of corn plummeting to all-time lows in the $1.50 area. I refer to it as the bear trap scale. If worse comes to worst, how far could the commodity fall and how much money would be needed in the account to withstand the drawdown? Table 4-1 indicates that approximately $50,000.00 would be needed. That should be the worst-case scenario. To that figure I add another 50 percent if only one scale is being traded. That brings the account size to $75,000.00. The reserve funds are there in case the worst-case scenario is optimistic, if some contacts have to be rolled to a more distant month, and to keep you from panicking when either one of the other two occurs. If up to three scales are being traded, I reduce the error percentage to 25 percent per scale. If five or more scales are in place, the percentage drops to 10 percent per scale. My rationalization is that the more diversified your scale trading portfolio, the less likely several of the scales will experience major drawdowns at the same time and you will have the funds available in your account to handle the unexpected. The error or reserve amount applies to each scale. For example, if you are trading six scales and each requires $100,000.00 in equity, you should have no less than $660,000.00 in the account.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch07_McCafferty

7/2/01

Mechanics of Scale Trading

9:02 AM

Page 125

125

The second scale describes what I really expect to happen. I refer to it as the rational scale. In the case of the corn scale we have been discussing (Table 4-1), I’d be estimating the low would be in the $1.80 per bushel area, rather than the $1.50 area. That makes the maximum estimated drawdown $20,750.00. With the 50 percent cushion, it amounts to $31,125.00. This should be much more realistic. Nevertheless, the account should be funded with $75,000.00 if it is the only scale. Plan for the worst and you’ll never be disappointed. The final scale I call the ideal scale. If everything goes perfectly, what would happen? How can I tweak the rational scale to squeeze out another 20 to 50 percent profit? One technique is to decrease the increment of the scale as it approaches the anticipated bottom. For example, we really think the bottom for corn will be around $1.80 per bushel and the scale started at $2.50 using a 7-cent increment. Once corn penetrates $2.00, we change the scale to 3cent intervals. Or as corn descends to $1.80, we double the number of contracts purchased. The idea is that we have less risk because corn is nearing its bottom. If we are doing 1-lots, we start buying 2lots. If we are very aggressive, we may do both. The decision is based on how actively corn is trading at this level. If there is some volatility, it may make sense to reduce the scale in anticipation of capturing more oscillating profits. We would have a better chance at 3-cent than at 7-cent intervals. On the other hand, if corn is continuing to move lower, but slower, we might go with doubling the size of our buys. Here the rationale is that volatility has not changed significantly, but we are approaching a bottom. Before making any decision to adjust your scale, check the fundamentals. You must be able to see the light at the end of the supply-demand tunnel before getting too aggressive. If you do not, you will make an uncomfortable situation more uncomfortable. The advice of an experienced broker can come in handy when these decisions are made. Also, if you become more aggressive, you must add additional funds to the account to cover the additional positions that will be acquired. Prudence also dictates that you diversify your portfolio by sector as well as by commodity. This simply means that if you are trading three commodities, they should not all be grains. Superior

IPRO-F_11/13_ch07_McCafferty

126

7/2/01

9:02 AM

Page 126

CHAPTER 7

weather in the growing season that increases the supply of corn, thus extending a scale forcing you to roll over positions, will have the same impact on soybeans and wheat. Cheap grain may cause hog, cattle, and poultry producers to increase production, flooding the market with inexpensive meat. Always try to keep balance and diversity in your portfolio. The next big decision is which contract month to scale trade. With futures contracts, you have from 4 to 12 contracts to choose from per year. For example, corn has contracts expiring in March (H), May (K), July (N), September (U), and December (Z). The letter behind each month is the symbol designation. For example, the symbol for corn is C, therefore the symbol for December corn would be CZ. In the case of the commodities in the petroleum complex, they trade all months (F, G, H, J, K, M, N, Q, U, V, X, and Z) (see Appendix 1). The decision is also based on liquidity, the premium the distant contracts are carrying, and price forecasting. You will be buying positions in a “distant” contract, one that will be expiring two, three, four, or even five months hence. The most heavily traded contracts are normally the nearby ones, those about to expire due to the pressures of shorts delivering to longs. You need to select a contract month that has enough time for your forecast—meaning the commodity will trend lower, bottom, and recover—to materialize. How long will this take? How bright is the light at the end of the tunnel? At the same time, you need trading volume or liquidity so you can get orders filled efficiently. And if for some reason you decide to abandon the scale, you want to get out quickly. You do not want to trade where there is no activity. The next consideration is premium. How much is built into the distant contracts? Earlier it was stated that the carrying cost for a grain runs around 2 cents per month to cover storage, insurance, and loss (called shrinkage). If it is January 1, the price of corn delivered in March should be about 6 cents higher. For September corn, the premium might be 18 cents. January is priced at $2.00 per bushel and at September is $2.18. This implies that the price is the same, because it will cost the owner of the corn 18 cents to hold it from January to September. But what does it mean if corn for delivery in September (this year) is $2.00 per bushel and March (next year) delivery corn is $2.25? It means buyers are willing to pay 11 cents above the carrying

IPRO-F_11/13_ch07_McCafferty

7/2/01

Mechanics of Scale Trading

9:02 AM

Page 127

127

charges for seven months to take delivery of corn in March. This would play out if the prospects for harvest in September–October were soft and the commercial users expected the inventory in the spring to be getting tight. This would obviously indicate a scale trade to avoid if you were just starting a new scale, since the market is getting stronger rather than weaker. On the other hand if you were already in the scale, it would signal the light at the end of the tunnel. This means much of the premium between contracts depends on supply-demand factors, which become the price forecast. The premium is reflected in what buyers and sellers, speculators, and users are willing to pay or sell the commodity for in three, six, or nine months. If supply is high, the premium will be lower than the actual carrying costs. If there is a real or perceived shortage on the horizon, the premium will be higher. Demand influences pricing conversely: high demand becomes high premiums, whereas low demand begets low premiums. The commercial users (e.g., our friend the inventory manager) must keep a keen eye on supply and demand, and they will let you know what they think based on how they bid prices up and down. Know the carrying costs so you know how much of the premium between contract months consists of hard costs and how much can be attributed to supply-demand factors. Your selection of which month to begin a scale depends on all these factors. You need some liquidity, but not too much. You need the premium to be flat or modest and the price trend to be weak to lower when beginning scales. Avoid getting too far out. If you are considering a contract that is six or nine months out, it puts enormous pressure on your fundamental analysis. So much can happen over that period of time. It is rare that anyone can forecast accurately for more than a quarter. Additionally, you will have your funds tied up for an extended period of time, which means you deserve a greater return. Now that does not mean you won’t be caught in a scale trade some time in your career that lasts as long as a year. It happens. But it is not the desirable situation. Something obviously will have gone awry. The exchange you trade on is another important decision. With one exception, always use the one with the most liquidity. The exception is the MidAmerica Commodity Exchange, known as the MidAm. It was founded in Chicago in 1868 and is the

IPRO-F_11/13_ch07_McCafferty

128

7/2/01

9:02 AM

Page 128

CHAPTER 7

home of the “mini” futures contracts. Although the corn contract on the Chicago Board of Trade (CBOT) is 5000 bushels, it is only 1000 on the MidAm. The margin requirements are equally small: $500 on the CBOT and $100 on the MidAm (see Appendix 1). Because of the reduced size of everything on the MidAm, it makes an excellent trading ground for commodity traders. If you used the same corn scale described earlier that required $75,000 total equity, you could duplicate it on the MidAm using only $35,000. The MidAm works the same as all other commodity exchanges do, except for the smaller contracts. Price movement on the MidAm shadows the CBOT. But it does not have the liquidity of the CBOT in the grain pits. From time to time, you may see an order identical to yours getting filled on the CBOT at your price, but you do not get yours filled on the MidAm. This can be frustrating. In my estimation, you can use MidAm, particularly when you are in the learning mode. At some point you will graduate to the Big Boards. I recommend only the grains in the MidAm. What about electronic brokerage services and their low commission rates? The convenience and low commissions are attractive. The problem you need to deal with is special offsets. Will they accommodate them? Some brokerage firms that offer both electronic and brokers-assisted trading will allow you to enter orders electronically and offset them via a broker. Placing orders electronically puts the entire burden on you to place your orders in the market in a timely fashion. As mentioned earlier, there are times you cannot place all the orders for a scale in the market at one time. If some of the orders are too far out-of-the-money, you have to place them when the market catches up. If you have the time, a price quotation system, and a good ticker system, you can do it. Then there is the research and advice you may need from time to time from a commodity broker experienced in scale trading. This can make a difference in selecting trades and entering them in a timely manner when something unexpected occurs. That unexpected event can be rolling over contracts to more distant months, which is the subject of the next chapter.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch08_McCafferty

7/2/01

CHAPTER

9:03 AM

Page 129

8

Roll Me Over

R

ollovers are an infrequent fact of life for scale traders, no more unusual than a regular golfer being caught occasionally in a shower. They are uncomfortable but not account-threatening. Be patient. Simply work your way through them. Do not develop a phobia regarding them. A rollover occurs when a scale trader is forced to sell and rebuy some or all of his or her positions because the contracts owned are expiring and the price of the commodity is still below the predetermined sell or offset prices. The expiring contracts must be replaced with new ones in a more distant contract month. For example, a crude oil scale begins in mid-April scale trading the June contracts. Purchases are made at 20, 19, 18, and 17 (see Table 8-1). The scale calls for exiting these positions at 18, 19, 20, and 21. Each position is expected to generate $500 in profits for a total of $2000 over a month or so. But when the last trading day arrives for these June contracts, the commodity is trading at 191⁄2, only the two positions #4 at 17 and #3 at 18 have been sold for the specified profit. The other two, #2 and #1 bought at 19 and 20, respectively, are still open. The trader must sell these two and buy new September contracts, which normally would be at a higher price due to carrying charges. What has occurred is that the price of the commodity being scaled has not recovered sufficiently to allow the trader to exit all

129

Copyright 2001 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Click Here for Terms of Use.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch08_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:03 AM

Page 130

CHAPTER 8

130

TA B L E

8-1

Short Rollover Trade # 1 2 3 4

Entry Price

Exit Price

Profit per Contract

20 19 18 17

21 20 19 18

$500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00

of his or her positions, either at a breakeven price or at the predetermined profit. You would consider closing these positions at breakeven only if your analysis indicates that the supply-demand situation had drastically changed, meaning it would be foolhardy to continue or that a more opportune scale had become available and you needed your capital. What would change your decision to continue a scale? First, an error, a miscalculation, or new developments necessitate a major revision in the initial analysis of the supply-demand equation. Let’s say you have been scale trading crude oil for the past month and have four positions in place. OPEC announces a cutback in production, and the other non-OPEC countries cannot, for whatever reason, increase production. This is the type of news you have been expecting to drive prices higher and take you profitably out of the scale. Unfortunately, this does not happen. One of the OPEC nations goes rogue and floods the market with cheap crude. Prices remain flat, and you are trapped in a scale not knowing what will happen. There is no light at the end of the tunnel. Simultaneously, soybeans hit your target price to begin a scale. Two positions have been offset in the crude scale, and two oscillating profits have been taken. For these reasons, you opt to bail out of crude and more into beans. All you are down is your commissions. If you have a few puts on, the profit from them covers the transaction costs. This is not the traditional way to scale trade. Traditionalists will teach you to stay in and keep feeding the kitty. Sooner or later, the commodity is bound to get to a level you can exit with your profits. They will tell you to wait for the other OPEC nations to beat up on the rogue, getting it back in sync with the rest of them.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch08_McCafferty

Roll Me Over

7/2/01

9:03 AM

Page 131

131

Traditionalists will also tell you that you cannot lose money scale trading. Theoretically, what they say may be true, but I have seen too many good traders run out of money or patience before the commodity turned around. I recommend you use your brains and not your bucks to bend the market to your will. The rollover scenario is one of the two key events that can bring the scale traders to their knees psychologically. Mastering this aspect of trading will make the scale trading experience more profitable and enjoyable. For the record, the other situation that can break a trader is the unexpected series of limit-down trading days discussed previously. That is why I also recommend the use of options. Understanding rollovers and using options are the two things that can make scale trading a sane and enjoyable way to make money from the futures market. Getting back to rollover situations, don’t fight them; there is nothing you can do about the direction of the market. The rollover is telling you that your supply-demand analysis is not exactly on target or you might have entered the scale too early. All you need do is sell the positions you have and replace them with some others in more distant contract months. Sell the June and buy September, for example. Before you do this, you need to calculate the new sell price(s). If you wish, you can add on the cost of the extra commissions required to sell and repurchase these contracts. In our crude oil example, you have sold two long crude contracts and have two open positions left in inventory as the June crude contract goes off the board. One of the remaining positions was purchased at $19.00 (#2) and the other at $20.00 (#1). These two holdovers are sold at $19.50 for a profit of $0.50 and loss a $0.50 respectively, a breakeven situation. You buy two replacement positions at the same time in the September contract, which are $1 higher, $20.50. Your commissions and fees for selling two expiring contracts and buying two replacement contracts cost you, say, $100, or $25 per contract or $0.025 per barrel ($25 divided by 1000 barrels) in this example. Your profit objective is still $1 point per barrel per contract on the two new positions. This totals up to $21.60 ($20.50  $1 profit  $0.10 in commissions). For a short scale, this is all there is to it. The tough question that needs to be answered is, Will crude be selling in the 21–22 range by the time the September contract expires?

IPRO-F_11/13_ch08_McCafferty

132

7/2/01

9:03 AM

Page 132

CHAPTER 8

I do not subscribe to the roll, roll, roll me over philosophy of the traditionalists. My recommendation is to evaluate the rollover as if you were entering into a completely new scale. What do the fundamentals say about the prospects for crude from the rollover date to the expiration of the September contract? Is it realistic to believe that crude will hit 22? If not, what about 21? What opportunity will be lost? The answers to these questions tell you whether to roll or not. Occasionally, you are caught deep into a scale. You have 10, 15, or 20 or more positions on and the commodity is trading at $2.00, $3.00, or $5.00 or more below the price point at which you entered the scale. This means you have several positions that have a long way to go before they are even near breakeven. You have been meeting margin calls for the past three months. As the contracts you are in reach expiration, you are looking at rolling 20 losing positions— that’s 40 commissions (one per contract to close and one per contract to open the new position)—and the market is below your last position. It is for situations like this that I recommend you calculate the worst-case scenario and then add 50 percent more to your equity before beginning a scale. You will also appreciate the gains you have on your options at this time. Nevertheless, it is painful. But if you persevere, you will come out of this black hole smelling like a million bucks. If you are trading the “real” commodities recommended in this book, they will eventually reach a point where inventory managers around the world cannot resist them, and buying will once again take you profitably out of the scale. But, at times, you must prepare for the worst and have the staying power to hang tough. When you are dealing with rolling over several positions, say 5, 10, 15, 20, or more, it helps to create a rollover table to keep everything straight (see Table 8-2). Here is the scenario. You are scale trading silver. You begin when it penetrates the lower third of its 10-year trading range. Your scale is to buy each time it drops 6 cents and sell for a 6-cent profit, or a 6-down, 6-up scale. You are trading on the COMEX Division of the New York Mercantile Exchange. The silver contract is for 5000 troy ounces of pure (.999 fineness) silver. A 6-cent move equates to $300 up or down. The contract months are January, March, May, July, September, and December. Fundamentals look good. Prices are declining, but supplies, while adequate, are not out of line. Demand is steady and expected

IPRO-F_11/13_ch08_McCafferty

Roll Me Over

7/2/01

9:03 AM

Page 133

133

to strengthen in the months ahead. The chart indicates that the 20day moving average broke $5.00, which signifies the lower third of the 10-year trading range. You commence your scale by buying one contract at $5.00. Silver continues to move lower. You add positions at $4.94, $4.88, $4.82, $4.76, $4.70, $4.64, $4.58, $4.52, and $4.46. Your next buy, at $4.40, is not hit. Silver bottoms at $4.41 and begins to move higher. You offset trades 10, 9, 8, and 7 for a gross profit of $1200. Additionally, you have taken four oscillating profits, but I’ve omitted them to simplify the example. At this point, the December contracts you are trading are about to expire, forcing you to close them out. You look at your alternative and decide to roll into May, which is selling for a 30-cent premium over the December contract. You sell all the December contracts at $4.72 (Table 8-2, Column 6) and buy May at $5.02 (Table 8-2, Column 11). You lose money on five of these transactions and make 2 cents on one (Table 8-2, Column 7) and must add these losses to your new sell prices (Table 8-2, Column 12). Additionally, you must pay a premium for the new contracts, make a 6 cents ($300) per contract profit, and pay two commissions ($25 each) for selling the old and buying the new (Table 8-2, Columns 8, 9, and 10, respectively). Combining all these figures provides the new price (Table 8-2, Column 12) you must sell each contract for to reach your budgeted profit of $300 per contract. To determine how realistic it is for silver to trade at $5.96 or higher, you draw a line at this level on your long-term chart. From this exercise, you decide, given the current supply-demand ratio, it is not unrealistic. You also believe that as it continues to climb, there will be some fine oscillating opportunities. Just in case, you figure your breakeven on the last two contracts. There is no doubt that silver will trade in the $6.00 range again: it is just a question of when. If I have made 30 to 40 percent on my money when the last two contracts are at breakeven, I might just close out the scale. Remember, to traditionalists this would be considered utter blasphemy On those occasions when you are not that committed, financially and psychologically, to a scale, you must determine if the problem is long or short term. If it is short term, roll, if long term, bail. One of the keys to your analysis is the price premium between the nearby contracts and the more distant ones. Remember, we said

IPRO-F_11/13_ch08_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:03 AM

Page 134

CHAPTER 8

134

TA B L E

8-2

Silver Rollover Column 1 Trade #

Column 2 Buy Price

Column 3 Filled?

Column 4 Sell Price

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

$5.00 $4.94 $4.88 $4.82 $4.76 $4.70 $4.64 $4.58 $4.52 $4.46 $4.40 $4.34

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No

$5.06 $5.00 $4.94 $4.88 $4.82 $4.76 $4.70 $4.64 $4.58 $4.52

Column 5 Filled?

Column 6 Sell Price

$4.72 $4.72 $4.72 $4.72 $4.72 $4.72 Yes Yes Yes Yes

the difference is theoretically the carrying costs. How much does it cost to hold the commodity for a month? Storage? Insurance? Loss, shrinkage, or deterioration? Is transportation an element? Is processing capacity available (refineries, mills, etc.)? How many months do you expect to hold the commodity? You can easily find these costs on the World Wide Web. For agricultural commodities, there are annual updates on USDA and various state extension services Web sites. For other commodities, look to industry association Web sites or search the sites of prominent commodity trading firms. Try talking to other traders on the Internet ([email protected]). This is something a good broker will have immediately available. For every major commodity traded, there are dozens of studies on the projected premium for holding a contract for periods of time. Also, keep in mind how the commodity is produced. Agricultural commodities are grown, while petroleum is pumped from the ground. If the world runs low of free stocks of corn, it must wait until the next harvest. On the other hand, if the world is low on crude oil, high prices will inspire oil-producing nations to

IPRO-F_11/13_ch08_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:03 AM

Page 135

Roll Me Over

135

Column 7 Profit/Loss

Column 8 New Contract Premuim

Column 9 Profit Target

Column 10 Commission

Column 11 New Buy Price

Column 12 New Sell Price

$0.28 $0.22 $0.16 $0.10 $0.04 $0.02

$0.58 $0.58 $0.58 $0.58 $0.58 $0.58

$0.06 $0.06 $0.06 $0.06 $0.06 $0.06

$0.02 $0.02 $0.02 $0.02 $0.02 $0.02

$5.02 $5.02 $5.02 $5.02 $5.02 $5.02

$5.96 $5.90 $5.84 $5.48 $5.72 $5.66

immediately increase production, or the U.S. federal government could even release some reserves into the system. Even so, it takes a month or two to get the crude in a form it can be used to quell demand, even if refinery capacity exists. In other words, the length of the response time is a crucial factor in your planning. The seriousness of the situation is reflected in the size of the premium between the nearby and the distant contracts. Let’s say we are looking at one of the grains, soybeans, for example. The normal carrying cost spread between contracts is 2 cents a month, and annually there are seven contracts expiring in January, March, May, July, August, September, and November. Therefore, if the January contract is trading at $5.00, the March should be $5.04. That makes May $5.08; July $5.12; August $5.14; September $5.16; and November $5.20. This is known as backwardation. Theoretically, that is how it should be in a perfect world. But this orderly progression does not take supply and demand into consideration. That is why you rarely see only carrying costs reflected in the various contracts. At the beginning of a scale, you have to decide which contract month to trade. If it is January, do you enter the May, July,

IPRO-F_11/13_ch08_McCafferty

136

7/2/01

9:03 AM

Page 136

CHAPTER 8

September, or December contracts? Remember, with true commodities, the more distant months should be priced higher due to the carrying costs. This means the exit price of the last contract will be higher the farther out you go. If it is too high, you might have to roll your last few contracts or close them at losses. Seasonal patterns may come into play in your decision. Many commodities have reliable seasonal price patterns. As mentioned earlier, grains are normally cheaper in the fall at harvest when they are plentiful. At midseason, much of the previous year’s production has been used. The new crops are not in the bins yet. Foul weather, primarily drought, produces bullish price rallies; rain floods the market with bears. With only marginal carryover from the previous year, you would expect a summer rally or two, generating several oscillating profits. Under these conditions, if the grain you are trading is in a range to scale trade, you would probably use the September contract to take you through the turbulent summer. Keep in mind that if the supply side gets seriously tight, the commodity would be out of scale trading range. In this scenario, you would expect a short scale in which you put on only three, four, or five positions. You might want to use multiple contracts per position and keep the interval between positions small. These are the adjustments you make based on the circumstances. The more confidence you have, the less insurance you may need. My point is you must look at the situation from every possible perspective. Always keep in mind you are attempting to see over a very high mountain. It is what you cannot see that can cause you problems. There are some things that no one can forecast. That’s the beauty of the life of a trader. You must embrace it. Now, apply all the information available to this scale trading example. You entered a soybean scale in January at $5.20 per bushel using the May contract. Your subsequent purchases are priced at $5.10 and $5.00. You have resting offsetting limit orders to sell these positions at $5.10, $5.20, and $5.30, respectively. By late May, the May contract for soybeans is trading at $5.00 per bushel, as are the July, August, September, and November contracts. What happened to the carrying costs? Why is the market inverted with the nearby more expensive than the distant contracts? What could have happened?

IPRO-F_11/13_ch08_McCafferty

Roll Me Over

7/2/01

9:03 AM

Page 137

137

At the beginning of the year, supplies of soybeans were tight. This influenced many farmers to switch from corn to beans. That and good weather patterns promoted excellent prospects for a bountiful soybean harvest, increasing supply and relieving the pressure on demand. And the rest of the world is having a good production year as well. Always keep in mind, the futures markets trade on the expectation of what is going to happen, not on what is happening. There is no premium on the distant contract because there is no longer a perceived supply problem. For a scale trader, this is not the end of the world. You would close your positions at $5.20, $5.10, and $5.00, replacing them with November contracts, giving you three at $5.00. Your plan is to continue to scale down as prices go lower. Rolling your first three positions results in a loss of 20 cents per bushel (20 cents  5000 bu  $1000) on your first position, 10 cents ($500) on the second one, and breakeven on the third. If these positions were covered by put options offset in a timely fashion, you might be able to cover some of the loss. Now you must reevaluate the situation. You could continue the scale by rolling into the November contract, picking up six additional months, during which anything can happen, such as weather problems. The better the crop looks, the lower the price goes. On the other side of the coin, rain at harvest or problems with planting in South America could take you out of your scale in a hurry. If the cost of the extra commissions for rolling the trades is a problem, you can add this cost onto your profit target, or you could increase the number of contracts you are trading since you are now in at a lower price level. Believe it or not, this can often be a very positive situation. The reason is that the lack of premium between the nearby months and the distant ones indicates that supply-demand over this period of time is at equilibrium. Experience teaches every futures trader that an even balance between supply and demand is as fleeting as one’s first love. This means you will more than likely have ample opportunities to catch a substantial number of oscillating profits as bulls and bears play tug-of-war with the soybean crop. The Chicago grain pits are known the world over for their summer volatility. It is said that if someone walking by the exchange spits on the window of the CBOT in July, corn and beans lose a nickel because the floor traders think it is raining.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch08_McCafferty

138

7/2/01

9:03 AM

Page 138

CHAPTER 8

These profit opportunities could well be worth more than the scale itself. Enjoy the confusion caused by price volatility over the summer. When you get an oscillator, you do not have to replace it. At the very worst, you may have to roll again into a March or a May contract, when you will be taken out by the seasonal rally, normally in the first quarter of each year. Again, you can add onto your profit targets to recoup losses due to repeated rollovers. What can cause the nearby contract, in a normal carrying charge market, to be higher than the distant months? First, this is what is known as an inverted market or a contango. You would never normally open a scale in one because it is telling you that the nearby contracts are more valuable than the distant ones. Supplies for delivery are tight or demand is exceptionally high at the moment but is expected to loosen up later in the year. For example, the nearby contract is about to expire, but something has disrupted the delivery of the commodity to the warehouses. It could be a rail strike, very large export demand, or an early freeze on the waterways halting barge traffic. Anyway, the shorts have to deliver to the longs, but they can’t get the commodity. This would substantially increase the demand for the nearby to use for delivery. When these situations occur, they are historically short-term aberrations, which rarely impact the scale traders. If for some reason you find yourself in a scale in an inverted market and you have to roll some positions, it should not be a problem. You will be selling higher-priced contracts at a loss and replacing them with lower-priced ones. This rarely happens because the tight supply situation that causes an inverted market would normally take you out of the scale before you had to roll. It could occur if your intelligence or analysis is off base and you entered the wrong contract month, rather than waiting for this unusual situation to pass. Rolling out of it should not be a challenge; just put yourself out ahead of the big oncoming crop (supply) as far as you can without buying positions that are too expensive. If prices are flat, buy the farthest-out contract available. After you roll some positions, the decision whether to replace options depends on where and how volatile the market is. If, for example, the market has retreated a substantial amount setting a new 52-week low, you probably are beyond the need for insurance. On the other hand, if you are forced to roll early in a scale and you

IPRO-F_11/13_ch08_McCafferty

Roll Me Over

7/2/01

9:03 AM

Page 139

139

are still confident in your analysis, you should probably replace the options. This is especially true if the new contract month is two months or more into the future. I hope these examples have relieved some of your anxieties regarding rollovers. They must be taken seriously, but they are by no means fatal. Believe me, they are rare occurrences.

This page intentionally left blank.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch09_McCafferty

7/2/01

CHAPTER

9:04 AM

Page 141

9

Starting a Scale Trading Business

Treat your trading as a business. Prepare with the same fervor you would if you were opening a brand-new enterprise, scaletrading.com. Your first assignment is to gather all the information you need to develop a business plan. Top on your list of questions is, What business are you in? In this case, Which commodity(or commodities) will you be scaling? I suggest you begin by researching at least three sectors, such as the grains, metals, and food and fiber. These sectors offer several scale trading candidates, and plenty of fundamental information is available. If you find no candidates among these groups, move on to the others recommended in Chapter 6. As mentioned in Chapter 7, step one is pulling long-term charts of all the commodities in these sectors. Try www.futures.trading.com for charts powered by Omega Research. Also check out the Web site, www.omega.com, as a possible research source. Threehole punch the charts and put them in a loose-leaf binder. Create a binder or file for each sector under consideration. In these binders you will gather all the facts and documentation needed to trade and track your scale trading portfolio. In time, your binders will be the storehouse of your experience and an incredible reference document. A key part will be your scale trader’s journal, which we will discuss shortly.

141

Copyright 2001 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Click Here for Terms of Use.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch09_McCafferty

142

7/2/01

9:04 AM

Page 142

CHAPTER 9

An excellent source to begin your research is the Commodity Reference Guide, published by Hartfield Management, Inc., of Chicago. It is an annual, available each December for the upcoming year. It contains an enormous amount of historical data that you will find most useful. For example, on each calendar day is noted key events (reports to be released that day, last trading day for each commodity or option, final notice day). There is a section on each commodity with seasonal charts, key fundamental factors impacting the supply-demand equation for the new year, long-term charts (5-, 10-, and 20-year), supply-demand figures for the last decade or more, world planting and harvesting calendars, a variety of usage reports and spread ratios (Monthly Bean/Corn Ratio, Monthly Cash Soybean Meal/Corn Spread, Weekly Corn Prices vs. Commercial Trader Net Position and vs. Large Trader Net Positions). Photocopy the section on the commodities you are tracking and insert the pages into your binder. Use it to avoid overlooking a key factor in your analysis. Always review the calendar of upcoming reports a month or so in advance, so you are not blindsided by an important report. Hartfield Management, Inc., also publishes The Hightower Report, which is an excellent source of fundamental and technical research. It will update the annual reference guide throughout the year. To this material, add anything you garner from Futures magazine’s sourcebook, such as average 21-day standard deviation to latest close, average daily trading range, average daily move, and the noise index (see Table 9-1). Use the noise index in Futures magazine as one source for evaluating volatility. It is calculated by dividing the remainder of the average true range and the average daily move by the average true range. The higher the noise index, the larger the part of the daily trading range is spent outside the close-to-close range of the previous day. It is an indicator that the commodity has difficulty finding a closing price at the end of each trading session, which equates to volatility. To the scale trader, it is an alert that the commodity in question may offer more than an average number of oscillating profits. In other words, it is one more piece of the puzzle to finding good scale trading candidates. Don’t forget the Economic Research Service of the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) if you plan to a scale any agriculturally related commodity. Be sure to have a list of all the

IPRO-F_11/13_ch09_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:04 AM

Page 143

Starting a Scale Trading Business

143

T A B L E 9-1

Volatility Table Movers & Shakers

Cocoa Pork bellies Sugar Coffee Soybean oil Lean hogs Orange juice Rough rice Lumber Wheat Crude oil Heating oil Soybeans Corn Cotton Silver Copper Oats Soybean meal Palladium Gold S&P 500 DJIA Platinum Japanese yen Swiss franc Mexican peso D-mark T-bond Live cattle CRB index Feeder cattle Dollar index Municipal bonds British pound T-notes Canadian dollar T-bills Eurodollar

Average 21-day std. dev./ latest close

Average daily true range

Average daily move

Noise index

4.94% 4.52% 4.50% 3.65% 3.48% 3.30% 3.27% 3.02% 2.99% 2.99% 2.87% 2.87% 2.62% 2.59% 2.59% 2.54% 2.52% 2.46% 2.41% 2.30% 1.97% 1.79% 1.72% 1.62% 1.28% 1.25% 1.20% 1.16% 1.14% 1.13% 1.09% 1.07% 0.80% 0.79% 0.78% 0.76% 0.63% 0.07% 0.06%

30.6026 2.3642 0.2267 4.1260 0.4041 1.4332 2.5712 0.1442 7.5496 6.0239 0.5602 0.0139 9.3630 3.8815 1.0961 10.3934 1.5131 2.3315 3.1452 7.0083 3.3725 22.5987 166.3304 5.9214 0.0091 0.0061 0.0010 0.0054 0.9117 0.7870 1.6548 0.8186 0.7008 0.6913 0.0099 0.6032 0.0037 0.0452 0.0461

16.4629 1.3747 0.1193 2.3474 0.2164 0.7756 1.4290 0.0825 4.3139 3.2924 0.3255 0.0081 5.1859 2.1815 0.5933 5.5764 0.8138 1.2554 1.7509 4.2932 1.8275 12.4622 90.4478 3.1843 0.0056 0.0034 0.0005 0.0025 0.4853 0.4139 1.0199 0.4374 0.3571 0.3818 0.0059 0.3080 0.0019 0.0251 0.0208

46.20% 41.85% 47.39% 43.11% 46.46% 45.89% 44.42% 42.81% 42.86% 45.34% 41.90% 41.78% 44.61% 43.80% 45.87% 46.35% 46.22% 46.15% 44.33% 38.74% 45.81% 44.85% 45.62% 46.22% 38.20% 44.62% 55.02% 53.70% 46.77% 47.41% 38.37% 46.57% 49.05% 44.77% 39.93% 48.94% 47.40% 44.49% 54.88%

Source: Futures magazine’s 2000 sourcebook, January 1, 2000, page 79.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch09_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:04 AM

Page 144

CHAPTER 9

144

reports (supply, demand, production, market analysis, import, export, crop progress, pipeline status, farmers intentions, weather, etc.) available and their approximate release date. If USDA does not cover the commodity you plan to trade—copper or petroleum, for example—the information you need is available from an industry group (see Table 9-2). Another outstanding source can be your brokerage firm. When I was at Securities Corporation of Iowa, it was a corresponding firm with Prudential Securities, where the head of futures research was Jack Schwager. The fundamental and technical reports Prudential produced on all the major commodities were some of the best I ever used. These lengthy reports are updated monthly, with special reports and alerts issued throughout the month when necessary. On the charts in your binder, draw parallel lines indicating the all-time high and low. Calculate the range between the two and draw two more lines indicating the lower 25 and 33 percent of the range. Draw a fifth line at the low turning point for the past 15 years. This last figure is a calculation of Angelo Namrevo and can be found on Paul McKnight’s Buffalo Trading Group, Inc.’s Web site (“10-year Commodity Price Range Table,” www.buffalo.pair.com). This is a Web site you may want to spend some time visiting, since Mr. McKnight is a CTA (commodity trading advisor) offering managed programs in scale trade. I’ll get into a discussion of managed programs in Chapter 11. Review all the charts. Which commodities are approaching the lower one-third of their 10-year trading range? Let’s say you notice that corn is approaching its 33 percent line. Using the numbers from Mr. McKnight’s Web site at the time of writing, we have the following data: Commodity

High

Low

Range

25%

33%

Turning Point

Corn

$5.54

$1.42

$4.12

$2.43

$2.79

$1.95

As volatile as corn is, it will set new highs and, occasionally, new lows. As with all the data in this book, or any book, always seek out the most current data when doing research. You can do this quickly and easily on the World Wide Web. For reference, here are the contract specifications for corn.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch09_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:04 AM

Page 145

Starting a Scale Trading Business

TA B L E

9-2

Sources of Industry Group Information

The Grain Complex www.usda.gov www.sparksco.com www.agribiz.com www.agweb.com www.cargill.com The Food and Fiber Complex www.imf.org www.icco.org www.ico.org www.fas.usda.gov/cotton www.cottontrading.com/market/supplydemand.html www.farmwide.com The Meat Complex www.beef.org www.ag.auburn.org (pork) www.ams.usda.org (pork overview) www.globalbuyer.org The Energy Complex www.eia.doe.gov (Department of Energy) The Metals Complex www.amm.com (International Metals News) www.cpmgroup.com/goldresearch.html www.silverinstitute.org/demand www.copper.org The Commodity Indexes Goldman Sachs Commodity Index www.gs.com/gsci Commodity Research Bureau (CRB) Index www.crbindex.com This is a small sampling of the information available to you on the World Wide Web regarding the supply-demand situation for the commodities you plan to scale trade. Use these sites only as the beginning of your research.

145

IPRO-F_11/13_ch09_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:04 AM

Page 146

CHAPTER 9

146

Corn Contract Specifications Symbol: Exchange: Trading Hours: Unit: Tick Size: Contract Months: Last Trading Day:

C Chicago Board of Trade 9:30 A.M. to 1:15 P.M. CST (open outcry, Globex after hours) 5000 bu 1 ⁄4 cent/bu or $12.50 December (Z), March (H), May (K), July (N), September (U) Close of business, seventh trading day prior to the end of the delivery month

Our next step is to create budgets and profit-loss projections. You must make sure that you have sufficient funding to stay in the scales during the equity drawdown period and that returns are sufficient to make the effort worthwhile. The primary element of budgeting, as far as scale trading is concerned, is the scale itself. What should you expect for a return on equity? Most scale traders look for 15 to 20 percent from the basic scale, meaning from the entry point (the first buy) of the scale to the low, and then back up to the point where the scale is closed (the last sell). I have been studying futures markets for 20 years, and it is extraordinary to see a commodity plunge to make a low and then proceed to climb right back up to where it started. Markets stair-step down and up. Our friend, the inventory manager, along with a crowd of speculators, has no idea at what price the low will be put in. It is a game of blindman’s bluff. A commodity will show some weakness and drop a nickel or dime per unit. Some buyers support it for a while. But if not enough buyers join them, the supporters lose faith. Or perhaps a negative news story hits the trading pits. Events like these drive commodity prices lower. If you were an inventory manager and felt that buying the commodity a quarter higher was a good deal, you would really believe it was a great deal when it dropped another quarter. Perhaps an inventory manager who has been buying hand-to-mouth as the commodity moves lower needs more of the commodity; this buying can cause a minor rally. The commodity’s price rallies, but the rally fails after a week or so. Prices move lower again—up and down, down and up. On the way down you will see a series of lower lows and lower highs, or a downtrend. On the way up, you see higher highs and higher lows, or an uptrend. This is how markets have always performed.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch09_McCafferty

7/2/01

Starting a Scale Trading Business

9:04 AM

Page 147

147

It is this customary, but erratic, behavior that has led scale traders to believe they will enjoy many oscillating profit opportunities on the way down and the way up. You will get enough of them during normal market conditions to double the return you expect from the basic scale and to bring the gross return to the 30 to 40 percent range. Keep in mind, you will need approximately 10 percent of the gross profits to pay for commissions, leaving you a net return of approximately 20 to 30 percent. You should have some additional return from your options as well. During good years, scale traders can successfully open and close three or four scales, thus maximizing the use of their capital. The return is not as flashy as some commodity brokers boast about getting from more aggressive forms of futures speculation, but it is much steadier and more reliable in my opinion and based on my experience. If you end a year with just two scales completed, you should be looking at 40 percent or more in net return. Now let’s build a couple of scales to get a feel for the economics of scale trading. I used the 10-year trading range from the Buffalo Trading Web site as the starting point. Remember this book is static and the market is always in flux, which means you must always obtain current information when creating scales. Nevertheless, these examples should give you sufficient understanding to assist you in your decision-making process. Building the scales is a simple exercise on a spreadsheet program, such as Microsoft Excel. There are also commercial programs available that make it even easier. It is also not unusual for brokerage firms, Crown Futures for example, to provide Excel overlays to their customers. Now, take a few minutes to become familiar with Tables 9-3, 9-4, and 9-5. Each has five columns. The first column numbers the trades in the scale, which can become important when matching up positions if a rollover occurs (#1 becomes #1R, for example). Column 2 lists the prices at which the commodity is purchased. Column 3 contains the margin. (I use the maintenance margin when budgeting.) Column 4 is the loss on each trade at the price level designated in the second column. And Column 5 totals the losses on each trade and the amount of money required to hold all the positions. Before I go any further, I should discuss margin briefly. Margin is an amount of money traders are required to deposit with their

IPRO-F_11/13_ch09_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:04 AM

Page 148

CHAPTER 9

148

T A B L E 9-3

Corn Scales: 33% 10-yr. Range Scale: 4 cents down; 8 up 1 Trade Count

2 Buy Price

3 Maintenance Margin

4 Trading Losses

5 Cumulative Drawdown

1

$2.79

$500.00

$0.00

$500.00

2

$2.75

$500.00

$200.00

$1,200.00

3

$2.71

$500.00

$400.00

$2,100.00

4

$2.67

$500.00

$600.00

$3,200.00

5

$2.63

$500.00

$800.00

$4,500.00

6

$2.59

$500.00

$1,000.00

$6,000.00

7

$2.55

$500.00

$1,200.00

$7,700.00

8

$2.51

$500.00

$1,400.00

$9,600.00

9

$2.47

$500.00

$1,600.00

$11,700.00

10

$2.43

$500.00

$1,800.00

$14,000.00

11

$2.39

$500.00

$2,000.00

$16,500.00

12

$2.35

$500.00

$2,200.00

$19,200.00

13

$2.31

$500.00

$2,400.00

$22,100.00

14

$2.27

$500.00

$2,600.00

$25,200.00

15

$2.23

$500.00

$2,800.00

$28,500.00

16

$2.19

$500.00

$3,000.00

$32,000.00

17

$2.15

$500.00

$3,200.00

$35,700.00

18

$2.11

$500.00

$3,400.00

$39,600.00

19

$2.07

$500.00

$3,600.00

$43,700.00

20

$2.03

$500.00

$3,800.00

$48,000.00

21

$1.99

$500.00

$4,000.00

$52,500.00

22

$1.95

$500.00

$4,200.00

$57,200.00

Gross Commissions Net

$8,800.00

15%

–$1,320.00 $7,480.00

13%

IPRO-F_11/13_ch09_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:04 AM

Page 149

Starting a Scale Trading Business

TA B L E

149

9-4

Corn Scales: 25% 10-yr. Range Scale: 4 cents down; 8 up 1 Trade Count 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Gross Commissions Net

2 Buy Price

3 Maintenance Margin

4 Trading Loss

$2.43 $2.39 $2.35 $2.31 $2.27 $2.23 $2.19 $2.15 $2.11 $2.07 $2.03 $1.99 $1.95

$500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00

$0.00 $200.00 $400.00 $600.00 $800.00 $1,000.00 $1,200.00 $1,400.00 $1,600.00 $1,800.00 $2,000.00 $2,200.00 $2,400.00

$5,200.00 –$780.00 $4,420.00

5 Cumulative Drawdown $500.00 $1,200.00 $2,100.00 $3,200.00 $4,500.00 $6,000.00 $7,700.00 $9,600.00 $11,700.00 $14,000.00 $16,500.00 $19,200.00 $22,100.00

23.5% 20%

brokerage firm representing their good faith that they will be financially responsible for their actions (buying and selling) in the market. There are two types of margins, initial and maintenance. Initial margin is the amount a trader must deposit to open a position. Maintenance is the amount the trader must maintain in the account at all times to hold a position. The maintenance margin is lower than the initial margin. For example, the initial margin for corn may be $650. The equivalent maintenance margin might be $500. This means that when you open a corn position, you deposit, or you must have in your account, $650 for each contract. If in the course of trading the price of corn drops to a level at which you have less than $500 per contract in your account, you would receive a margin call. The account papers you sign when you open an account require margin calls to be met promptly, usually within

IPRO-F_11/13_ch09_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:04 AM

Page 150

CHAPTER 9

150

T A B L E 9-5

Corn Scale: 33% to 10-yr. Low Scale: 4 cents down; 8 up 1 Trade Count 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 Gross Commissions Net

2 Buy Price

3 Maintenance Margin

4 Trading Losses

$2.79 $2.75 $2.71 $2.67 $2.63 $2.59 $2.55 $2.51 $2.47 $2.43 $2.39 $2.35 $2.31 $2.27 $2.23 $2.19 $2.15 $2.11 $2.07 $2.03 $1.99 $1.95 $1.91 $1.87 $1.83 $1.79 $1.75 $1.71 $1.67 $1.63 $1.59 $1.55 $1.51 $1.47 $1.43 $1.39

$500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00 $500.00

$0.00 $200.00 $400.00 $600.00 $800.00 $1,000.00 $1,200.00 $1,400.00 $1,600.00 $1,800.00 $2,000.00 $2,200.00 $2,400.00 $2,600.00 $2,800.00 $3,000.00 $3,200.00 $3,400.00 $3,600.00 $3,800.00 $4,000.00 $4,200.00 $4,400.00 $4,600.00 $4,800.00 $5,000.00 $5,200.00 $5,400.00 $5,600.00 $5,800.00 $6,000.00 $6,200.00 $6,400.00 $6,600.00 $6,800.00 $7,000.00

$14,400.00 –$2,160.00 $12,240.00

10% 8.5%

5 Cumulative Drawdown $500.00 $1,200.00 $2,100.00 $3,200.00 $4,500.00 $6,000.00 $7,700.00 $9,600.00 $11,700.00 $14,000.00 $16,500.00 $19,200.00 $22,100.00 $25,200.00 $28,500.00 $32,000.00 $35,700.00 $39,600.00 $43,700.00 $48,000.00 $52,500.00 $57,200.00 $62,100.00 $67,200.00 $72,500.00 $78,000.00 $83,700.00 $89,600.00 $95,700.00 $102,000.00 $108,500.00 $115,200.00 $122,100.00 $129,200.00 $136,500.00 $144,000.00

IPRO-F_11/13_ch09_McCafferty

7/2/01

Starting a Scale Trading Business

9:04 AM

Page 151

151

24 hours, or the brokerage firm reserves the right to close out the position(s). In practice, you normally get more than 24 hours, once you have established a relationship of trust with the firm. Here is an example. Corn is trading at $2.50 per bushel when you buy your first contract. That requires $650 in margin. Over the next week or so, corn loses a nickel and is trading at $2.45, a loss of $250 ($0.05  5000 bu). The $250 is subtracted from your $650 of initial margin resulting in $400. You must bring that up to the maintenance margin level of $500. Therefore you get a $100 margin call. Now this may not sound like much, but in our example (Table 9-3) corn drops from $2.79 to $1.95 or $0.84. A contract that was worth $13,950 ($2.79  5000 bu) is now worth $9750 ($1.95  5000 bu), a loss of $4200. Additionally, as corn tumbles, the scale trader picks up a total of 21 additional positions requiring $500 each to hold them. As you can see, the cumulative drawdown grows to $57,200 in Table 9-3. In other words, either a sufficient amount of equity is deposited initially or the scale trader faces a long series of margin calls. The former is preferred as will be discussed in Chapter 11, when we talk about the psychological side of scale trading. As mentioned in the examples, I used the maintenance margin in budgets. I do this because as the commodities descend to the low, you are only required to keep the maintenance margin to hold the positions. As you add positions and are charged the initial margin, you build up a reserve of $150 per contract in the case of corn, because you only need $500 to hold a position. This reserve covers some of the later initial margins as positions are added and gives a more accurate picture of the amount of equity required. Eventually, all positions in a scale are being held at maintenance margin levels. The margin figures I use in my examples may be different from those in place at the time you read this text. They could be higher or lower, as was discussed previously. I just mention this again because traders new to futures tend to forget this fact and react negatively to the change when it occurs unexpectedly. It is just a fact of life as a futures trader that margin rates are always subject to change without notice. There may come a time when you are in a scale and the margin is increased, generating a major margin call. This is another reason to maintain an adequate reserve in your scale trading account. In my experience as a trader and broker, however, it is a very rare occurrence.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch09_McCafferty

152

7/2/01

9:04 AM

Page 152

CHAPTER 9

Notice how the return from the basic scale varies in Tables 9-3, 9-4, and 9-5. Again, oscillating profits are not considered. Oscillators are real and dependable over the long haul, but you never know in advance which market is going to have the most volatility. Volatility is generated by news events mainly. Accordingly, it stands to reason that summer is usually the most volatile season for grains, because that is when the supply is created. The bulls stampede every time it is too hot or too dry in the Midwest, and the bears are seen dancing around the campfires when it rains. Table 9-3 has a gross return of 15 percent with commissions paid out of oscillating profits. Table 9-4 is 23.5 percent and 9-5 is down to 10 percent. The first scale is based on entering the market when corn reaches the lower one-third of its 10-year trading range. Corn prices retreat to the 15-year average low turning point and move higher. In Table 9-4, the trader waits until corn reaches the lower onequarter of its 10-year trading range before beginning a scale. Again, corn reverses at the 15-year average low turning point. By waiting to enter the scale, the return is increased to more than 23 percent. The difference is that the drawdown is less, thus reducing the equity needed to cover the drawdown and improving return. In the last example, the scale begins at the lower one-third of the 10-year trading range. Unfortunately, corn makes a new low, plunging to 3 cents below the old low. This is expensive in time and money. The return is a paltry 10 percent. Which is the best situation? At first blush, scenario number 2 appears to be the clear winner. But the unknown factor is the number of oscillating profits. These are often the deciding factor. In scenario 1, the trader could get several oscillating opportunities as the bulls fight to prevent corn from getting away from them as the scale begins. The fascination of trading is that no one knows the future. The bulls can be just as convinced of what they expect to happen as the bears. Like all tugs-of-war, one side eventually dominates. When this happens, there is a sharp and distinct movement in prices one way or the other. This continues until some of the buyers begin to think the move has gone too far. They challenge it. You enjoy oscillating profits when this occurs. What you do not know in advance is whether it will happen at the one-third or the one-quarter level. If you enter at the one-third

IPRO-F_11/13_ch09_McCafferty

7/2/01

Starting a Scale Trading Business

9:04 AM

Page 153

153

level and a lot of oscillations occur after you are in, you will feel you entered the scale too soon. If you enter at the one-quarter mark and the excitement is over, you’ll feel you got in too late. You’ll look at the charts and see the wonderful oscillating trades you missed. Too early or too late—how can you always be right on time? The answer is you cannot. Traders with years of experience, who continually review their completed scales and journals, notice patterns of activity often reflected in the supply-demand numbers. These signals also appear on price charts and other technical analytical studies, particularly those related to volatility. A sixth sense develops. These scale trading pros can sense oscillating profits, the way a predator smells its prey. From year to year, these patterns change and evolve. Developing a detailed trading journal is one of the key elements to becoming a pro, because you capture your experiences for future reference. When you experience a situation like the one illustrated in Table 9-5, you must learn to make the most of it. You have almost $150,000 in the market and only a 10 percent return to show for it. On the other hand, these can be good experiences if you are prepared financially to handle them. The reason is the commodity market tends to overreact to everything. This is because the speculators have huge amounts of money on the line and they are attempting to predict the future. The pressure of the money at risk and the inability of not being able to foretell the near-term future leads to a herd mentality. Just as in those old-time western movies, an unexpected shot in the dark sends all those “dogies” stampeding. You, as a steady scale down and scale up trader, profit from this behavior. You can take it to the bank that the corn market will not smoothly move from $2.79 to $1.39. It will gyrate; it will rock’n’roll; it will act and overreact. The herd will be overly bearish only to turn overly bullish the next minute. You only need to study human nature and historical price charts to see this is true. I have also included a silver scale (see Table 9-6). I have done this to show that returns can hold up even when margins are higher. Silver contracts call for 5000 troy ounces; corn, 5000 bushels. Silver’s maintenance margin is often twice that of corn, yet the results of a similar scale are not dissimilar, the big difference being the amount of reserve you would need to trade silver versus corn.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch09_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:04 AM

Page 154

CHAPTER 9

154

TA B L E

9-6

Simple Silver Scale Scale: 5 cents down; 8 up 1 Number

2 Buy Price

3 Margin

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

$4.73 $4.68 $4.63 $4.58 $4.53 $4.48 $4.43 $4.38 $4.33 $4.28 $4.23 $4.18 $4.13 $4.08 $4.03 $3.98 $3.93 $3.88 $3.83 $3.78 $3.73 $3.68 $3.63 $3.58 $3.53 $3.48 $3.43 $3.38 $3.33 $3.28 $3.23 $3.18 $3.13 $3.08

$1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00

4 Loss $0.00 $250.00 $500.00 $750.00 $1,000.00 $1,250.00 $1,500.00 $1,750.00 $2,000.00 $2,250.00 $2,500.00 $2,750.00 $3,000.00 $3,250.00 $3,500.00 $3,750.00 $4,000.00 $4,250.00 $4,500.00 $4,750.00 $5,000.00 $5,250.00 $5,500.00 $5,750.00 $6,000.00 $6,250.00 $6,500.00 $6,750.00 $7,000.00 $7,250.00 $7,500.00 $7,750.00 $8,000.00 $8,250.00

5 Cumulative $1,000.00 $2,250.00 $3,750.00 $5,500.00 $7,500.00 $9,750.00 $12,250.00 $15,000.00 $18,000.00 $21,250.00 $24,750.00 $28,500.00 $32,500.00 $36,750.00 $41,250.00 $46,000.00 $51,000.00 $56,250.00 $61,750.00 $67,500.00 $73,500.00 $79,750.00 $86,250.00 $93,000.00 $100,000.00 $107,250.00 $114,750.00 $122,500.00 $130,500.00 $138,750.00 $147,250.00 $156,000.00 $165,000.00 $174,250.00

IPRO-F_11/13_ch09_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:04 AM

Page 155

Starting a Scale Trading Business

TA B L E

155

9-6 (Continued)

1 Number

2 Buy Price

3 Margin

4 Loss

5 Cumulative

35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45

$3.03 $2.98 $2.93 $2.88 $2.83 $2.78 $2.73 $2.68 $2.63 $2.58 $2.53

$1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00

$8,500.00 $8,750.00 $9,000.00 $9,250.00 $9,500.00 $9,750.00 $10,000.00 $10,250.00 $10,500.00 $10,750.00 $11,000.00

$183,750.00 $193,500.00 $203,500.00 $213,750.00 $224,250.00 $235,000.00 $246,000.00 $257,250.00 $268,750.00 $280,500.00 $292,500.00

Returns At Turning Point At All-time Low

Gross $ $2,250.00 $11,250.00

% of Equity 13% 4%

Commodity

High

Low

Range

25%

33%

Turning Point

Silver

$11.25

$2.56

$8.69

$4.73

$5.46

$4.235

Silver Contract Specification Symbol: Exchange: Trading Hours: Unit: Tick Size: Contract Months: Last Trading Day:

SI COMEX 8:25 A.M. to 2:25 P.M. EST (open outcry, Globex after hours) 5000 troy oz 1 ⁄2 cent/troy oz or $25.00 Jan. (F), Mar. (H), May (K), June (M), Sept. (U), Dec. (Z) Close of business, third last trading day of the maturing month.

Even with its high margin, the silver scale did not do too badly—a 13 percent return, at the turning point. But if held until a new low is put in, the return drops to only 4 percent. Again, do not

IPRO-F_11/13_ch09_McCafferty

156

7/2/01

9:04 AM

Page 156

CHAPTER 9

let that projection scare you out of trading silver. It is extremely volatile. You will get many oscillating profits. Fundamentally it has a strong underbelly, with the electrical, photographic, and jewelry industries supporting it. These are large and diverse industries. If it gets too cheap, the hoarders of Asia will take tons off the market. The scales studied so far are simple scales used for budgeting. By keeping them stripped down to the minimum and on an electronic spreadsheet, it is easy to play what-if games. What if the scale was changed to 5 down, 5 up instead of 5 down, 8 up? How would returns be impacted? How about changing the entry point, up or down? It often pays to be conservative at the beginning and become more aggressive once the scale begins to take shape. For example, you start the scale with a set interval between buys and sells. As you begin to approach a trade level where there is strong support on the downside or resistance on the upside, you reduce the size of the buyand-sell interval. Let’s say the initial scale was to buy every nickel down and sell every dime up. You might adjust it to buy every 4 cents down and sell every 4 cents up for a short period of time. This strategy is designed to take advantage of trading zones where you have good reason to expect volatility to increase. Therefore, you capture more oscillating profits, which substantially improves your return. Areas where there is strong support for falling prices or resistance to increasing prices are easy to spot on commodity price charts. You find them by looking back to what happened the last few times the commodity traded at these prices. Was there congestion? Did the commodity have difficulty moving through these price levels? These are called red zones and will be discussed in detail in the next chapter. Also draw trend lines showing long-term uptrends. As a commodity moves lower and approaches a long-term uptrend that has been out of reach for quite a while, the price of the commodity must penetrate the trend line to move lower. These areas often cause an increase in volatility, meaning oscillating profit opportunities. These are signals to adjust your scale to profit from the rocky road ahead. Always keep in mind that the price patterns you see on the charts are nothing more than a reflection of human nature. No one knows how low a commodity price will go. On the other hand, no one wants to be left out when it happens. Most speculators are

IPRO-F_11/13_ch09_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:04 AM

Starting a Scale Trading Business

Page 157

157

opportunists living on a diet of fear and greed. To be successful, they must act on the anticipation of what is about to happen, not on what has already happened. When they do, there are others who follow. The second group mimics the first. If the call is correct, everyone— even the commercial and professional traders—stampedes with the herd. If wrong, the speculators close their long positions and the market falls further of its own weight. All this activity just gives you a chance to make a little more money. Once the volatility subsides, you resume your normal scale. Always keep an eye on the daily volume during these periods. The higher it is, the greater the volatility as a general rule. Once it begins to return to a more normal range, you know it is time to resume using your standard trading patterns. The simple or budgeting scales shown so far in this chapter are fine as far as they go. But once you begin to trade, consider using a working or enhanced scale spreadsheet (see Table 9-7). This one has 7 additional columns, for a total of 12. The following columns have been added: Date Buy Order Placed Price Buy Order Filled Number of Contracts Held Date Sell Order Placed Price Sell Order Filled Profit or Loss on Order Number of Losing Contracts The purpose of these extra columns is to help you keep track of the progress of the scale. You need to know when orders are placed or filled because there may be days or even several weeks between the time you give a limit order to your broker (or place it electronically) and the time it is filled. One of the worst and most embarrassing things you can do is place a duplicate order. If you have forgotten you’ve put an order in and you place another, both will be activated when the commodity reaches the trigger price. At that point, you either live with the larger number of contracts or close the one(s) placed in error at a loss. The next column is the fill price. Naturally you want to record the fill price so you can calculate the profit when it is offset. The fill

IPRO-F_11/13_ch09_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:04 AM

Page 158

CHAPTER 9

158

TA B L E

9-7

Expanded Corn Scales: 25%, 10-yr. Range Scale: 4 cents down; 8 up 1

2

Trade Count

Buy Price

1

$2.43

2

$2.39

3

$2.35

4

$2.31

Oscillator

4A

Oscillator

4B

Oscillator

Oscillator

5

$2.27

6

$2.23

6A 7

$2.19

8

$2.15

8A

Oscillator

8B

Oscillator

8C 9

$2.11

10

$2.07

Oscillator

10A

Oscillator

11A

11

$2.03

12

$1.99

13

$1.95

3 Date Buy Order Placed

4 Price Buy Order Filled

5 Number of Contracts Held

6 Date Sell Order Placed

IPRO-F_11/13_ch09_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:04 AM

Page 159

Starting a Scale Trading Business

7 Price Sell Order Filled

8 Profit or Loss on Order

Total Profit (Loss): Less Commissions: Net Profit: Return on Equity:

9 Maintenance Margin

159

10 Number of Losing Contracts

11

12

Trading Loss

Cumulative Drawdown

$500.00

$0.00

$500.00

$500.00

$200.00

$1,200.00

$500.00

$400.00

$2,100.00

$500.00

$600.00

$3,200.00

$500.00

$800.00

$4,500.00

$500.00

$1,000.00

$6,000.00

$500.00

$1,200.00

$7,700.00

$500.00

$1,400.00

$9,600.00

$500.00

$1,600.00

$11,700.00

$500.00

$1,800.00

$14,000.00

$500.00

$2,000.00

$16,500.00

$500.00

$2,200.00

$19,200.00

$500.00

$2,400.00

$22,100.00

IPRO-F_11/13_ch09_McCafferty

160

7/2/01

9:04 AM

Page 160

CHAPTER 9

you get may not be the exact price as it is on your scale. You can get price improvement, since you will be using limit orders. Price improvement simply means you get a little better price than expected, which can happen with limit orders. These orders say buy (sell) at a certain price or better. In the case of a buy, the price must be lower and for a sell, higher. Number of Contracts Held is the next column, which includes all the positions you own, including oscillators. You will also want Column 6, Date Sell Order Placed, to make sure no duplicates sell orders get placed in error. Column 7 is the fill price on closed positions, and Column 8 calculates profit and/or loss. On an electronic spreadsheet program, many of these columns can be set up as formulas so there is no human error to contend with. Notice how easy it is, using an electronic spreadsheet, to insert a new row and plug in your oscillating profits as they occur. Remember, you will catch oscillating profits on the way down as well as on the way up. These are the ones numbered alphanumerically. At the bottom of the spreadsheet are the total profit and loss calculations. The last part—and what will be most important in the long run—of your scale trading binder is the scale trading journal and research analysis section. Begin your journal with a written description of the scenario exactly as you expect it to occur based on the research you have gathered. Use the technique of visualization, which has become very popular and very useful. Let’s use cocoa as an example. We know from the quickie survey in Chapter 6 that cocoa is a good scale trading commodity. From various sources [e.g., the International Cocoa Organization (www.icco.org) or the International Monetary Fund (www.imf.org)], we obtain the supply-demand tables. A source, such as Hartfield Management’s Commodity Reference Guide breaks down production (supply) and grind (demand) into a variety of charts covering the last two decades to give you a good picture of the world cocoa balance. It even provides a list of the key fundamentals for cocoa for the upcoming year and predicts price ranges under bearish, neutral, and bullish conditions. Add these lines to your long-term charts. Using various color pens often helps keep all the lines straight in your mind. To this information you add what you have learned from other sources and write your scenario for the scale you are planning.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch09_McCafferty

7/2/01

Starting a Scale Trading Business

9:04 AM

Page 161

161

Note whether you agree or disagree with the public predictions, and why. This is important as you develop your analytic skills. One of the key elements of your scenario will be a list of the markers (or milestones) that will alert you to how well the scale is performing. For example, when you start a scale, one of two conditions exists. There must be an excess of supply or a weakness in demand to cause the price of cocoa to be in the lower one-third of its 10-year trading range. If the cause of the price deflation is on the demand side, I am more concerned than if it is on the supply side. My reasoning is that supply will eventually be used up, and this problem takes care of itself in most cases. But loss on the demand side of the equation can be permanent. Something may have replaced the commodity in question. This occurred to cotton to a limited degree when rayon and other chemically produced fabrics first hit the market, and these cotton substitutes still distort the supply-demand equation as fashion trends fluctuate. Crude oil is another commodity the environmentalists dream of making extinct. With livestock, there has been a permanent shift in demand for white versus red meat and, in some countries, the fear of mad cow disease. It is because shifts in demand tend to be more permanent that I take them more seriously. You do not want to get into a scale you will have problems exiting. As mentioned, an overabundance of supplies tends to work itself out, particularly with expendable commodities. But your scenario must detail what caused the excess, how it is measured, and all the possibilities for correcting the imbalance. In other words, you must have a good idea of what needs to happen to turn on the light at the end of the supply-demand tunnel. Knowing this—or at least having a good insight into what is expected to happen—gives you an idea of how long the scale should last. In our cocoa scenario, we know that most of production comes from Africa, specifically the Ivory Coast, Nigeria, and Ghana. Some cocoa also comes from South America (Brazil) and Asia (Indonesia). If we are going to have a problem with an overabundance of supply, it most probably would be due to above-average growing conditions in Africa. World stock figures bear out our analysis that the current supplies are plentiful, but not overbearing. On the demand side, the major players (the United States and Europe) have strong economies, and there should be no problems

IPRO-F_11/13_ch09_McCafferty

162

7/2/01

9:04 AM

Page 162

CHAPTER 9

using up the supply over the next six months. Your analysis indicates the key factor to watch is Ivory Coast production. If it is in the 1 million ton range, prices will correct and take us out of our scale. If it exceeds 11⁄4 million tons, prices may stay depressed. A glance at the economy of the Ivory Coast indicates that it can afford to hold cocoa off the market if prices get too soft. Therefore, the switch that will turn on the light at the end of the cocoa supply-demand tunnel is the weather in the cocoa-growing areas of the Ivory Coast. This is a simplified example of a scenario that a scale trader might prepare for his or her trader’s journal. The value of writing it down is that it clarifies your thinking. It forces you to specifically state the results of your research. Later, when the scale is complete, you can look back at what you have written and make some evaluations. You will know if you are getting adequate research or if you need to look for new sources. Did you fully understand the impact of each element that influenced the supply-demand equation? Your strengths and weakness are revealed; it is the path to self-improvement. Depending on how a scale is trading, fast or slow, you need to make periodic assessments as to how it is going. Part of this exercise is to update your milestones. In our example, one of the major factors being plotted is the progress of the Ivory Coast cocoa crops. There are two crops a year: one that flowers in May–June and is harvested in the fall and a second one that flowers in the fall for May–July harvest. We would be tracking rainfall, heat degree days, etc. until we know both crops are made. If we saw problems, we might tighten up our scale. Our keys would be increased trading volume and price volatility. Our objective would to get more oscillating profits. We would also keep a watchful eye on demand for any signs of weakness or strength. During this process we would update the supply-demand equation and read all reports related to cocoa. Charts would be studied for areas of support or resistance as well as long-term trends that are being challenged. Again, the more we can do to increase oscillators or take option profits without reducing protection, the better off we will be in the end. We would run our journal by our mentor, a coach, or even a broker that we believe knows more than we do about scale trading and the commodity that we are trading. The big question is, What

IPRO-F_11/13_ch09_McCafferty

7/2/01

Starting a Scale Trading Business

9:04 AM

Page 163

163

has been overlooked? Is there some important facet of the business we are not aware of? Perhaps a link between cocoa and cancer that will severely change the supply-demand equation? A new producing region? A synthetic replacement? Some of this may sound farfetched, but we had a cancer and mad cow disease scare in the livestock area, the soybean market will never be the same since Brazil and Argentina got into the business, and rayon gave cotton a run for its money. Even failures or near failures, such as corn alcohol in gasoline, as a sugar replacement, and as a fuel for heating homes, can be worrisome. A change of this nature usually does not affect a single scale that will be completed in a matter of weeks or months, especially one that is already started. But over the long haul, we need to keep these developments in mind. Include a section on your feelings, particularly during your first year of scale trading. Tell the journal what your emotions are when your positions begin to lose money, when you experience your first limit-down day, at your first margin call, and when you get your first oscillating profit. It is very important to think about and discuss your emotions, as you will learn when we talk about the psychological aspects of scale trading later in this text. Finally, your primary purpose in keeping a journal is to avoid making the same mistake twice. The second time you scale trade cocoa, review the journal. Use this material to do a more efficient job the second time. Look for areas that caught you off guard last time so you are prepared the next time. Additionally, if the journal is done properly, you will have basic research material at your fingertips—all it will require is some updating and augmenting as you learn more. As George Santayana once said: “Progress, far from consisting in change, depends on retentiveness. Those who cannot remember the past are condemned to repeat it.” (Life of Reason, vol. 1, Ch. 12, 1905.)

This page intentionally left blank.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch10_McCafferty

7/2/01

CHAPTER

9:05 AM

Page 165

10

A Little Technical Analysis Can Go a Long Way When Scale Trading

Traditional scale traders rarely use technical analysis with any intensity. The reason is that classical scale trading gurus expect traders to plunge, almost blindly, into any scale and hang on, sometimes by their fingernails, as long as it takes to complete the scale. Obviously, I disagree. I teach traders to use every decisionmaking, profit-generating tool available to them to manage risk and enhance profitability. Besides using options-on-futures to manage risk and enhance profitability, technical analysis can have a very positive impact on your bottom line. For example, so far we have seen in Chapter 7 how to use the 20-day moving average to pinpoint the entry point of a scale. I have also discussed briefly how technical analysis can alert you to red or hot zones within a scale. A red zone is a price range in which there is a marked increase in price volatility and trading volume. By modifying your scale, you can capture the maximum number of oscillating profits. Let me elaborate on these concepts and provide some additional insights into why these advanced scale trading concepts work. Keep in mind, this is not a detailed discussion of technical analysis any more than the discussion in Chapter 5 is of fundamental analysis was all-encompassing. There are literally hundreds and hundreds of books specifically devoted to those two subjects. Nevertheless, I think I can give you enough information to convince

165

Copyright 2001 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Click Here for Terms of Use.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch10_McCafferty

166

7/2/01

9:05 AM

Page 166

CHAPTER 10

you of the usefulness of technical analysis and provide you with enough practical training to allow you to profit from its use. Technical analysis works because the market is often driven by herd psychology. There are thousands of speculators in, or about to get in, the major commodity markets with a low level of conviction as to where prices are headed. Many are strongly influenced by their brokers. If told to jump into the hog market because it is about to take off, they do. The broker in turn gets his or her information from his own analysis, a Web site, or his firm’s research department. In most cases the “facts” presented to the trader or speculator are technical in nature. “Lean hogs just pushed through some major resistance at 69.25 and are headed to 80! You can make 10.75 per hundredweight or over 4 grand a contract, but you must act now!” The reason technical analysis is used is that it is black and white—action followed by reaction. It is simple and clear to explain and understand, so simple and clear that there is no reason not to react to it. If a sufficient number of speculators follow the trading signal that thousands of broker and traders see at the same time, the hog market will definitely make a bullish move. Whether hogs reach 80 is a different story. They usually do not because the speculators are holding positions with weak hands, meaning they get nervous, lose confidence in the prediction, and are underfinanced. The specs fade the 80 price target, and the rally disintegrates. Whether the average speculator makes any money on a trade like this is also questionable. Hundreds of amateur traders will be holding a contract or two when the trend changes. Like most nonprofessionals, they will continue to hold onto hogs far longer than they should, taking severe losses. That, unfortunately, is the way too many novices trade. Nevertheless, because there are enough lemmings in the market at most times who will follow any leader, technical analysis works. Rarely do these phenomena have real sustaining power, but this is not a problem for scale traders. Their task is simply to take advantage of this behavioral pattern and pick up fleeting, oscillating profits. Here is an example. You are in a soybean scale. You know the range, over the last decade or so, was from $11.00 to $4.01 per bushel. The scale you are in began when soybeans penetrated the

IPRO-F_11/13_ch10_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:05 AM

Page 167

A Little Technical Analysis Can Go a Long Way When Scale Trading

167

lower one-third of the 10-year trading range at $6.34. The scale called for buying every nickel down and selling every dime up. Beans are now approaching $6.00 per bushel, a price that offered substantial support the last few times it was hit. You think this will happen again. And, you know from past experience that price levels at even dollar amounts ($7.00, $6.00, $5.00, etc.) create additional volatility. People, meaning traders, like round numbers. How do you take advantage of this situation? How do you know when it is beginning and, more important, ending? First, there are two ways to take advantage of it. You can change your scale or you can create a scale within a scale. As was discussed earlier, you adjust your scale. Start buying when beans drop 3 cents and sell when they oscillate 6 cents higher. You do this during periods of increased volume and volatility. Once you see volume slowing down, you return to your original scale. Another alternative would be to leave your original scale alone and make no alterations. Instead, open a second scale for the sole purpose of taking advantage of red zones. I would recommend you do this in a second commodity trading account, called an ancillary account, at the same firm that currently handles your primary account. You are allowed to open as many accounts as you like. (I will discuss opening accounts in the next chapter.) In this ancillary account, you would start a scale at the $6.00 level, buying every 3 cents down and selling every 6 cents up. By the way, the average daily move for soybeans is generally just over 5 cents, so our scale is reasonable. You are looking for a profit of $300 per contract (5000 bu  $0.06). The objective is to pick up a half dozen quick trades while beans are moving through this red zone. Now the risk you take would be getting caught holding a few positions after beans move through the red zone, when volatility and volume subside and the downtrend resumes. If beans make a low in the red zone and move higher, you have no risk since both scales (primary and ancillary) will be completed. What you do not want is to get stuck with one or two positions bought in the $6 red zone and have to hold them until beans finally make a low at $5.00 or $4.50 and return to $6.06 to close out your ancillary scale. This could possibly entail a rollover. The way to handle this contingency is to cover the first position or two with inexpensive, out-of-the-money puts or sell calls

IPRO-F_11/13_ch10_McCafferty

168

7/2/01

9:05 AM

Page 168

CHAPTER 10

close to your exit price. The loss on the puts should be one that you are okay with to close these first positions, if you should be stuck with one or two when the bean downtrend resumes. The loss equals the difference between the price at which you bought the long positions and the strike prices, minus the gain on the puts when offset. If beans move substantially lower, the puts or short calls become more valuable and you are protected and can recover from this situation. If prices oscillate in the red zone as you anticipate, your objective of picking up an extra $1800 (less transaction costs of approximately $300) will be realized. But if beans go higher instead of lower, you lose the premium on puts but gain on the long positions. Or the price increase takes out your short call at your exit price. The skill needed to make this work is being able to read three key technical factors—volatility, volume, and open interest. Volatility is the speed of the market. How quickly are prices changing? Markets that move slowly are low-volatility markets; markets that move quickly are high-volatility markets. Additionally, you must take liquidity (i.e., the number of transactions made per trading session) into consideration. For example, a very thinly traded market, say rough rice, with a daily volume of under a thousand transactions, can be labeled a high-volatily market if it experiences wide price swings. Prices can easily change 25 percent or more because it takes only a little action to move a thin market. There just are not many traders offering to buy or sell. When an offer is made, it is taken. It is like throwing a brick into a shallow puddle. It will make a big splash. These markets are often easy to get into and hard to exit, meaning they have more sellers than buyers. Markets with heavy volume—say daily volumes of 50,000, 60,000, or more transactions—can also be labeled high-volatility because hundreds of price changes are taking place. It is analogous to throwing the previously mentioned brick into a lake, generating only a ripple. But there are times when these markets are more volatile than others. The periods during which they are most volatile are the red zones. The problem with the highly volatile, thinly traded markets, and the reason I avoid them when scale trading, is that it is often difficult to get orders filled. In addition, the swings in price can be

IPRO-F_11/13_ch10_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:05 AM

Page 169

A Little Technical Analysis Can Go a Long Way When Scale Trading

169

so wide you could never execute enough trades to make them worthwhile for scale trading. On the other hand, they are attractive to very short-term speculators (day traders), although they are classified as very high-risk markets to trade. Therefore, the volatility markets we as scale traders are looking for are the ones accompanied by high liquidity. We want markets with daily volume in the tens of thousands and prices bobbing and weaving all over the place. That way we will get the oscillating profits we need to push our return on equity to a lofty level— combined with fast order execution. We have already selected those markets in Chapter 6. In mathematical terms, distribution curves are used to define the likely outcome of random events, in this case the price activity of futures contracts. Referring back to Chapter 6, Figure 6-1, the most common distribution curve is the bell curve. Three volatility curves, defining the first standard deviation from the mean, were shown. The first standard deviation includes 68.3 percent of all occurrences or approximately two-thirds of all price activity. The lower and wider the curve, the more volatile the commodity being measured. Scale traders seek commodities and specific trading periods within the life of specific futures contracts that represent high price volatility. The volatility curve is a snapshot of price action at the moment the curve is calculated. Theoretically, to use this technique, the scale trader would have to be constantly calculating bell curves as prices are reported in real time. In the age of computers, this is certainly feasible but neither practical nor necessary. You can train yourself to spot red zones. First, you can easily anticipate when they are likely to occur. By studying price charts, you can spot historical price points where trading became congested, and prices oscillated up and down within a tight trading range. This activity can continue for days, even weeks. By measuring the average daily trading range during these periods, you decide the interval of your scale. For example, if the daily trading range was 6 1⁄2 cents, you might buy each time it drops 3 cents and sell every nickel higher, rather than 6, 7, or 8 cents. As always with scale trading, you want to maximize your return without getting greedy. As you search for historical red zones, you should look for substantial increases in daily volume. This is key. The average daily

IPRO-F_11/13_ch10_McCafferty

4/30/01

4:51 PM

Page 170

CHAPTER 10

170

volume should be approximately 20 percent higher than the average daily volume over the previous 30 trading days. A bar graph of volume can be found along the bottom of most commodity price charts. It is the combination of price congestion and increased volume that defines a red zone. The price congestion can be below or above the current price on historical price charts. If it is below, it is called price support. If above, price resistance. In the former situation, the price congestion is supporting prices, meaning keeping them from going lower. In the latter, it is providing resistance to price increases. Scale traders look to capture oscillating profits in areas of support as the commodity being traded descends. Once a low has been put in place, the scale trader looks for areas of resistance as prices move higher (see Figures 10-1 and 10-2). The price interval between buys and sells in red zones is determined by your studying the historical red zones of that commodity and then comparing them with the current price activity. You will spot these patterns easily and learn to use them as a guide to future opportunity. Support and resistance are logical reactions to price movement. For example, several thousand amateur speculators buy copper at 80, expecting it to go to 100. Instead, it moves south and pauses at 74.5. (Copper trades in cents per pound.) Their initial FIGURE

10-1

Support 90

R E D

Z O N E

Price Support

80 As a commodity moves toward a low, there will be price support red zones. Commodity traders find these price levels attractive and buy. Once the buying dries up, prices move lower. You will enjoy these red zones because they offer oscillating profit opportunities.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch10_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:05 AM

Page 171

A Little Technical Analysis Can Go a Long Way When Scale Trading

FIGURE

171

10-2

Resistance 90 Price Resistance

R E D

Z O N E

80 Commodities often move into areas of price congestion. A certain price level will offer resistance. The bull move will fail. It is in these red zones that you will generate oscillating profits. Eventually, prices penetrate the resistance and close out your scale.

reaction is to hold the copper contract in expectation that it will return to a price that would vindicate their initial decision. I used the adjective “amateur” because the professional speculators would be expected to cut their losses at the first sign of weakness. If copper meanders around 74–75 for a while, the traders who entered the market at 80 will begin to feel lucky if they can exit at breakeven. When copper does move higher and approaches 80, a lot of selling occurs and volume increases substantially. The 80-cent level is now resistance, at least until all the longs unhappy with their trade at 80 exit the market. The opposite scenario could create a support level. Let’s say the traders sell new positions, or short the market, at 100, expecting copper to be at 80 soon. If copper moves higher, these shorts start looking for a place to exit at breakeven or better. When copper retraces to 100, this price level becomes support and volume increases. Traders reversing their positions further augment volume when they see that copper cannot penetrate support or resistance. Longs go short and shorts go long. These are periods of confusion. Traders do not know what the equilibrium price should be, and prices vacillate higher and lower, which is ideal for the scale trader seeking oscillation profits.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch10_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:05 AM

Page 172

CHAPTER 10

172

Another common behavior pattern on commodity price charts is that support becomes resistance and vice versa. In our example, copper found support at 75. Once it returned to 80, 80 became resistance. If it then moves to 85, traders will find support at 80 if it makes a move lower. Traders who missed the boat the first time copper went through resistance at 80 to 85 will see the return to 80 as a buying opportunity. Volume will increase and prices will rise (see Figure 10-3). As a scale trader, you will learn to love the possibilities for oscillating profits that occur at support and resistance levels, or red zones as brokers call them. Before we leave this line of thought, there is one other concept you should become familiar with, especially if you come to scale trading from the securities market, and that is open interest. You can use it to reinforce your decisions regarding red zones. Volume and open interest work together to benchmark the degree and the amount of trader participation in individual futures markets. Volume, as mentioned earlier, measures the amount of trading, and open interest indicates the number of contracts held at the end of the day. It measures the conviction on the part of traders by their willingness to take positions “home” or hold them overnight. FIGURE

10-3

Support Becomes Resistance 90

Support Red Zone

Resistance Red Zone

80

Low Areas of support become resistance and areas of resistance become support. These are the price levels that often confuse traders. Learn to spot them to capture oscillating profits.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch10_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:05 AM

Page 173

A Little Technical Analysis Can Go a Long Way When Scale Trading

173

Volume is the number of contracts traded, not the sum of the buyers and sellers. For every contract traded, there is one buyer and one seller. The number of contracts traded includes the creation of new contracts, the transfer of either the buy or sell sides of contracts, or the liquidation of contracts. Open interest, on the other hand, is a count of the number of contracts outstanding long or short at the end of the trading day. It indicates how many contracts were held overnight, which translates into the level of conviction shown by traders. Information on volume and open interest is available at the beginning of each trading day. Here is an example of how volume and open interest are tabulated: Day 1:

Day 2:

Day 3:

Trader Trader Trader Trader Tally:

#1 buys one contract. #2 sells one contract. #3 buys one contract. #4 sells one contract. Open interest  2 Volume  2 Two contracts were traded and two were held overnight. Trader #5 buys one contract. Trader #1 sells one contract to offset existing position. Tally: Open interest  2 Volume  1 Open interest stays same as previous day at 2, while one contract was transferred, making volume 1. Trader #6 buys one contract. Trader #7 sells one contract. Trader #2 buys one contract to offset. Trader #3 sells one contract to offset. Trader #5 sells one contract to offset. Trader #4 buys one contract to offset. Tally: Open interest  1 Volume  3 Three contracts changed hands, but only one was held overnight.

Understanding how volume and open interest work together provides insight into how to trade in your ancillary account. Your ancillary account is traded exactly the same as your primary scale

IPRO-F_11/13_ch10_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:05 AM

Page 174

CHAPTER 10

174

trading account with one exception. You reserve the right in your ancillary account to liquidate positions before the limit price of the scale is reached. In your primary account, you would normally wait for the market to take you out of all trades. The ancillary account is proactive. If you are in an oscillating trade in your ancillary account that calls for a 5-cent profit and you see it won’t be accomplished, you can close that position at any profit or at breakeven. In your primary account, you would hold the position until the profit objective was reached. The following interpretations of volume and open interest should assist you in proactively trading your ancillary account. Open Interest

Volume

Price

Up Down

Up Down

Up Down

Up

Down

Up

Up

Down

Down

Up

Up

Down

Down

Down

Up

Interpretation Extremely bullish. Prices will go higher. Slightly bullish. Weak conviction, prices lower. Mildly bullish. Strong conviction, weak volume and prices. Mildly bearish. Strong conviction, but low volume. Extremely bearish. Strong conviction, weak market. Slightly bearish. Weak conviction, weak market.

Knowing how strong the conviction of traders is, based on their taking positions home overnight, gives a great insight into how long to hold positions in an ancillary account. Remember, the traders can be holding long or short. If you are in a position and the market tells you it is weak, you should bail out of it. This is especially true if you do not have options protection in place. A government report I strongly recommend you study each week is the Commitments of Traders Report. It is made available by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) on Fridays at 3:30 P.M. EST (www.cftc.gov). The Commitments of Traders (COT) Report provides a breakdown of each Tuesday’s open interest for all markets with 20 or more traders holding positions equal to or larger than reporting levels established by the CFTC. Reportable levels are usually in the neighborhood of 100 contracts on the same side (long or short) of the market (see Table 10-1). In other words, these are very large positions. A second

IPRO-F_11/13_ch10_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:05 AM

Page 175

A Little Technical Analysis Can Go a Long Way When Scale Trading

TA B L E

175

10-1

CFTC Reporting Positions Levels— Selected Commodities Wheat Corn Soybeans Bean Oil Cotton Cocoa Coffee Copper Gold Silver Crude Oil, Sweet Heating Oil Gasoline Natural Gas

500,000 bu 750,000 bu 500,000 bu 175 Contracts 5000 Bales 100 Contracts 50 Contracts 100 Contracts 200 Contracts 150 Contracts 300 Contracts 250 Contracts 150 Contracts 100 Contracts

Reporting firms (clearing, FCMs, etc.) file daily reports with the CFTC showing the positions of traders holding positions greater than the reporting levels. The aggregate of all reportable positions usually represents 70 or 90 percent of the total open interest in any given market. Scale traders must stay aware of the positions of commercial and large traders to maintain a feel for the balance between supply and demand.

report that includes options contracts, Commitments of Traders in Options and Futures, is available every other Monday at 3:30 P.M. EST. This second report is of interest to traders but is not as important to scale traders. The importance of the COT is that it tells you the positions of the traders with strong hands. Earlier, I mentioned speculators as being traders with weak hands. These are traders, usually individuals, who hold positions for short periods of time. They change their opinions often and easily reverse the direction they are trading, or they are quick to liquidate their holdings. They normally do not have the inclination or the financial wherewithal to hold futures contracts long term. Strong hands are entities, mostly corporations, with deep pockets. They are often true hedgers (owning both the underlying entity and futures contracts). Additionally, they have a real need for the entity. Major users of the underlying entities (commodities)—

IPRO-F_11/13_ch10_McCafferty

176

7/2/01

9:05 AM

Page 176

CHAPTER 10

manufacturers of silver tableware, gasoline, cereal, candy, etc.—must have a certain amount of control over the price and delivery of the commodities essential to their businesses, which they get through the use of futures contracts. These institutions cannot risk not having the commodity or having the price get out of control. Due to their financial strength and the fact that they have a real need for the commodities, these corporations are considered to have strong hands. They will hold onto futures positions longer than just about any individual speculator. The Hunt family may be the exception; at least it was for a while. The COT is available in a long and a short form. The short form shows open interest by reportable and nonreportable positions. Nonreportable positions are determined by subtracting the reportable positions from the total of all positions. The COT shows the numbers of contracts, long, short, or spread (accounts with equal number of contracts long and short) by noncommercial, commercial, nonreportable, and total positions. You also see changes from previous reports, percentage of open interest for each category, and the number of traders in each group. By studying the changes in the COT, you can obtain an excellent insight into when the light will switch on at the end of the supply-demand tunnel. When a bottom begins to develop, you will see the number of large traders increase on the long side of the market. You will pay particular attention to the commercial categories because these are the ones who have a real use for the commodity. They are also the ones with the best fundamental information. If they are going long and staying long, you can sleep peacefully knowing that a bottom is near. You will also want to refer to the COT when you think the commodity you are scaling is approaching a red zone. The changes in percentage of commercials taking positions home, meaning open interest, will rise. That’s a reliable clue that price congestion and oscillating profits are in the offing. One last technical tool you need to keep in mind when you are attempting to anticipate red zones is the seasonal price trends of commodity prices. They are most obvious in agricultural commodities because they are expendable and must be reproduced. At harvest, supply is high. As the crop year progresses, supplies disappear. Prices hit lows when supplies are abundant, and highs

IPRO-F_11/13_ch10_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:05 AM

Page 177

A Little Technical Analysis Can Go a Long Way When Scale Trading

177

occur whenever there is fear of shortages. Take soybeans as an example. Seventy percent of all seasonal tops occur between April and July, whereas 80 percent of bean bottoms occur between August and November. Most of the other physical commodities also have reliable seasonal patterns. Demand for gasoline is highest in summer, lowest in winter. Heating oil is just the opposite. Silver and copper demand increases with housing starts in the spring. My point is simply to study the seasonal price charts that are available when you are searching possible red zone occurrences. There are dozens and dozens of other technical analytic tools, such as cycles, Gann numbers, Elliot Wave Theory, Williams’s %R, and Wilders’s RSI. I strongly recommend you keep your analysis as simple as scale trading is. It is the combination of simplicity and discipline that wins, not cute sleight-of-hand analysis!

This page intentionally left blank.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch11_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:06 AM

CHAPTER

Page 179

11

Getting Ready to Scale Trade

T

he very first step you must take before opening a scale trading account is evaluating yourself from a psychological point of view: Are you the type of person who can be a successful scale trader? Most scale traders come from the ranks of stock traders. Think about what type of stock jockey you are. I classify serious traders into four categories: •

•

•

•

Day traders—High volume (50–100 trades a day), high turnover (hold trades for minutes or hours, never overnight). These are typical alpha males. Little research, mostly instincts. Swing traders—Medium volume (5–20 trades a day), frequent turnover (hold positions one to four days, never over weekends). Very aggressive. Some research, but not in-depth. Like set plays such as earnings, splits, etc. Intermediate-term traders—Aggressive, but thoughtful. Research-oriented, but still traders. Like to plan and hold positions from a few weeks to several months. Strong convictions, but able to revise trading plan when necessary. Trade leap options. Have patience to wait for play to develop and mature. Long-term investors—Passive/aggressive. Strong researchers. Work as hard on composition of portfolio as on individual issues held. Hold for one to five years, or even longer, but evaluate portfolio and individual stocks regularly. 179

Copyright 2001 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Click Here for Terms of Use.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch11_McCafferty

180

7/2/01

9:06 AM

Page 180

CHAPTER 11

I am dismissing out-of-hand both the casual trader who plays tips and the investor who buries money in mutual funds, an IRA, or a 401K. The key word is serious trader, not an investor or someone who lacks a passion for trading and is not an active participant. The serious stock trader who would be best suited for scale trading is the intermediate-term trader. Scale traders must enjoy doing research. They must be patient and have strong convictions once they have committed to a scale. If you think you would panic facing one or a series of limit-down days, scale trading is not for you. If you expect to generate 100 or 200 percent per year, as you might have during the heyday of the tech stocks and dot coms, you will be disappointed. You should have expectations of banking 40 or 50 percent or something in that vicinity on an annual basis. In return, you will have the confidence of knowing that if you have done your research, the commodity you invested in will make a bottom and recover from the low with gusto. You must believe with all your heart that what goes down must come up. More important, you must often be willing to patiently wait for that to happen. There will be times when you are in a scale and it seems that nothing less than a worldwide disaster will bring your scale back into the black. Although this happens rarely, it is something you must psychologically prepare for if you choose to become a serious scale trader. You’ll feel like those of us who traded the DJIA back in the 1970s, waiting for it to close above 1000 on November 14, 1972. It was a long, painful wait, but well worth it. One of the skills you will need to manage the downside of scale trading is sound money management. Adjust your trading to match your pocketbook. If your funds are limited, start trading the MidAm mini contracts. Enter scales a little late, and only trade ones where the light at the end of the supply-demand tunnel is already beginning to glow. Be sure to have a sound financial structure beneath you before even considering scale trading. On the other hand, it costs nothing but time to prepare to scale trade by building your commodity sector binders or files. Get some long-term charts. Draw lines indicating the high, the low, the lower one-third and one-fourth of the 10-year trading range and the 15year average turning point. Then create some scales and start paper trading. Pick a commodity that is already below the 25 percent low mark and plug in trades. Get access to daily commodity price

IPRO-F_11/13_ch11_McCafferty

7/2/01

Getting Ready to Scale Trade

9:06 AM

Page 181

181

charts and take oscillating profits when they occur. You can also look back on historical charts for red zones to see if you would have already earned a few oscillating profits and where new red zones may be expected. My point is to get a feel for what it is like to scale trade. Do you like it? Are you willing to do the research it takes to make good scale selections? Try the chat room that specializes in scale trading—is it interesting to you? Surf the Web using www.google.com. Search for “scale trading,” and browse through the hundreds of sites available. Do you fit into this world? Do you want to learn how to generate a decent return on your money with a modicum of risk? Will you be satisfied with the excitement level? It is a lot like combat—periods of endless boredom followed by short periods of adrenaline rushes. As you paper trade, start collecting information. Do you know your rights and responsibilities as a commodity trader? How do they differ from trading stocks (see Figure 11-1)? What are your options as far as trading is concerned? How do the new electronic trading systems fit into the scale trading picture? Once you get a feel for scale trading, write a rough draft of a trading plan. One of the biggest issues you may have to become accustomed to is leverage. Regulation T governs borrowings in the stock market. “T” stands for Treasury, meaning the Federal Reserve. It sets the level traders and investors can borrow from their broker. Currently it is at 50 percent, but the Fed has the authority from Congress to change that at any time. In the futures market, the leverage is much higher. It depends on the price of the commodity, rather than a set percentage. A margin committee at the clearing firms and at each exchange sets margins. If the maintenance margin for corn is set at $500 per contract and corn is at $3.00 per bushel, the percentage is 31⁄3 percent ($500/5000 bu x $3). At $2.00 per bushel, it is 5 percent, or 20:1. This is the beauty and risk of commodity trading in a nutshell. Higher leverage means greater profits when you are right and greater losses when you are wrong. You must be comfortable with this axiom to open a commodity trading account. Once you decide to begin scale trading, you still have to decide whether you will open an individual trading account or one of the several types of managed accounts that are available. Let’s begin by quickly reviewing the paperwork you will be asked to

182

11-1

Broker/Dealer (Net Capital $5,000 to $100,000 Minimum)

Registered Representative or Stock Broker

Introducing Broker (Net Capital $25,000 Minimum)

Associated Person or Commodity Broker

Broker/Dealer (Net Capital $250,000 Minimum)

Floor Brokers

Funds

Specialists

Clearinghouses

Custody of Customer

Clearing Agencies

Futures Exchanges

9:06 AM

Futures Commission Merchant

Securities Exchanges

National Futures Association (1982)

7/2/01

(Net Capital $250,000 Minimum)

Securities and Exchange Commission (1933) National Association of Securities Dealers (1939)

Commodity Futures Trading Commission Act (1975)

The Securities Act (1933) The Securities Exchange Act (1934)

The Commodity Exchange Act (1922)

Securities

The Commodity Futures Trading Commission Act (1974)

Futures

Futures versus Securities

FIGURE

IPRO-F_11/13_ch11_McCafferty Page 182

IPRO-F_11/13_ch11_McCafferty

7/2/01

Getting Ready to Scale Trade

9:06 AM

Page 183

183

complete. As you are paper trading, contact a few brokerage firms and have them send you their new account package for review. Look for the areas I mention in the following list so you will have a thorough understanding of your rights and obligations and are comfortable with them. The most important of these documents included in a basic set of commodity account papers are the following: 1. Acknowledgment of Receipt of Risk Disclosure Statement. By signing this, you acknowledge that you understand everything that could possibility go wrong in your trading account and that you accept these risks. Key among the risks are that you could lose more than your original investment; at times, market conditions may be such that you cannot liquidate a losing trade (limit-up or limit-down days), placing protective stop loss orders will not necessarily control losses, spreads may not be less risky than straight long or short positions; and the high degree of leverage in this investment can work against you, as well as for you. 2. Disclosure Statement for Non-Cash Margin. Cash in your account is held in a segregated account, which would be returned to you in the unlikely event of a bankruptcy of the brokerage firm. But with noncash margin, commonly held in T-bills in street name, you would receive only a prorated share after a bankruptcy. The bankruptcy court would recognize you as a general creditor for the amount you hold in noncash margin. On the brighter side, no customer has ever lost money to date because of the bankruptcy of a futures brokerage firm. 3. Futures Account Client Agreement. This details your rights and responsibilities as a client. Chief among them is to maintain the proper amount of margin money in your account to cover the contracts being traded. If you fall short, you receive a margin call. If that is not met promptly, the Futures Commission Merchant (FCM), which is the equivalent of a clearing firm in the securities industries, or the Introducing Broker (IB), or the equivalent of a broker-dealer with whom you opened the

IPRO-F_11/13_ch11_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:06 AM

Page 184

CHAPTER 11

184

4.

5. 6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

account can close out your positions. This could happen at an inopportune time. Personal and Financial Information. You must provide an overview of your personal and financial situation so that the broker, his or her firm, the IB, and the FCM can determine whether you are suited to trade futures. The Commodities Futures Trading Commission (CRTC) obligates them to do this, as the Securities Exchange Commission (SEC) does with stock investors. Consent to Check Credit. You authorize having your credit reviewed. Authorization to Transfer Funds. This allows the FCM/clearing member to move money from one of your accounts, say a stock account, to another, say the futures, if needed. If you have more than one account and if the firm is both a BD and IB, it can handle both securities and futures. Not all firms can do this. Transfers take place only within the accounts you have at one firm. Firms do not have the right to go to other accounts at other firms to transfer money. Consent to Cross Trades. This simply means that the broker, IB, and FCM may be on opposite sides of trades you are carrying. You may be long, while the firm or someone working for the firm is short. Arbitration Agreement. This binds you to arbitration by the National Futures Association (NFA) in case of a dispute and you give up the right to sue. NFA registrants, like brokers and Commodity Trading Advisors (CTAs), are always bound by NFA arbitration. This clause may be optional. Joint Account Agreement. You acknowledge you are aware, if you open an account jointly with someone else, that your joint tenant can bind you to trades that you can be held liable for. It also specifies whether the account is held as a joint tenancy or as tenants in common. Commodity Option Agreement. This is an acknowledgment, similar to futures risk disclosures, that you understand and accept all the risks of options-on-futures trading.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch11_McCafferty

7/2/01

Getting Ready to Scale Trade

9:06 AM

Page 185

185

Most FCMs require this, even of those who do not plan to trade options. 11. W-9. A W-9 is needed for U.S. citizens so the FCM will know what income tax account to charge profits or losses to at the end of the year. Otherwise, 20 percent of gains must be withheld when payouts are made to the owner of the account. 12. Special Account Forms. If the account will be opened in the name of a corporation, a corporate resolution would be required. Commercial hedgers and partnerships call for additional forms. Your broker normally supplies any additional forms required. All this paperwork is needed to open your account, but more is needed to give trading discretion to a third party. As mentioned earlier, a power of attorney (POA) must be executed. Most people use a limited power of attorney, allowing the trader only the right to enter and exit trades. A standard POA form is available from most brokerage firms. A full POA would allow the designated person to transfer funds and positions, as well as trade for you. Be careful what you sign. If you will be trading via a Commodity Trading Advisor (CTA), you will receive a copy of the CTA’s current disclosure document. You must sign a form acknowledging you received one. This form is called a Disclosure Document Confirmation (DDC). CTAs are professional traders, some of whom specialize in scale trading. You would need to sign a limited POA to permit the CTA to trade on your behalf. You may want to contact one, via the Internet, and have him or her send you the paperwork to review. What about giving trading discretion to your son who is not registered with the NFA or your broker who is? Part 2 of the DDC states that you were not provided a disclosure document (“disdoc”) and leaves space for an explanation. Your son, being a direct relative, is exempt. So is your broker, if taking discretion (DRT) in your account is incidental to his or her brokerage services and it is done for your convenience, not his or hers. Some CTAs are also exempt from the “dis-doc” requirement. These CTAs have fewer than 15 clients over a 12-month period, manage small amounts of money, and do not hold themselves out to the public (sales, PR, advertising, etc.) as CTAs. In certain circumstances, one or more of the exchanges may ask for a release of some sort.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch11_McCafferty

186

7/2/01

9:06 AM

Page 186

CHAPTER 11

There is also what is called time and price discretion. You can give your broker discretion to place trades for you, but you must decide which side (long or short) you want to be on, which commodity, and the number of contracts. You instruct your broker to trade based on a certain price or time. For example, a scale trader who will be unavailable a certain day might tell his broker to replace a contract, if it is closed via an oscillating profit, at the price in the scale. This can be done without any additional paperwork. If your CTA is a registered professional, you additionally have to sign his or her paperwork, which is contained in a disclosure document. Basically, you acknowledge that you understand all the risks, fee structure, material facts about him or her, the trading system, and how your account will be traded. You’ll also be asked to sign an agreement to allow the CTA’s fees to be paid directly from your brokerage account. Remember, the CTA and the broker who introduces you to the CTA may not be at the same firm and both will be receiving commissions. That wraps up the paperwork on an individual account. The key issue of the risk and reward is usually greatest with this type of arrangement. Your CTA or broker (with trading discretion) can trade your account into debit. That’s when more money is lost than is in the account and you would be responsible for that debt. There are a few middlemen you may come in contact with such as Commodity Pool Operators (CPOs), who sponsor and promote trading funds. Savvy investors negotiate the incentive, management, and brokerage fees until the CTA or the CPO yells uncle!

INTERNET ONLINE TRADING SYSTEM The advantage of using an online trading system is cost. Trades are cheaper because you are not interfacing with a broker. Placing trades to open a scale is simple, except you must be careful not to place trades that are out of range. The system may not take them, and you may not know they were rejected. Always check and recheck open positions and confirmations. The second big problem is offsetting trades. The computer systems used to clear trades are set up for FIFO (first trade in is offset by first fill, or first in first out). With scale trading, you want

IPRO-F_11/13_ch11_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:06 AM

Page 187

Getting Ready to Scale Trade

187

LIFO (last in first out). You want your last buy to match up with your next sell. Some brokerage firms that offer both computerized order entry and broker-assisted trades will accommodate entering the trades electronically and exiting them via a broker. But you need to negotiate this service in advance. It can be worth the trouble, if you are going to closely watch your trades and are experienced enough to handle any unexpected situation. Otherwise, at least for the first few scales, use a broker-assisted (traditional) system. If you have problems with your broker or CTA, the primary regulators are the NFA and the CFTC. Once trading begins, it is under the jurisdiction of the NFA and CFTC. This is the general rule and not a legal opinion of any sort. As an investor, you have recourse to all of the following regulators or self-regulating organizations (SROs), depending on the type of investment you make: • • • • • • •

Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) National Association of Securities Dealers (NASD) National Futures Association (NFA) State Security Commission State courts Federal courts

The route you take depends on how serious your complaint is and the advice you get from your attorney. The SEC is listed because a managed program could be a security. A public commodity fund, for example, may be under the jurisdiction of the SEC. For simple disputes about trades or commissions, the futures industry regulators have well-established procedures. For example, if you had an unresolved problem in your futures account, you could call the NFA’s toll-free number for advice and information about specific regulations covering the situation. It would offer to put you in touch with a trained mediator and send you a copy of its booklet A Guide to Arbitrating Customer Disputes. The mediator listens to your side of the story and contacts the brokers, CTA, or brokerage firm(s) involved for their input. An attempt would be made to resolve the issue to everyone’s satisfaction.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch11_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:06 AM

Page 188

CHAPTER 11

188

If the results of mediation are unsatisfactory, you can compel the broker and his or her firm to binding arbitration with the NFA. This would be before a panel, and you could specify that some members be public, not affiliated with the futures industry. The objective of arbitration is to obtain swift, fair, and inexpensive resolution of a simple dispute. It is considered inexpensive because a lawyer is not required and the rules of evidence are not strict, as they would be at a trial. Additionally, arbitration can take place by phone, so travel costs are avoided. This can be important if you are not near a major financial center. A second avenue of recourse with futures disputes is the CFTC. It also has a booklet on the subject entitled Questions and Answers About How You Can Resolve a Commodity Market–Related Dispute. It explains the CFTC’s three reparation procedures, which are • • •

Voluntary Summary Formal

The voluntary procedure is used for claims under $10,000.00. Judgment officers appointed by the CFTC administer it. Both parties have an opportunity to uncover facts (“discovery”) and present their arguments in writing. There is no oral hearing. Decisions are final, and no appeal is permitted. A nonrefundable $25.00 fee is required. The summary procedure is similar to the voluntary, but it allows for both a limited oral presentation and a written presentation, which takes place in Washington, D.C. Further, you can appeal the decision to the CFTC and to a court of law if you are still not satisfied. It handles complaints of $10,000.00 or less and requires a $50.00 nonrefundable filing fee. The formal procedure is designed to handle major complaints over $10,000.00. A courtlike hearing is conducted in 1 of 20 locations throughout the United States before an administrative judge. An attorney can represent you if you wish. Appeals to the CFTC and the courts are possible. A $200.00 nonrefundable fee is required to file. Besides the NFA and the CFTC, you can take a complaint to the American Arbitration Association or file a civil suit. If you think your broker or his or her firm has committed a criminal

IPRO-F_11/13_ch11_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:06 AM

Page 189

Getting Ready to Scale Trade

189

offense, you can contact the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) or, if the U.S. mail was involved, the Chief Postal Inspector of the U. S. Postal Service. For help deciding your most effective alternative, you need to sit down and discuss it with your attorney. In my opinion, your most effective protection results from systematically conducting due diligence research when selecting a CTA, a trading program, and a broker. Act with reason—do not get caught up in an emotional response to the CTA’s track record or a broker’s claims. The most beneficial negotiations are done, in my opinion, between customer and client. Once it goes beyond this stage, the costs and complications often outweigh the results. My advice is to work hard at this level to keep the lines of communication open. You may be wondering what can be considered grounds for a legitimate complaint. Losing money? Bad advice? A trade gone sour? An honest error? None of the above. All these should be expected. Anyone who has ever traded will attest that losing money on trades is part of the nature of the beast. Bad advice simply means your CTA, or his or her company’s research, cannot foretell the future accurately. Nobody can, and this shouldn’t be a surprise. The following are some of the grounds for a formal complaint: • •

•

• •

Being high-pressured into opening an account. Being given unreasonable promises, such as “This CTA never has or will lose money scale trading!” Any fraudulent or deceitful communications made to you by your CTA or his or her firm. Excessive trading in your account. Uncorrected errors in your account.

If you have an account that a third party is trading, you can ask the FCM, via the broker, to send you duplicate statements. You want to check to see: • •

•

Whether the commissions charged are correct Whether the strategy agreed upon—scale trading in this case—with the CTA or trader is being followed Whether any markets you told the CTA to trade or avoid are being traded

IPRO-F_11/13_ch11_McCafferty

190

7/2/01

9:06 AM

Page 190

CHAPTER 11

It doesn’t hurt once in a while to go over daily or monthly statements with your trader or his or her assistants. Let them know you’re monitoring the trading closely. Most important, you have every right to do this because it’s your money that is at risk. It all comes down to your clearly understanding all the risks and rewards of scale trading. You must evaluate them; do your homework; decide if you are suited; actively participate, no matter how you trade; and accept responsibility for your decisions. If all this is done, you can have a very pleasant experience scale trading.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch12_McCafferty

7/2/01

CHAPTER

9:07 AM

Page 191

12

Summing Up the Rules for Successful Scale Trading

Like

most serious activities in life, success often depends on knowing the rules that must be obeyed, yet having the courage and confidence to occasionally bend them. Scale trading is no different. As a way of summation, I would like to present you with what I consider the most important rules you must be aware of and must avoid violating if at all possible. That is not to say that at some time in your scale trading career you will not get away with disregarding one or more of the rules. My point is that if you do it often, eventually you will pay. Unfortunately, the commodities market is a very unforgiving taskmaster, particularly due to the leverage it offers, and it can bring you to your knees. If you have any doubts, ask the Hunt family about their attempt to corner the silver market. In 1973, the Hunt family was one of the richest families, if not the richest, in America. They decided to buy silver as a hedge against inflation. In 1979, the two sons of H.L. Hunt—Nelson and William Herbert—formed a silver pool with some wealthy Arabs and became very aggressive buyers of both futures and the physical commodity. When their long positions expired, they took delivery. When they began, in 1973, silver was $1.95 an ounce. By 1979, it hit $5.00 and peaked in 1980 at $54. About this time, the Federal Reserve got involved, and COMEX changed some of its rules. Silver prices began to slide, and then to free fall. On March 27, 1980, silver dropped from $21.62 to $10.80—

191

Copyright 2001 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Click Here for Terms of Use.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch12_McCafferty

192

7/2/01

9:07 AM

Page 192

CHAPTER 12

50 percent in one day. From being one of the America’s wealthiest families in 1973, the Hunts were bankrupt by 1987 with $2.5 billion in liabilities and $1.5 billion of assets. In 1988, the Hunts were convicted of conspiring to manipulate the silver market. Now, most of us cannot afford to lose millions or billions, but the risks cannot be overlooked. Learning and following the rules is a must for self-preservation. I also believe that you must learn the rules before you have a right to break them. In most endeavors in life, rules are developed for the protection of the participants. Once one has mastered them, it is possible to go beyond them. Take scale trading as an example. It is obvious, I think, that you should have a few puts in place to protect yourself from the possibility of a severe drawdown. But do you always need them? In time, when you have learned to read the psychology of the market and can sense when volatility is in check, you might violate that rule. Will you get away with it? Maybe and maybe not. Just understand the consequences and be willing to accept them. Many of the rules were created to protect you from yourself. Trading is not a team sport; it is more like tennis or golf than football or basketball. You need, particularly in the beginning, a mentor or coach. Even so, the trading decisions you make are your own. You must live with them and assume total responsibility, just as the athlete cannot take his or her coach onto the field of play. Hopefully, the rules will also give you the strength and wisdom to conquer the demons that prowl the trading pits of the Chicago and New York futures exchanges. Scale traders need to be particularly alert to resist the temptations of Greed. It will attempt to seduce you into entering a scale you are not financially prepared for. Visions of a market that will trade smoothly to a low and just as effortlessly make a new high, taking you out of the scale with a handsome profit, will dance before your eyes—all this accompanied by a generous number of oscillation profits. You will be sorely tempted to take a chance on this scale even though you know that you lack the financial resources to cover the scale if the commodity being traded plunges to a new low or painfully forms a saucer bottom over an extended period of time before moving higher. I have seen too many traders new to scale trading get into this predicament. They are halfway through a scale, and the contract simply loses all volatility. The market dies!

IPRO-F_11/13_ch12_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:07 AM

Page 193

Summing Up the Rules for Successful Scale Trading

193

Without the staying power to wait out the doldrums, they are forced to close out their positions at substantial losses. Too much volatility can create the same problem. As alluded to earlier, some scale traders were in a live cattle scale when a very negative news story hit regarding the numbers. The supply side was far higher than had been previously predicted. Cattle traded limit-down for several days in a row. No trading took place, but margin calls had to be met every morning. Traders with weak hands could not hold on. They were forced to abandon all their positions at the worst time. Those who were prepared for this eventuality did very well because the market reversed just as quickly as it fell. Futures markets, like cattle that are extremely volatile, have a propensity to perpetually overreact and then overreact to the overreaction. After limiting down for several days, the contract bottomed. All the buy orders in the market were filled. Just as unexpectedly, cattle limited up for several days. The market treated those who were prepared generously. My rule governing this type of situation is an ancient one taught to me by Sergeant Ross of the U.S. Marine Corps: Never grab a hold of anything you cannot let go of! It means that when you stake out a position, always have at least one, and preferably two, avenues of retreat planned in advance. Never attack unless you have a superior force. Take no prisoners. It helps to be a little paranoid both in war and when you are trading commodities. Greed will also try to convert the scale trader to its religion of speculations and unlimited gains. You will hear Greed whisper in your ear when you are closing a scale with three or four long positions left in your account. It will tell you to hold those positions— ”Let your winners run. Become a serious player!” You know you should be systematically closing each position as the profit objective of the scale is reached. But Greed cajoles and flatters you into holding the last few longs for the big move that is going to make you a killing. Whenever I have seen this happen, there has been an unpleasant ending to the story. The reason scale trading works consistently is that its discipline harnesses greed. Greed is the opium of the undisciplined trader. Enough is never enough. Each trade becomes more reckless, more dangerous and unbridled. Either you scale trade or you do not! There is no in-between. You are fish or bait. If

IPRO-F_11/13_ch12_McCafferty

194

7/2/01

9:07 AM

Page 194

CHAPTER 12

you decide to scale trade, then you must be disciplined. You buy on a predetermined scale, and you sell on a predetermined scale. You can make adjustments and take steps to maximize results, but you must be true to the basic tenets of the system. Part of managing greed is anticipating the worst-case scenario and preparing for it. This gives you a reality check. You qualify the risks you are facing and develop a plan to manage them. This sobering look at what can happen hopefully reinforces the wisdom of trading with discipline. Once you put on paper the absolutely worst case possible, add a 25 to 50 percent buffer to the anticipated drawdown. This should sober you even more. If you are optimistic or if you feel this scale is different and will be well behaved, sooner or later one will bite you in your wallet or at least where most of us carry our wallets. Since I struck a paranoid note, I’ll remind you once again to cover your long positions with options—you must survive before you survive! No matter how well you have researched a scale trade, something can go wrong. All too often, lightning strikes early. For example, you are just getting filled on your first few positions and out of nowhere comes some totally unexpected bearish news. Prices collapse. You are facing the largest margin call you have ever seen. Without puts in place, you would be looking at a hole that could take years to dig out of. Options are easy-to-use, inexpensive insurance. It just makes too much sense not to enter the trading pits without them. Another place you cannot cut corners is your plan and trade journal. Writing stimulates thought! Writing does several very important things for you. First, it clears out your mind for the next important thought. If you try to keep all the research and facts in your head while trading, you are bound to overlook something significant. On the other hand, if you put everything you need to watch on paper—create a giant checklist—you can review it as the scale progresses so you do not miss the release of a crucial supply or demand report, for example. The second thing writing does is keep you honest. One of the worst things you can do to yourself is pretend you did everything right when you know you did not. If it is in black and white, you must eventually reconcile it. It is at these times that you grow as a person and a trader. You acknowledge your errors, mistakes, short-

IPRO-F_11/13_ch12_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:07 AM

Page 195

Summing Up the Rules for Successful Scale Trading

195

comings, and faults. Honesty like this helps you avoid making the same mistake a second time and substantially improves your trading. Other reasons I harp on preparing a written plan and maintaining a journal is that the commodity markets repeat themselves. Human beings are facing the same situations—too much supply, too much demand, too little supply, too little demand—over and over again. And, they react the same way. The degree and the timing fluctuate, but the general reaction remains surprisingly similar. If you have a record to review before you trade a commodity for the second, third, fourth, etc. time, you have an edge. Never trade without an edge! Each commodity also has a few unique aspects that need to be captured in your resource file. For example, there is hard red, soft red, and durum wheat. The hard red is valued for its protein content, soft red for baking, and durum for pastas. They are primarily traded on different exchanges—hard red in Chicago, soft red in Kansas City, and durum in Minneapolis. If you are scale trading wheat on the Chicago Board of Trade and you see the Minneapolis wheat contract skyrocket or plunge, it may have to do more with the Italian wheat crop (durum for pastas) than the world market. You will know to cool your burners because you wrote that piece of information in your wheat research binder. Good golfers are good scale traders! The best golfers are not type A individuals, nor are the best scale traders. Your personality must suit scale trading or scale trading will not suit you. The most successful scale traders, in my opinion, are deliberate, slow-moving thinkers. Once they make a commitment, they have everything they need in place to stand behind their commitment. Success in scale trading does not come from trying something new each time. It comes from repeating what worked in the past over and over again. You are not looking for new commodities to trade each time you enter the market. What you want is to repeat what has happened a thousand times in the past—a commodity has reached a point where there is just too much of it on the market. It loses value until it is too cheap to be ignored by commercial users that convert it to a higher-valued product. As they say in the pits, The best cure for low prices is low prices! Make this your mantra. It has been proven over time that maximizing the number of oscillating profits is one of the secrets of winning at scale trading.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch12_McCafferty

196

7/2/01

9:07 AM

Page 196

CHAPTER 12

Therefore, you must aggressively go after them. I call this rule Ride to the sound of the cannons! Nothing makes more noise in the pits than increased volume and price volatility. You must learn to anticipate where the next red zones will be and make the most of them. With all the rules I have tossed about so far, do not forget the most basic: Supply and demand rule scale trading! Without having a good feel for the answer to the supply-demand equation, you should never enter a scale. It is one of the simplest of axioms, but one of the hardest to follow. There is too much information in most cases to time every scale precisely. I remember when I first got involved in fundamental analysis. Many of the top research institutions, like the Wharton School of Business, attempted to develop econometric models that would take every supply and demand factor into consideration. These reports were certainly interesting to study and track, but none was capable of answering the $64,000 question: What was the price of corn, silver, gold, wheat, live cattle, cotton, etc. going to be tomorrow? Looking back, the reason for this lack of success was simple— too many of the variables were in flux, and too much bad information was being circulated. For example, about the time you pegged the impact of a favorable weather system reaching the Midwest, a flood ravaged China’s best growing regions and offset the fair weather pattern. Unfortunately, the analysts do not hear about the two events in the same week. Nevertheless, we all believed at the time that the incredible power of the computer, just making a foothold in the financial industry, would be able to overcome all obstacles. Foolish us! You will always be dealing with uncertainty at one level or another when you attempt to predict the future. But, as a scale trader, you can be satisfied with partial answers. You can make money if you are just close. Scale trading takes advantage of one of the most basic financial laws, that of supply and demand. To open a scale with confidence, all you need to know is about when you will be able to: See some light at the end of the supply-demand tunnel! Having an idea or at the least a strong feeling as to where you are headed with a scale takes us to the next rule: Never trade without clarity! Clarity has multiple meanings for scale traders. First and foremost is what was just mentioned. Equally critical is a pure and true understanding regarding the trading philosophy behind scale trading.

IPRO-F_11/13_ch12_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:07 AM

Page 197

Summing Up the Rules for Successful Scale Trading

197

There are two separate and distinct schools of thought when it comes to trading. One is discretionary and the other is systematic. Discretionary traders make decisions based on experience and intuition. Their approach to trading is extremely flexible. They react to the day-to-day, minute-to-minute developments of a trade or the market. For example, a discretionary trader is in a gold trade. It is going well, up $2.00 per ounce. All of a sudden the trader closes the trade, just before gold retraces the $2.00. Was it luck? Intuition? Experience? Or a combination of the three? Did the trader see volume waning and price resistance at the next price level? What provoked the trader to pull the plug? Time and again, I have seen traders trade like this. And this behavior is common in all other pursuits of life as well. It is often most visible in professional sports. A football team runs a reverse twice in the first half of a game giving the ball to the reversing runner. The middle linebacker on the opposing team plays the reverse and makes the tackle. Early in the second half, a fake reverse is tried. This time the linebacker doesn’t take the fake. Why? Good instincts and experience. The same goes for the discretionary trader in the preceding example. Years of following gold and other commodities have taught him or her when to close a winning trade. But the unique characteristic of discretionary traders is they do not always react the same way to what appears to an outsider to be the same situation. The next time the trader is in a gold trade and it is up 2 bucks, he or she may hold. Something looks different this time. A decision is made based on how the trade looks at that moment, not a preordained set of rules. But successful discretionary traders are not gunslingers. They are not arbitrarily jumping in and out of trades. The unsuccessful ones may well be. The pros do their homework. They study the charts and know the fundamentals. But they make their decisions based on their intuition and experience, rather than a hard-and-fast set of rules. By now, you probably have come to the conclusion that the systematic trader is a follower of rules. Many of these traders have developed complex computerized systems. For example, a computer engineer whose experience included developing programs to predict which asteroids might enter the earth’s atmosphere and

IPRO-F_11/13_ch12_McCafferty

198

7/2/01

9:07 AM

Page 198

CHAPTER 12

when, designed one I once represented. Other discretionary traders use a simple set of technical analytic rules, such as point-and-figure charts or multiple moving averages. Where one type of trader appears to fly by the seat of his or her pants, the other is fixed in concrete. The discretionary trader has the luxury of overriding or changing his or her opinion, while the systematic trader does not have to think and cannot deviate from the plan once set in motion. To which camp does the scale trader belong? For the traditionalists, it is the systematic. They teach traders to enter scales virtually automatically once the commodity has reached the lower one-third or one-quarter of its 10-year trading range. The trader is then expected to run on automatic pilot until the scale is complete, even if it requires rolling over positions several times. As I hope you know by now, my method takes something from both disciplines. Scale trading is definitely a systematic approach to the market. But I still like to see traders use some discretion. It is particularly needed in the selection of which commodity to scale and when. Just because a commodity is in the vicinity of an entry point for starting a scale, you need to use some discretion to determine when that commodity will resurface. There is nothing that says you can’t wait until the commodity is trading in the lower 20 percent of its long-term trading range to begin a scale. Or you can pass on a scale if it doesn’t look right. Once in a scale, you do not have to stay in it until the very end. More important, you can take steps to manage risk as needed. On the other hand, scale trading is definitely a systematic trading strategy. If you do not scale in and out of positions, you will have no discipline. Thus you will become susceptible to the temptations of the demon Greed. It is my opinion that you will find your greatest success, once a scale has begun, with a systematic approach. Always before entering and occasionally when exiting, you may have to exercise some discretion. The question you must ask yourself is, Does this manner of trading suit my personality? Do you have the self-discipline to trade systematically once the scale has begun? If so, are you also the type of person who can exercise a substantial amount of judgment prior to opening a scale trade? If the answer to both these questions is no, you may be better suited to trade utilizing the

IPRO-F_11/13_ch12_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:07 AM

Page 199

Summing Up the Rules for Successful Scale Trading

199

traditional scale trading method as outlined in Chapter 3. It works. It is just, in my opinion, hard on the trader because it requires enduring many stressful situations. Another very important rule is: Never try to scale trade from the short side! The reason is that it is too risky picking tops. What if you scaled silver from the short side when the Hunt Brothers bid it up to $54 an ounce? Or when soybeans rocketed over $12 in 1973? From the long side if you open a scale at the lower 25 or 33 percent of the 10-year trading range, the very worst you are looking at is the commodity going to zero. The only exception I know of is the onion contract that traded below the cost of the burlap bags the onions were packaged in. In reality, the cost of production generally is the lowest a commodity trades, and even that is rare. The exception to this rule is commodities, such as silver or gold, that are byproducts of the mining of base metals such as lead or iron ore. Even so, commodities rarely stay at these low levels for long. With trading the short side, the risk-reward odds are not in your favor. Those who wait for certainty will be driven in disgrace from the halls of trading! Life and scale trading are just not made for individuals who must have all the answers before they venture into the unknown. You must have the faith of a submariner that what goes down must come up in order to begin a scale. But I would augment that with a good feel of the supply-demand situation, which means knowledge and research. It is also critical that you do your own evaluations. Do not leave it up to your broker. Use your broker and his or her firm as a resource, but always second-guess them. Find backup verification for all key facts and insights! This is especially true of anything you read on the Internet. There will be commodity brokers participating in the scale trading chat rooms. Some will try to minimize all the risks and portray scale trading as a fail-safe system. Scale trading wanna-bes will share fantasies of incredibly profitable scales. Don’t let any of them fool you. Nothing having to do with trading futures, or any other investment for that matter, is risk-free or easy. You know that in your heart and probably from experience. Nevertheless, there is something in all of us looking for a free lunch. Another pitfall you must avoid is trying to trade when you are underfinanced. If you do not have the resources, wait until you do. What about starting on the MidAm? I would still try to dissuade

IPRO-F_11/13_ch12_McCafferty

200

7/2/01

9:07 AM

Page 200

CHAPTER 12

you for these reasons. First, the MidAm does not have the liquidity that is really needed. It can work for the grains, but that is about it. Second, you do not get the best fills. Third, I recommended the MidAm only as a training ground, a place to get a feel for scale trading, not as an incubator to grow your account to a size you can move up to the Board or the Merc. Even with the small contract size and margin requirements, you can still get hurt. Wait until you have the funding to trade on the Big Boards and train on the MidAm. When you take the risk and trade without the financial backing recommended, you put an enormous amount of pressure on yourself. Traders in this situation have only one or two chances to successfully trade a scale. They must be right the first time. This stress can result in bad judgments. The prime example is the traders previously mentioned who were in the cattle scale. A few limit-down days blew them out. With proper funding, they could have held tough and prospered. In the trade, it is said: Scared money never wins! Having patience is equally important for the well-financed trader as for the underfinanced. There is no need to feel obliged to trade every commodity that reaches the lower quarter of its longterm trading range. Match the scales you trade with your personality as much as this is possible. Some traders like long drawn-out scales. These traders build an inventory of dozens and dozens of long positions. Slowly the commodity bottoms and heads north. As this occurs, these traders haul in profits like fishermen emptying nets teeming with tuna. Other scale traders fancy shorter scales. They like to be in and out of three, four, or more scales a year. Now neither preference is right or wrong. Nor can either trader be sure the scale being entered will meet his or her objectives. Scales, like the futures market, have a mind of their own. The traders who prefer the short-term scales trade when they can see that the scaling opportunity is short-term in nature. The long-termer might pass up that scale. What neither knows is what unknown factors could change what appears to be a short-term scale into a long-term one. You must find the scale trading opportunities that most suit your personality, but you must prepare for the unexpected as well. Never enter a scale unless you think you know how it will end—but always plan for the unexpected! My last piece of advice is: On day one, you will be as bad as you are ever going to be! Take heart. The day you open the first position

IPRO-F_11/13_ch12_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:07 AM

Page 201

Summing Up the Rules for Successful Scale Trading

201

of your first scale, you will think of a million things you think you have overlooked. Do not let this bother you. As the scale progresses and if you entered using the rules in this book, you will become more and more confident, because scale trading does indeed work. Slowly, ever so slowly, you will see the market coming to you. Unlike speculators, who are forever chasing fleeting markets, scale traders patiently wait for the inevitable laws of supply and demand to bring profits to them. All the same, keep your powder dry and your options loaded. Good hunting!

This page intentionally left blank.

IPRO-F_/13_App1_McCafferty

7/2/01

APPENDIX

9:07 AM

Page 203

1

Commodity Futures Contract Specifications1

Copyright 2001 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Click Here for Terms of Use.

IPRO-F_/13_App1_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:07 AM

Page 204

APPENDIX 1

204

Maintenance Margin 2

Exchange 3

Contract Size

Agricultural Commodities Corn

$500

CBOT

5000 bu

Corn

$100

MACE

1000 bu

Oats

$200

CBOT

5000 bu

Oats

$100

MACE

1000 bu

Soybeans

$1000

CBOT

5000 bu

Soybeans

$200

MACE

1000 bu

Soybean Oil

$450

CBOT

60,000 lb

Soybean Oil

$100

MACE

30,000 lb

Soybean Meal

$700

CBOT

100 tons

Soybean Meal

$200

MACE

50 tons

Wheat

$550

CBOT

5000 bu

Wheat

$100

MACE

1000 bu

Live Cattle

$350

CME

40,000 lb

Lean Hogs

$700

CME

40,000 lb

Cocoa Coffee Cotton

$600 $3500 $750

CSCE CSCE NYCE

10 metric tons 37,500 lb 50,000 lb

FCOJ

$500

NYCE

15,000 lb

Sugar Lumber—Random Length

$500 $1100

CSCE CME

112,000 lb 80,000 bd ft

Livestock Commodities

Food and Fiber

IPRO-F_/13_App1_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:07 AM

Page 205

APPENDIX 1

Daily Limit

205

Minimum Fluctuation

Trading Hours (Central Standard Time)

12c/bu $600 12c/bu $120 10c/bu $500 10c/bu $100 30c/bu $1500 30c/bu $300 1c/lb $600 $0.01 lb $300 $10/ton $1000 $10/ton $500 20c/bu $1000 20c/bu $200

1/4 c/bu 5 $12.50

9:30–1:15

1/8 c/bu 5 $1.25

9:30–1:45

1/4 c/bu  $12.50

9:30–1:15

1/8 c/bu  $1.25

9:30–1:45

1/4 c/bu  $12.50

9:30–1:15

1/8 c/bu  $1.25

9:30–1:45

1/100/lb  $6.00

9:30–1:15

1/100c/lb  $3.00

9:30–1:45

10c/ton  $10.00

9:30–1:15

10c/ton  $5.00

9:30–1:45

1/4 c/bu  $12.50

9:30–1:15

1/8 c/bu  $1.25

9:30–1:45

1.5c/lb $600 2c/lb $800

2.5c/cwt.  $10.00

9:05–1:00

2.5c/cwt.  $10.00

9:10–1:00

$1/ton  $10.00 5/100c/lb  $18.75 1/100c/lb  $5.00

7:30–12:30 7:15–12:32 9:30–1:40

5/100c/lb  $7.50

9:15–1:15

1/100c/lb  $11.20 10c/1000 bd ft  $8.00

8:30–12:20 9:00–1:05

None None 3c/lb $1500 5c/lb $750 None $10/1000 bd ft

IPRO-F_/13_App1_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:07 AM

Page 206

APPENDIX 1

206

Maintenance Margin 2

Exchange 3

Contract Size

Metal Commodities Copper

$1000

COMEX

25,000 lb

Gold

$1000

COMEX

100 troy oz

Silver

$1000

COMEX

5,000 troy oz

Platinum

$1600

NYM

50 troy oz

Crude Oil

$2500

NYM

1,000 bl

Heating Oil

$2500

NYM

42,000 gal

Unleaded Gasoline

$2500

NYM

42,000 gal

Natural Gas (Henry Hub)

$4200

NYM

10,000 MMBtu

$1600

CME

$250  index

Energy Commodities

Non-Commodity Candidates GSCI

1 This is nowhere near an exhaustive list of every commodity contract available. It is a representative list to be used in planning and paper scale trades. Most of the markets on this list have sufficient volume, but you must always double-check this prior to trading any market. 2 The margin amounts are representative. Keep in mind that this can change on a daily basis, depending on market conditions. Check with your broker, the Internet, or a financial newspaper for current figures of the markets you wish to trade. 3 Futures contracts can be traded on more than one exchange. I consider the grains at the MACE to be the only exception for minicontracts; you use the exchange with the most volume in the commodity you are scale trading. Exchange Abbreviations CBOT

Chicago Board of Trade

CME

Chicago Mercantile Exchange

COMEX

Commodity Exchange

CSCE

Coffee, Sugar, Cocoa Exchange

MACE

MidAmerica Commodity Exchange

NYCE

New York Cotton Exchange

NYME

New York Mercantile Exchange

IPRO-F_/13_App1_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:07 AM

Page 207

APPENDIX 1

207

Daily Limit

Minimum Fluctuation

Trading Hours (Central Standard Time)

20c/lb $5000 $75/oz $7500 $1.50/oz $7500 $25/oz $1250

5/100c/lb  $12.50

7:10–1:00

10c/oz  $10.00

7:20–1:30

0.5c/oz  $25.00

7:25–1:25

10c/oz  $5.00

7:20–1:30

$15/bl $15000 40c/gal $16800 40c/gal $16800 $1.50/MMBtu $15000

1c/bl  $10.00

8:45–2:10

0.01c/gal  $4.20

8:50–2:10

0.01c/gal  $4.20

8:50–2:10

0.01c/MMBtu  $10.00

9:00–2:10

0.05 pt  $12.50

8:15–2:15

None Trading months

Months: J Corn Oats Soybeans Soybean Oil Soybean Meal Wheat Live Cattle Lean Hogs Cocoa Coffee Cotton FCOJ Sugar Lumber Copper Gold Silver Platinum Crude Oil Heating Oil Unleaded Gasoline Natural Gas GSCI

F

F F F

M H H H H H H

G G

H

M K K K K K K

J J H H H H

F

A

J

M M K K K K K K

N

J N N N N N N N N N N N

A

Q Q Q

S U U U U U U

Q Q

O

N

X V V

Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z

V V U U V U V U

D Z Z

X

F H N X Current plus 23 months Current plus next 2 months plus Feb., Apr., Aug., Oct. Current plus next 2 months plus Jan., Mar., May, July, Sep., Dec. F J N V Next 30 plus 36, 48, 60, 72, & 84 Next 18 months Next 12 months Next 30 months plus 30 months All months

January = F February  G March  H April  J May  K June  M July  N August  Q September  U October  V November  X December  Z

This page intentionally left blank.

IPRO-F_/13_App2_McCafferty

7/2/01

APPENDIX

9:08 AM

Page 209

2

Sources for More Information

INFORMATION SOURCES United States Department of Agriculture, www.usda.gov: This is the premier site for information on agricultural commodities. You will find over 300 releases, including crops and livestock reports from the National Agricultural Statistics Service, outlook and situations reports from the Economic Research Service, world trade circulars from the Foreign Agricultural Services, and supplydemand and crop weather reports from the World Agriculture Outlook Board. You’ll also find a month-by-month calendar of all reports and release dates. They will email you alerts and notices. It is the onestop ag info center. Check it out. Commodity Reference Guide from Hartfield Management, Inc. (141 West Jackson Blvd., Chicago, IL 60604, 312-786-4450, www.futures/research.com): Hartfield has two excellent products of use to scale traders. The first is an annual almanac, calendar, encyclopedia, and yearbook all wrapped up in one. It has charts, ratios, fundamental analyses, technical analyses, reminders for all key reports, outlook prognostications, and long-term charts. You’ll refer to it daily. Keep one handy wherever you do research and scale selections. The Hightower Report is a newsletter that updates the Commodity Reference Guide. These two tools will keep you on top of the markets you scale trade. 209

Copyright 2001 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Click Here for Terms of Use.

IPRO-F_/13_App2_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:08 AM

Page 210

210

APPENDIX 2

Futures Magazine and Annual Sourcebook. (250 South Wacker Drive, Suite 1150, Chicago, Il 60606, 312-977-0999, fax: 312-9771042): At $39 a year (13 issues), you will find this publication valuable in helping you keep track of the futures markets. It is filled with news on the exchanges and self-help stories on trading and analysis.

SCALE TRADING CHAT ROOM www.egroups.com/group/scalenet (To subscribe, email a request to [email protected]): Join in conversation with fellow scale traders—ask questions, share experiences, second-guess ideas. But as with anything on the World Wide Web, be cautious. Some traders speak before they think, some have bad information, and others have axes to grind. Trading is not a team sport. Nevertheless, some of the folks on the Net may have something to teach you. It is a not-for-profit, moderated discussion group on scale trading, not to be used for solicitation. You must affirm you are aware of the risk of scale trading in order to participate.

WEB SITES OF INTEREST www.SCI.com Sparks commodity services can keep you ahead of USDA. They do a great job of anticipating what futures reports from USDA will say. Jim Weismeyer writes for this Web site and is one of the most knowledgeable reporters covering USDA and agricultural issues. Take a look. www.crownfutures.com This is a brokerage firm that specializes in scale trading. The site contains much interesting data. www.buffalo.com This is Paul McKnight’s scale trading Web site; it has lots of good information. Mr. McKnight is a CTA (commodity trading advisor). You might want to request a set of account papers if you are considering a professionally managed scale trading account.

IPRO-F_/13_App2_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:08 AM

Page 211

APPENDIX 2

211

OPTION WEB SITES (WWW.) Software Aiqsystems.com Option-all.com Optionscentral.com (Options Industry Association) Option-max.com Optionvue.com Optionwizard.com Pmpublishing.com ZeroDelta.com Technical Analysis Web Sites Barchart.com BigCharts.com Futures.tradingcharts. com Managed Futures Associates (www.mfainfo.org) Tfc-charts.w2d.com General Webzines/Financial News Sites ABC News Barrons Bloomberg Business Week CNBC CNNfn Dow Jones Economist Financial Newsletter Network Financial Times Fortune Fox Market Wire Kiplinger Online Money.com

www.abcnews.com www.barons.com www.bloomberg.com www.businessweek.com www.cnbc.com www.cnnfn.com www.dowjones.com www.economist.com www.financialnewsletter.com www.ft.com www.fortune.com www.foxmarketwire.com www.kiplinger.com www.pathfinder.com/money

IPRO-F_/13_App2_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:08 AM

Page 212

APPENDIX 2

212

Motley Fool News Alert Reuters Thomson Investors Network USA Today Money Wall Street Journal Worth Yahoo! Finance Zacks Investment Research

www.fool.com www.newsalert.com www.reuters.com www.thomsoninvest.net www.usatoday.com/money www.interactive.wsj.com www.worth.com www.yahoocom/finance www.zacks.com

BOOKS OF INTEREST Berstein, Jake. Seasonality: Systems, Strategies, and Signals. New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1998. Chance, Don M. An Introduction to Options and Futures. Chicago: The Dryden Press, 1989. Chicago Board of Trade Commodity Trading Manual. Board of Trade of the City of Chicago. (Updated and revised approximately every other year. Check for latest edition.) Dewey, Edward R. Cycles, Selected Writings. Pittsburgh: Foundation for the Study of Cycles, 1970. Fontanills, George A. Trade Options Online. New York: John Wiley & Sons, 2000. Hafer, Bob. The CRB Commodity Yearbook. New York: Bridge Commodity Research Bureau, (Annual). Herbst, Anthony F. Commodity Futures: Markets, Methods of Analysis, and Management of Risks. New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1986. Hieronymus, Thomas. Economics of Futures Trading for Commercial and Personal Profit. New York: Commodity Research Bureau, 1977. Jiler, William L. How Charts Can Help You in the Stock Market. New York: Standard & Poor’s, 1962. Kaufman, Perry J. Handbook of Futures Markets: Commodity, Financial, Stock Index, and Options. New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1984. Kolb, Robert W. Understanding Futures Markets. (2d ed.). Glenview: Scott Foresman, 1989. Labuszewski, John and Jeanne C. Singuefield. Inside the Commodity Options Market. New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1985. Luft, Carl F. The Investor’s Self-Teaching Seminar Series: Understanding and Trading Futures. Chicago: Probus Publishing, 1991. McCafferty, Thomas A. All About Options. (2d ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill, 1998. ———. All About Futures. Chicago: Probus Publishing, 1992. ———. All About Commodities. Chicago: Probus Publishing, 1992.

IPRO-F_/13_App2_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:08 AM

Page 213

APPENDIX 2

213

———. Winning with Managed Futures. Chicago: Probus Publishing, 1994. Natenberg, Sheldon. Option Volatility and Pricing Strategies. Chicago: Probus Publishing, 1988. Petzel, Todd E. Financial Futures and Options. New York: Quorum Books, 1989. Roche, Julian. Forecasting Commodity Markets: Using Technical, Fundamental and Econometric Analysis. Chicago: Probus Publishing, 1996. Samuelson, Paul A. and William D. Nordhaus. Economics. New York: McGrawHill, 1998. Schwager, Jack D. A Complete Guide to the Futures Markets: Fundamental Analysis, Technical Analysis, Trading, Spreads, and Options. New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1984. ———. Market Wizards: Interviews with Top Traders. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1989. ———. The New Market Wizards: Conversations with America’s Top Traders. New York: HarperBusiness, 1992. ———. Schwager on Futures: Fundamental Analysis. New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1995. Shaleen, Kenneth H. Volume and Open Interest. Chicago: Probus Publishing, 1991. Siegel, Daniel R. and Diane F. Siegel. The Futures Markets. Chicago: Probus Publishing, 1990. Sklarew, Arthur. Techniques of a Professional Commodity Chart Analyst. New York: Commodity Research Bureau, 1980. Teweles, Richard J., Charles V. Harlow, and Herbert L. Stone. The Commodity Futures Game: Who Wins? Who Loses? Why? New York: McGraw-Hill, 1974.

COMPLIANCE ASSISTANCE The following organizations regulate the futures and securities industries: Commodity Futures Trading Commission www.cftc.com Voice: (202) 418-5498 Fax: (202) 254-6265 Federal Reserve Board www.federalreserve.gov Voice: (202) 452-3204 National Association of Securities Dealers www.nasd.com Voice: (202) 728-8884 Fax: (202) 728-6993

IPRO-F_/13_App2_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:08 AM

Page 214

214

APPENDIX 2

National Futures Association www.nfa.futures.org Voice: (312) 781-1300 Fax: (312) 781-1467 Securities & Exchange Commission www.sec.gov Voice: (202) 942-7040 Fax: (202) 942-4050 Here’s a list of futures exchanges. Each has a public information department and will send information on request. Chicago Board of Trade 141 West Jackson Boulevard Chicago, Illinois 60604-2994 www.cbot.com Voice: (312) 435-3500 Fax: (312) 341-3306 Chicago Mercantile Exchange 30 S. Wacker Drive Chicago, Illinois 60606 Voice: (312) 930-1000 Fax: (312) 930-3439 Kansas City Board of Trade 4800 Main Street Suite 303 Kansas City, Missouri 64112 Voice: (816) 753-7500 Fax: (816) 753-3944 MidAmerica Commodity Exchange 444 West Jackson Boulevard Chicago, Illinois 60606 www.midam.com Voice: (312) 341-3000 Fax: (312) 341-3027

IPRO-F_/13_App2_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:08 AM

Page 215

APPENDIX 2

Minneapolis Grain Exchange 150 Grain Exchange Building Minneapolis, Minnesota 55415 www.mgex.com Email: [email protected] Voice: (612) 321-7101 Fax: (612) 339-1155 New York Board of Trade 4 World Trade Center 8th Floor New York, New York 10048 www.nybot.com Email: [email protected] Voice: (212) 742-6000 Fax: (212) 748-4321 Coffee, Sugar & Cocoa Division (CSCE) New York Commodity Division (NYCE) New York Futures Division (NYFE) Cantor Division Finex Division New York Mercantile Exchange One North End Avenue World Financial Center New York, New York 10282-1101 www.nymex.com Email: [email protected] Voice: (212) 299-2000 Fax: (212) 301-4700 COMEX Division Philadelphia Board of Trade Philadelphia Stock Exchange Building 1900 Market Street Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19105 www.phix.com Email: [email protected] Voice; (215) 496-5000 Fax: (215) 496-5460

215

This page intentionally left blank.

IPRO-F_3/28_Glossary_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:08 AM

Page 217

GLOSSARY*

Abandon The act of an option holder to let his or her option expire worthless, neither offsetting nor exercising. Actual The physical or cash commodity, as distinguished from commodity futures contract. Administrative Law Judge (ALJ) A CFTC official authorized to conduct a proceeding and render a decision in a formal complaint procedure. Aggregation The policy under which all futures positions owned or controlled by one trader or a group of traders are combined to determine reporting status and speculative limit compliance. Allowances Discounts for grade or location of a commodity due to not meeting contract specifications. Arbitrage The simultaneous purchase of one commodity against the sale of another in order to profit from distortions resulting from usual price relationships. See also Spread, (or/Straddle). Arbitration A forum for the fair and impartial settlement of disputes that the parties involved are unable to resolve between themselves. NFA’s arbitration program provides a forum for resolving futures-related disputes. Asian Option An option whose payoff depends on the average price of the underlying asset during some portion of the life of the option. Associated Person (AP) An individual who solicits orders, customers, or customer funds on behalf of a Futures Commission Merchant, an Introducing Broker, a Commodity Trading Advisor, or a Commodity Pool Operator and who is registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) via the National Futures Association (NFA). At the market See Market Order. At-the-money An option whose strike price is equal—or approximately equal— to the current market price of the underlying futures contract. * This glossary is included to assist the reader. It is neither a set of legal definitions nor a guide to interpreting the Commodity Exchange Act or any other legal instrument. For all legal assistance, please contact your personal attorney. 217

Copyright 2001 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Click Here for Terms of Use.

IPRO-F_3/28_Glossary_McCafferty

218

7/2/01

9:08 AM

Page 218

GLOSSARY

Audit Trail The trail of an order, with appropriate time-stamps, for inception through execution. Award See Reparations Award. Back Months Future delivery months furthest in the future. Backwardation A market condition in which futures prices are progressively lower in the more distant delivery months. The opposite of contango. Basis The difference between the cash or spot price and the price of the nearby futures contract. Basis Grade The standard grade of a commodity for delivery. Basis Point The measurement of change in the yield of a debt security. One basis point equals 1⁄100 of 1 percent. Basis Quote The offer to sell a cash commodity based on the difference above or below the futures price. Bear Market (bear/bearish) A market in which prices are declining; a market participant who believes prices will move lower is called a “bear.” A news item is considered bearish if it is expected to produce lower prices. Bear Spread The simultaneous purchase and sale of two futures contracts in the same or related commodities with the intention of profiting from the decline in price while limiting the loss potential if the profit does not materialize. Beta Coefficient The measurement of the variability of rate of return or value of a stock or portfolio of stocks to the overall market. Bid An offer to buy a specific quantity of a commodity at a stated price. Black-Scholes Model A popular options pricing model developed by professors Black and Scholes. Initially developed for stock options and later revised for options on futures. Board of Trade Any exchange or association of persons who are engaged in the business of buying or selling any commodity or receiving the same for sale on consignment. Usually means an exchange where commodity futures and/or options are traded. See also Contract Market or Exchange. Booking the Basis A forward contract that locks the current basis until some time in the future for a buyer or seller. Box Transaction An option position in which the holder establishes a long call and a short put at one strike price and a short call and a long put at another price, all of which are in the same contract month and commodity. Break A rapid and sharp price decline. Broad Tape Term commonly applied to newswires carrying price and background information on securities and commodities markets, in contrast to exchanges’ own price transmission wires, which use a narrow ticker tape. Broker A person paid a fee or commission for acting as an agent in making contracts or sales; floor broker in commodities futures trading, a person who actually executes orders on the trading floor of an exchange; account executive (associated person), the person who deals with customers and their orders in commission house offices. See Registered Commodity Representative (RCR).

IPRO-F_3/28_Glossary_McCafferty

GLOSSARY

7/2/01

9:08 AM

Page 219

219

Brokerage A fee charged by a broker for execution of a transaction, an amount per transaction or a percentage of the total value of the transaction; usually referred to as a commission fee. Bucket, Bucketing Illegal practice of accepting orders to buy or sell without executing such orders; also the illegal use of the customer’s margin deposit without disclosing the fact of such use. Bucket Shop A brokerage establishment that books customers’ orders, meaning taking the opposite side of a trade, but without actually executing the orders on an exchange. Bullion Bars or ingots of precious metals, normally in a standard size. Bull Market (bull/bullish) A market in which prices are rising. A participant in futures who believes prices will move higher is called a “bull.” A news item is considered bullish if it is expected to bring on higher prices. Bull Spread The simultaneous purchase and sale of two futures contracts in the same futures with the expectation of controlling risk while profiting. Buying Hedge (or Long Hedge) Buying futures contracts to protect against possible increased cost of commodities that will be needed in the future. See Hedging. Buy or Sell on Close or Opening To buy or sell at the end or the beginning of the trading session. C&F Stands for cost and freight. Call (option) The buyer of a call option acquires the right but not the obligation to purchase a particular futures contract at a stated price on or before a particular date. Buyers of call options generally hope to profit from an increase in the futures price of the underlying commodity. Called See Exercise. Car(s) This is a colloquialism for futures contract(s). Came into common use when a railroad car or hopper of corn, wheat, etc. equaled the amount of a commodity in a futures contract. See Contract. Carrying Broker A member of a commodity exchange, usually a clearinghouse member, through whom another broker or customer chooses to clear all or some trades. Carrying Charges Costs incurred in warehousing the physical commodity, generally including interest, insurance, and storage. Carryover That part of the current supply of a commodity consisting of stocks from previous production or marketing seasons. Cash Commodity Actual stocks of a commodity, as distinguished from futures contracts; goods available for immediate delivery or delivery within a specified period following sale; a commodity bought or sold with an agreement for delivery at a specified future date. See Actual and Forward Contracting. Cash Forward Sale See Forward Contracting. CCC Stands for Commodity Credit Corporation. CEA Stands for Commodity Exchange Authority.

IPRO-F_3/28_Glossary_McCafferty

220

7/2/01

9:08 AM

Page 220

GLOSSARY

Certificated Stock Stocks of a commodity that have been inspected and found to be of a quality deliverable against futures contracts, stored at the delivery points designated as regular or acceptable for delivery by the commodity exchange. Changer A clearing member of both the Mid-American Commodity Exchange (MCE) and another futures exchange who, for a fee, will assume the opposite side of a transaction on the MCE by taking a spread position between the MCE and the other exchange which trades an identical, but larger, contract. Through the service, the changer provides liquidity for the MCE and an economical mechanism for arbitrage between the two markets. Charting The use of graphs and charts in the technical analysis of futures markets to plot trends of price movements, average movements of price volume, and open interest. See Technical Analysis. Churning Excessive trading of the customer’s account by a broker, who has control over the trading decisions for that account, to make more commissions while disregarding the best interests of the customer. Circuit Breakers A system of trading halts to provide a cooling-off period when markets overheat. Clearing The procedure through which trades are checked for accuracy after which the clearinghouse or association becomes the buyer to each seller of a futures contract, and the seller to each buyer. Clearinghouse An agency connected with commodity exchanges through which all futures contracts are made, offset, or fulfilled through delivery of the actual commodity and through which financial settlement is made; often it is a fully chartered separate corporation rather than a division of the exchange proper. Clearing Member A member of the clearinghouse or association. All trades of a nonclearing member must be registered and eventually settled through a clearing member. Clearing Price See Settlement Price. Close (the) The period at the end of the trading session, officially designated by the exchange, during which all transactions are considered made “at the close.” Closing Range A range of closely related prices at which transactions took place at the closing of the market; buy and sell orders at the closing might have been filled at any point within such a range. Commercial Grain Stocks Domestic grain stored in public or private elevators at key market, and grain afloat in lake and sea ports. Commission (1) A fee charged by a broker to a customer for performance of a specific duty, such as the buying or selling of futures contracts. (2) Sometimes used to refer to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC). Commission Merchant One who makes a trade, either for another member of the exchange or for a nonmember client, but makes the trade in his or her own name and becomes liable as principal to the other party to the transaction. Commodity An entity of trade or commerce, services, or rights in which contracts for future delivery may be traded. Some of the contracts currently traded are

IPRO-F_3/28_Glossary_McCafferty

GLOSSARY

7/2/01

9:09 AM

Page 221

221

wheat, corn, cotton, livestock, copper, gold, silver, oil, propane, plywood, currencies, and Treasury bills, bonds, and notes. Commodity Exchange Act The federal act that provides for federal regulation of futures trading. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) A commission set up by Congress to administer the Commodity Exchange Act, which regulates trading on commodity exchanges. Commodity Pool An enterprise in which funds contributed by a number of persons are combined for the purpose of trading futures contracts and/or options on futures. Not the same as a joint account. Commodity Pool Operator (CPO) An individual or organization that operates or solicits funds for a commodity pool. Generally required to be registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. Commodity Trading Advisor (CTA) An individual or firm that, for a fee, issues analyses or reports concerning commodities and advises others on the value or the advisability of trading in commodity futures, options, or leverage contracts. Complainant The individual who files a complaint seeking a reparations award against another individual or firm. Confirmation Statement A statement sent by a commission house to a customer when a futures or options position has been initiated. The statement shows the number of contracts bought or sold and the prices at which the contracts were bought or sold. Sometimes combined with a Purchase and Sale Statement. Congestion A period during trading when prices have difficulty advancing or declining. Consolidation A pause in trading activity in which price moves sideways, setting the stage for the next move. Traders evaluate their positions during periods of consolidation. Contango Market situation in which prices of succeeding delivery months are progressively higher than the nearest delivery month, usually due to the cost of holding the commodity (i.e., storage, insurance, interest, spoilage, etc.). Contract A term of reference describing a unit of trading for a commodity. Contract Grades Standards or grades of commodities listed in the rules of the exchanges that must be met when delivering cash commodities against futures contracts. Grades are often accompanied by a schedule of discounts and premiums allowable for delivery of commodities of lesser or greater quality than the contract grade. Contract Market A board of trade designated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to trade futures or option contracts on a particular commodity. Commonly used to mean any exchange on which futures are traded. See also Board of Trade and Exchange. Contract Month The month in which delivery is to be made in accordance with a futures contract. Controlled Account See Discretionary Account.

IPRO-F_3/28_Glossary_McCafferty

222

7/2/01

9:09 AM

Page 222

GLOSSARY

Corner To secure control of a commodity so that its price can be manipulated. Correction A price reaction against the prevailing trend of the market. Common corrections often amount to 33 percent, 50 percent, or 66 percent of the most recent trend movement. Sometimes referred to as retracements. Cost of Recovery Administrative costs or expenses incurred in obtaining money due the complainant. Included are such costs as administrative fees, hearing room fees, charge for clerical services, travel expenses to attend the hearing, attorney fees, filing costs, etc. Cover To offset a previous futures transaction with an equal and opposite transaction. Short covering is a purchase of futures contracts to cover an earlier sale of an equal number of the same delivery month; liquidation is the sale of futures contracts to offset the obligation to take delivery on an equal number of futures contracts of the same delivery month purchased earlier. Cox-Ross-Rubinstein Option Pricing Model An option pricing model that can take into account factors not allowable in Black-Scholes, such as early exercise, price supports, etc. Current Delivery (Month) The futures contract that will come to maturity and become deliverable during the current month; also called “spot month.” Customer Segregated Funds See Segregated Account. Day Order An order that if not executed expires automatically at the end of the trading session on the day it was entered. Day Traders Commodity traders, generally members of the exchange active on the trading floor, who take positions in commodities and then liquidate them prior to the close of the trading day. Dealer Option A put or call on a physical commodity, not originating on or subject to the rules of an exchange, written by a firm that deals in the underlying cash commodity. Debit Balance Accounting condition where the trading losses in a customer’s account exceed the amount of equity in the customer’s account. Deck All of the unexecuted orders in a floor broker’s possession. Default (1) In the futures market, the failure to perform on a futures contract as required by exchange rules, such as a failure to meet a margin call or to make or take delivery. (2) In reference to the federal farm loan program, the decision on the part of a producer of commodities not to repay the government loan, but instead to surrender his or her crops. This usually floods the market, driving prices lower. Deferred Delivery The distant delivery months in which futures trading is taking place, as distinguished from the nearby futures delivery month. Deliverable Grades See Contract Grades. Delivery The tender and receipt of an actual commodity or warehouse receipt or other negotiable instrument covering such commodity in settlement of a futures contract.

IPRO-F_3/28_Glossary_McCafferty

GLOSSARY

7/2/01

9:09 AM

Page 223

223

Delivery Month A calendar month during which a futures contract matures and becomes deliverable. Delivery Notice Notice from the clearinghouse of a seller’s intention to deliver the physical commodity against a short futures position; precedes and is distinct from the warehouse receipt or shipping certificate, which is the instrument of transfer of ownership. Delivery Points Those locations designated by commodity exchanges at which stocks of a commodity represented by a futures contract may be delivered in fulfillment of the contract. Delivery Price The official settlement price of the trading session during which the buyer of futures contracts receives through the clearinghouse a notice of the seller’s intention to deliver and the price at which the buyer must pay for the commodities represented by the futures contract. Discount (1) A downward adjustment in price allowing for delivery of stocks of a commodity of lesser than deliverable grade against a futures contract. (2) Sometimes used to refer to the price difference between futures of different delivery months, as in the phrase “July at a discount to May,” indicating that the price of the July future is lower than that of the May. Discovery The process that allows one party to obtain information and documents relating to the dispute from the other party(ies) in the dispute. Discretionary Account An arrangement by which the holder of the account gives written power of attorney to another, often a broker, to make buying and selling decisions without notification to the holder; often referred to as a managed account or controlled account. Elasticity A characteristic of commodities that describes the interaction of the supply, demand, and price of a commodity. A commodity is said to be elastic in demand when a price change creates an increase or decrease in consumption. The supply of a commodity is said to be elastic when a change in price creates a change in the production of the commodity. Inelasticity of supply or demand exists when either supply or demand is relatively unresponsive to changes in price. Elliot Wave Theory Developed by Ralph Elliot, who believed the stock market moved up and down in predictable wave patterns in harmony with nature. He used Fibonacci numbers to prove his theory. Equity The dollar value of a futures trading account if all open positions were offset at the going market price. Exchange An association of persons engaged in the business of buying and selling commodity futures and/or options. See also Board of Trade and Contract Market. Exercise Exercising an option means electing to accept the underlying futures contract at the option’s strike price. Exercise Price The price at which the buyer of a call (put) option may choose to exercise his right or her to purchase (sell) the underlying futures contract. Also called strike price.

IPRO-F_3/28_Glossary_McCafferty

224

7/2/01

9:09 AM

Page 224

GLOSSARY

Expiration Date Generally the last date on which an option may be exercised. Feed Ratios The variable relationships of the cost of feeding animals to market weight sales prices, expressed in ratios, such as the hog/corn ratio. These serve as indicators of the profit return or lack of it in feeding animals to market weight. Fibonacci Number or Sequence of Numbers The sequence of numbers (0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, 21, 34, 55, 89, 144, 233...), discovered by the Italian mathematician Leonardo de Pise in the thirteenth century and the mathematical basis of the Elliott theory, among others. Fiduciary Duty Responsibility imposed by operation of law (from congressional policies underlying the Commodity Exchange Act) requiring that the broker act with special care in the handling of a customer’s account. First Notice Day First day on which notices of intention to deliver cash commodities against futures contracts can be presented by sellers and received by buyers through the exchange clearinghouse. Floor Broker An individual who executes orders on the trading floor of an exchange for any other person. Floor Traders Members of an exchange who are personally present, on the trading floors of exchanges, to make trades for themselves and their customers. Sometimes called scalpers or locals. F.O.B. Free on board; indicates that all delivery, inspection, and elevation or loading costs involved in putting commodities on board a carrier have been paid. Forward Contracting A cash transaction common in many industries, including commodities, in which the buyer and seller agree upon delivery of a specified quality and quantity of goods at a specified future date. Specific price may be agreed upon in advance, or there may be agreements that the price will be determined at the time of delivery on the basis of either the prevailing local cash price or a futures price. Free Supply Stocks of a commodity which are available from commercial sale, as distinguished from government-owned or controlled stocks. Fully Disclosed An account carried by the Futures Commission Merchant in the name of the individual customer; opposite of an omnibus account. Fundamental Analysis An approach to analysis of futures markets and commodity futures price trends that examines the underlying factors that will affect the supply and demand of the commodity being traded in futures. See also Technical Analysis. Futures Commission Merchant (FCM) An individual or organization that solicits or accepts orders to buy or sell futures contracts or commodity options and accepts money or other assets from customers in connection with such orders. Must be registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. Futures Contract A standardized binding agreement to buy or sell a specified quantity or grade of a commodity at a later date, i.e., during a specified month. Futures contracts are freely transferable and can be traded only by public auction on designated exchanges.

IPRO-F_3/28_Glossary_McCafferty

GLOSSARY

7/2/01

9:09 AM

Page 225

225

Futures Industry Association (FIA) The national trade association for the futures industry. Gap A trading day during which the daily price range is completely above or below the previous day’s range, causing a gap between them to be formed. Some traders then look for a retracement to “fill the gap.” Grantor A person who sells an option and assumes the obligation, but not the right, to sell (in the case of a call) or buy (in the case of a put) the underlying futures contract or commodity at the exercise price. See also Writer. Gross Processing Margin (GPM) Refers to the difference between the cost of soybeans and the combined sales income of the soybean oil and meal that results from processing soybeans. Guided Account An account that is part of a program directed by a Commodity Trading Advisor or broker, but the person trading must review each trade in advance with the account holder. Hedging The sale of futures contracts in anticipation of future sales of cash commodities as a protection against possible price declines, or the purchase of futures contracts in anticipation of future purchases of cash commodities as a protection against increasing costs. See also Buying Hedge, Selling Hedge. Inelasticity A characteristic that describes the interdependence of the supply, demand, and price of a commodity. A commodity is inelastic when a price change does not create an increase or decrease in consumption; inelasticity exists when supply and demand are relatively unresponsive to changes in price. See also Elasticity. Initial Margin Customers’ funds required at the time a futures position is established, or an option is sold, to assure performance of the customers’ obligations. Margin in commodities is not a down payment, as it is in securities. See also Margin. In-the-Money An option having intrinsic value. A call is in-the-money if its strike price is below the current price of the underlying futures contract. A put is in-the-money if its strike price is above the current price of the underlying futures contract. Intrinsic Value The absolute value of the in-the-money amount—that is, the amount that would be realized if an in-the-money option were exercised. Introducing Broker (IB) A firm or individual that solicits and accepts commodity futures orders from customers but does not accept money, securities, or property from customers. An IB must be registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and must carry all of its accounts through an FCM on a fully disclosed basis. Inverted Market Futures market in which the nearer months are selling at premiums over the more distant months; characteristically, a market in which supplies are currently in shortage. Invisible Supply Uncounted stocks of a commodity in the hands of wholesalers, manufacturers, and producers that cannot be identified accurately; stocks outside commercial channels but theoretically available to the market.

IPRO-F_3/28_Glossary_McCafferty

226

7/2/01

9:09 AM

Page 226

GLOSSARY

Last Trading Day Day on which trading ceases for the maturing (current) delivery month. Leverage Essentially allows an investor to establish a position in the marketplace by depositing funds that are less than the value of the contract. Leverage Contract A standardized agreement calling for the delivery of a commodity with payments against the total cost spread out over a period of time. Principal characteristics include standard units and quality of a commodity and terms and conditions of the contract; payment and maintenance of margin; close out by offset or delivery (after payment in full); and no right to or interest in a specific lot of the commodity. Leverage contracts are not traded on exchanges. Leverage Transaction Merchant (LTM) The firm or individual through which leverage contracts are entered. LTMs must be registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. Life of Contract Period between the beginning of trading in a particular future and the expiration of trading in the delivery month. Limit See Position Limit, Price Limit, Reporting Limit, and Variable Limit. Limit Move A price that has advanced or declined the limit permitted during one trading session as fixed by the rules of a contract market. Limit Order An order in which the customer sets a limit on either price or time of execution, or both, as contrasted with a market order, which implies that the order should be filled at the most favorable price as soon as possible. Liquidation Usually the sale of futures contracts to offset the obligation to take delivery of an equal number of futures contracts of the same delivery month purchased earlier. Sometimes refers to the purchase of futures contracts to offset a previous sale. Liquidity (or liquid market) A broadly traded market in which buying and selling can be accomplished with small price changes and bid and offer price spreads are narrow. Liquid Market A market in which selling and buying can be accomplished easily due to the presence of many interested buyers and sellers. Loan Program Primary means of government agricultural price support operations in which the government lends money to farmers at announced rates with crops used as collateral. Default on these loans is the primary method by which the government acquires stocks of agricultural commodities. Long One who has bought a cash commodity or a commodity futures contract, in contrast to a short, who has sold a cash commodity or futures contract. Long Hedge Buying futures contracts to protect against possible increased prices of commodities. See also Hedging. Maintenance Margin The amount of money that must be maintained on deposit while a futures position is open. If the equity in a customer’s account drops under the maintenance margin level, the broker must issue a call for money that will restore the customer’s equity in the account to required initial levels. See also Margin.

IPRO-F_3/28_Glossary_McCafferty

GLOSSARY

7/2/01

9:09 AM

Page 227

227

Margin In the futures industry, it is an amount of money deposited by both buyers and sellers of futures contracts to ensure performance against the contract. It is not a down payment. Margin Call A call from a brokerage firm to a customer to bring margin deposits back up to minimum levels required by exchange regulations; similarly, a request by the clearinghouse to a clearing member firm to make additional deposits to bring clearing margins back to minimum levels required by clearinghouse rules. Market Order An order to buy or sell futures contracts that is to be filled at the best possible price and as soon as possible. This is in contrast to a limit order, which may specify requirements for price or time of execution. See also Limit Order. Maturity Period within which a futures contract can be settled by delivery of the actual commodity; the period between the first notice day and the last trading day of a commodity futures contract. Maximum Price Fluctuation See Limit Move. Minimum Price Fluctuation See Point. Misrepresentation An untrue or misleading statement concerning a material fact relied upon by a customer when making his or her decision about an investment. Momentum Indicator A line that is plotted to represent the difference between today’s price and the price of a fixed number of days ago. Momentum can be measured as the difference between today’s price and the current value of a moving average. Often referred to as momentum oscillators. Moving Average A mathematical procedure to smooth or eliminate the fluctuations in data. Moving averages emphasize the direction of a trend, confirm trend reversals, and smooth out price and volume fluctuations or “noise” that can confuse interpretation of the market. See Chapter 2 for examples. National Association of Futures Trading Advisors (NAFTA) The national trade association of Commodity Pool Operators (CPOs), Commodity Trading Advisors (CTAs), and related industry participants. National Futures Association (NFA) The national self-regulatory organization of the futures industry. Nearby Delivery (Month) The futures contract closest to maturity. Nearbys The nearest delivery months of futures contract. Net Asset Value The value of each unit of a commodity pool. Basically, a calculation of assets minus liabilities plus or minus the value of open positions (marked-to-the-market) divided by the number of units. Net Performance An increase or decrease in net asset value exclusive of additions, withdrawals, and redemptions. Net Position The difference between the open long (buy) contracts and the open short (sell) contracts held by any one person in any one futures contract month or in all months combined. Nominal Price Declared price for a futures month sometimes used in place of a closing price when no recent trading has taken place in that particular delivery month; usually an average of the bid and ask prices.

IPRO-F_3/28_Glossary_McCafferty

228

7/2/01

9:09 AM

Page 228

GLOSSARY

Nondisclosure Failure to disclose a material fact needed by the customer to make a decision regarding an investment. Normalizing An adjustment to data, such as a price series, to put it within normal or more standard range. A technique used to develop a trading system. Notice Day See First Notice Day. Notice of Delivery See Delivery Notice. Offer An indication of willingness to sell at a given price; opposite of bid. Offset The liquidation of a purchase of futures through the sale of an equal number of contracts of the same delivery months, or the covering of a short sale of futures contracts through the purchase of an equal number of contracts of the same delivery month. Either action transfers the obligation to make or take delivery of the actual commodity to someone else. Omnibus Account An account carried by one futures commission merchant with another in which the transactions of two or more persons are combined rather than designated separately, and the identities of the individual accounts are not disclosed. Open The period at the beginning of the trading session officially designated by the exchange during which all transactions are considered made “at the open.” Opening Range Range of closely related prices at which transactions took place at the opening of the market; buying and selling orders at the opening might be filled at any point within such a range. Open Interest The total number of futures contracts of a given commodity that have not yet been offset by opposite futures transactions or fulfilled by delivery of the actual commodity; the total number of open transactions, with each transaction having a buyer and a seller. Open Outcry Method of public auction for making bids and offers in the trading pits or rings of commodity exchanges. Open Trade Equity The unrealized gain or loss on open positions. Option Contract A unilateral contract that gives the buyer the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell a specified quantity of a commodity or a futures contract at a specific price within a specified period of time, regardless of the market price of that commodity or futures contract. The seller of the option has the obligation to sell the commodity or futures contract or buy it from the option buyer at the exercise price if the option is exercised. See also Call (option) and Put (option). Option Premium The money, securities, or property the buyer pays to the writer (grantor) for granting an option contract. Option Seller See Grantor. Order Execution Handling of a customer order by a broker—includes receiving the order verbally or in writing from the customer, transmitting it to the trading floor of the exchange where the transaction takes place, and returning confirmation (fill price) of the completed order to the customer. Orders See Market Order, Stop Order.

IPRO-F_3/28_Glossary_McCafferty

GLOSSARY

7/2/01

9:09 AM

Page 229

229

Original Margin Term applied to the initial deposit of margin money required of clearing member firms by clearinghouse rules; parallels the initial margin deposit required of customers. Out-of-the-Money A call option with a strike price higher or a put option with a strike price lower than the current market value of the underlying asset. Overbought A technical opinion that the market price has risen too steeply and too fast in relation to underlying fundamental factors. Oversold A technical opinion that the market price has declined too steeply and too fast in relation to underlying fundamental factors. P&S Statement See Purchase and Sale Statement (P&S). Par A particular price, 100 percent of principal value. Parity A theoretically equal relationship between farm product prices and all other prices. In farm program legislation, parity is defined in such a manner that the purchasing power of a unit of an agricultural commodity is maintained at its level during an earlier historical base period. Pit A specially constructed arena on the trading floor of some exchanges where trading in a futures or options contract is conducted by open outcry. On other exchanges, the term “ring” designates the trading area for a futures or options contract. Point The minimum fluctuation in futures prices or options premiums. Point Balance A statement prepared by Futures Commission Merchants to show profit or loss on all open contracts by computing them to an official closing or settlement price. Pool See Commodity Pool. Position A market commitment. For example, a buyer of futures contracts is said to have a long position and, conversely, a seller of futures contracts is said to have a short position. Position Limit The maximum number of futures contracts in certain regulated commodities that one can hold, according to the provisions of the CFTC. Position Trader A commodity trader who either buys or sells contracts and holds them for an extended period of time, as distinguished from the day trader, who will normally initiate and liquidate a futures position within a single trading session. Premium (1) The additional payment allowed by exchange regulations for delivery or higher-than-required standards or grades of a commodity against a futures contract. In speaking of price relationships between different delivery months of a given commodity, one is said to be trading at a premium over another when its price is greater than that of the other. (2) Also can mean the amount paid a grantor or writer of an option by a trader. Price Limit Maximum price advance or decline from the previous-day settlement price permitted for a commodity in one trading session by the rules of the exchange. Primary Markets The principal market for the purchase and sale of a cash commodity.

IPRO-F_3/28_Glossary_McCafferty

230

7/2/01

9:09 AM

Page 230

GLOSSARY

Principal Refers to a person that is a principal of a particular entity. (1) Any person including, but not limited to, a sole proprietor, general partner, officer or director, or person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions, having the power, directly or indirectly, through agreement or otherwise, to exercise a controlling influence over the activities of the entity. (2) Any holder or any beneficial owner of 10 percent or more of the outstanding shares of any class of stock of the entity. (3) Any person who has contributed 10 percent or more of the capital of the entity. Private Wires Wires leased by various firms and news agencies for the transmission of information to branch offices and subscriber clients. Proceeding Clerk The member of the commission’s staff in the Office of Proceedings who maintains the Commission’s reparations docket, assigns reparation cases to an appropriate CFTC official, and acts as custodian of the records of proceedings. Producer A person or entity that produces (grows, mines, etc.) a commodity. Public Elevators Grain storage facilities, licensed and regulated by state and federal agencies, in which space is rented out to whoever is willing to pay for it; some are also approved by the commodity exchanges for delivery of commodities against futures contracts. Purchase and Sale Statement (P&S) A statement sent by a commission house to a customer when a futures or options position has been liquidated or offset. The statement shows the number of contracts bought or sold, the gross profit or loss, the commission charges, and the net profit or loss on the transaction. Sometimes combined with a confirmation statement. Purchase Price The total actual cost paid by a person for entering into a commodity option transaction, including premium, commission, or any other direct or indirect charges. Put (option) An option that gives the option buyer the right but not the obligation to sell the underlying futures contract at a particular price on or before a particular date. Pyramiding The use of profits on existing futures positions as margins to increase the size of the position, normally in successively smaller increments, such as the use of profits on the purchase of five futures contracts as margin to purchase an additional four contracts, whose profits will in turn be used to margin an additional three contracts. Quotation The actual price or the bid or ask price of either cash commodities or futures or options contracts at a particular time. Often called a quote. Rally An upward movement of prices. See also Recovery. Rally Top The point at which a rally stalls. A bull move will usually make several rally tops over its life. Range The difference between the high and low price of a commodity during a given period, usually a single trading session. Reaction A short-term countertrend movement of prices.

IPRO-F_3/28_Glossary_McCafferty

GLOSSARY

7/2/01

9:09 AM

Page 231

231

Receivership A situation in which a receiver has been appointed. A receiver is a person appointed by a court to take custody and control of and manage the property or funds of another pending judicial action concerning them. Recovery An upward movement of prices following a decline. Registered Commodity Representative (RCR) See Broker or Associated Person (AP). Regulations (CFTC) The regulations adopted and enforced by the federal overseer of futures markets, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, in order to administer the Commodity Exchange Act. Reparations Compensation payable to a wronged party in a futures or options transaction. The term is used in conjunction with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission’s customer claims procedure to recover civil damages. Reparations Award The amount of monetary damages a respondent may be ordered to pay to a complainant. Reporting Limit Sizes of positions set by the exchange and/or the CFTC at or above which commodity traders must make daily reports to the exchange and/or the CFTC as to the size of the position by commodity, by delivery month, and according to the purpose of trading, i.e., speculative or hedging. Resistance The price level at which a trend stalls. Opposite of a support level. Prices must build momentum to move through resistance. Respondents The individuals or firms against which a complaint is filed and a reparations award is sought. Retender The right of holders of futures contracts who have been tendered a delivery notice through the clearinghouse to offer the notice for sale on the open market, liquidating their obligation to take delivery under the contract; applicable only to certain commodities and only within a specified period of time. Retracements Price movements in the opposite direction of the prevailing trend. See Correction. Ring A circular area on the trading floor of an exchange where traders and brokers stand while executing futures or options trades. Some exchanges use pits rather than rings. Round Lot A quantity of a commodity equal in size to the corresponding futures contract for the commodity, as distinguished from a job lot, which may be larger or smaller than the contract. Round Turn The combination of an initiating purchase or sale of a futures contract and offsetting sale or purchase of an equal number of futures contracts to the same delivery month. Commission fees for commodity transactions cover the round turn. Rules (NFA) The standards and requirements to which participants who are required to be members of the National Futures Association must subscribe and conform. Sample Grade In commodities, usually the lowest quality acceptable for delivery in satisfaction of futures contracts. See Contract Grades.

IPRO-F_3/28_Glossary_McCafferty

232

7/2/01

9:09 AM

Page 232

GLOSSARY

Scalper A speculator on the trading floor of an exchange who buys and sells rapidly, with small profits or losses, holding positions for only a short time during a trading session. Typically, a scalper will stand ready to buy at a fraction below the last transaction price and to sell at a fraction above, thus creating market liquidity. Security Deposit See Margin. Segregated Account A special account used to hold and separate a customer’s assets from those of the broker or firm. Selling Hedge Selling futures contracts to protect against possible decreased prices of commodities which will be sold in the future. See Hedging and/or Short Hedge. Settlement Price The closing price, or a price within the range of closing prices, which is used as the official price in determining net gains or losses at the close of each trading session. Short One who has sold a cash commodity or a commodity futures contract, in contrast to a long, who has bought a cash commodity or futures contract. Short Hedge Selling futures to protect against possible decreasing prices of commodities. See also Hedging. Speculator One who attempts to anticipate commodity price changes and make profits through the sale and/or purchase of commodity futures contracts. A speculator with a forecast of advancing prices hopes to profit by buying futures contracts and then liquidating the obligation to take delivery with a later sale of an equal number of futures of the same delivery month at a higher price. A speculator with a forecast of declining prices hopes to profit by selling commodity futures contracts and then covering the obligation to deliver with a later purchase of futures at a lower price. Spot Market for the immediate delivery of the product and immediate payment. May also refer to the nearest delivery month of a futures contract. Spot Commodity See Cash Commodity. Spread (or Straddle) The purchase of one futures delivery month against the sale of another futures delivery month of the same commodity; the purchase of one delivery month of one commodity against the sale of the same delivery month of a different commodity; or the purchase of one commodity in one market against the sale of that commodity in another market, to take advantage of and profit from the distortions resulting from the normal price relationships that sometimes occur. The term is also used to refer to the difference between the price of one futures month and the price of another month of the same commodity. See also Arbitrage. Stop Loss A risk management technique used to close out a losing position at a given point. See Stop Order. Stop Order An order that becomes a market order when a particular price level is reached. A sell stop is placed below the market; a buy stop is placed above the market. Sometimes referred to as a stop loss order. Strike Price See Exercise Price.

IPRO-F_3/28_Glossary_McCafferty

GLOSSARY

7/2/01

9:09 AM

Page 233

233

Support A price level at which a declining market has stopped falling. Opposite of a resistance price range. Once this level is reached, the market trades sideways for a period of time. Switch Liquidation of a position in one delivery month of a commodity and simultaneous initiation of a similar position in another delivery month of the same commodity. When used by hedgers, this tactic is referred to as “rolling forward” the hedge. Technical Analysis An approach to analysis of futures markets and anticipated future trends of commodity prices. It examines the technical factors of market activity. Technicians normally examine patterns of price range, rates of change, and changes in volume of trading and open interest. This data is often charted to show trends and formations that serve as indicators of likely future price movements. Tender The act on the part of the seller of futures contracts of giving notice to the clearinghouse that he or she intends to deliver the physical commodity in satisfaction of the futures contract. The clearinghouse in turn passes along the notice to oldest buyer of record in that delivery month of the commodity. See also Retender. Tick Refers to a change in price up or down. See also Point. Ticker Tape A continuous paper tape transmission of commodity or security prices, volume, and other trading and market information which operates on private or lease wires by the exchanges. It is available to member firms and other interested parties on a subscription basis. Time Value Any amount by which an option premium exceeds the option’s intrinsic value. To-Arrive Contract A type of deferred shipment in which the price is based on delivery at the destination point and the seller pays the freight in shipping it to that point. Traders (1) People who trade for their own account. (2) Employees of dealers or institutions who trade for their employer’s account. Trading Range An established set of price boundaries with a high price and a low price that a market will spend a marked period of time within. Transferable Notice See Retender. Trendline A line drawn that connects either a series of highs or lows in a trend. The trendline can represent either support as in an uptrend line or resistance as in a downtrend line. Consolidations are marked by horizontal trendlines. Unauthorized Trading Purchase or sale of commodity futures or options for a customer’s account without the customer’s permission. Underlying Futures Contract The specific futures contract that the option conveys the right to buy (in the case of a call) or sell (in the case of a put). Variable Limit A price system that allows for larger than normally allowed price movements under certain conditions. In periods of extreme volatility, some exchanges permit trading and price levels to exceed regular daily limits. At such times, margins may be automatically increased.

IPRO-F_3/28_Glossary_McCafferty

234

7/2/01

9:09 AM

Page 234

GLOSSARY

Variation Margin Call A mid-season call by the clearinghouse on a clearing member requiring the deposit of additional funds to bring clearing margin monies up to minimum levels in relation to changing prices and the clearing member’s net position. Volatility A measure of a commodity’s tendency to move up and down in price, based on its daily price history over a period of time. Volume of Trade The number of contracts traded during a specified period of time. Warehouse Receipt Document guaranteeing the existence and availability of a given quantity and quality of a commodity in storage; commonly used as the instrument of transfer of ownership in both cash and futures transactions. Wirehouse See Futures Commission Merchant (FCM). Writer See Grantor.

IPRO-F_11/13_Index_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:09 AM

Page 235

INDEX

Accounts, 167, 173–174, 181, 183–186 Agreements, account, 183–185 Agricultural commodities, contract specifications for, 204–205 Aluminum, 113 American Arbitration Association, 188 Ancillary accounts, 167, 173–174 Arbitration, 188–189 Arbitration agreement, 184 Assessments, periodic, 162–163 At-the-money options, 23 Average daily price move, 62, 63, 121 Average daily volume, 169–170

Broker(s) (Cont.): resolving problems with, 187–189 selection of, 122–124 Budget creation, 146–147 Buffalo Trading Group, Inc., Web site, 144, 147 Bull markets, 59 Bull spreads, 41 Business plan, 141, 194–195 Buyers: emotionality of, 30 rights/obligations of, 21, 24 risks of, 28 and understanding of options, 29–30 Buying: of futures contracts, 8 of options, 24–25

B

C

Backwardation, 135 Bear markets, 59 Bear spreads, 41 Bear trap scale, 124 Binders commodity sector (See Commodity sector binders) Black-Scholes formula, 36–37, 66 Books, resource, 212–213 Breakeven price, 37, 38 Broker(s), 11–12 electronic services, 128 and futures markets, 11–12 incomplete risk communication by, 29

Call options, 21, 23 covered, 62 long/short, 21 shorting, 27 Capital, preservation of, 54 Carrying costs, 121, 126–127, 134–136 Carryover, 13 Cattle, 108–110, 204–205 CBOT (See Chicago Board of Trade) Certainty, 64, 65, 199, 200 CFTC (See Commodity Futures Trading Commission)

A

235

Copyright 2001 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Click Here for Terms of Use.

IPRO-F_11/13_Index_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:09 AM

236

Channel lines, 87 Charts, price (See Price charts) Chat room, scale trading, 210 Chicago Board of Trade (CBOT), 4, 5, 128, 214 Chicago Mercantile Exchange, 5, 214 Chicago Produce Exchange, 5 Clarity, 196 Clearinghouses, 8 Client agreement, 193–194 CMV (See Current market value) Cocoa, 104–105, 204–205 Coffee, 102–104, 204–205 COMEX, 114, 115 Commercials, 10–11 Commissions for retendering, 7 Commitments of Traders in Options and Futures, 175 Commitments of Traders (COT) Report, 174–176 Commodities, 5 (See also specific commodities) competition characteristics of, 82–81 futures vs., 48 inelastic, 77–78 scalable (See Scalable commodities) as term, 5 Commodities charts, 141, 144, 160 Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC), 174, 175, 184, 187, 188, 213 Commodity indexes, 115, 116, 145 Commodity option agreement, 184–185

Page 236

INDEX

Commodity Pool Operators (CPOs), 186 Commodity Reference Guide, 142, 209 Commodity Research Bureau (CRB) Index, 116 Commodity sector binders, 141–142, 144, 160, 180–181. (See also Scale Trader’s Journal) Commodity Trading Advisors (CTAs), 9, 185–189 Competition, 81–82, 89, 90 Complaints, grounds for, 189 Compliance assistance, 213–215 Conservative (C) traders, 70–71 Contango, 138 Continuous price charts, 84–85 Contra party, 8 Contract months, 7, 8, 126–127, 135–136 Contract specifications, 204–207 corn, 67, 146 silver, 155 Contract(s): derivatives as, 2 expiration of, 7–8 forward, 3–4 fungible, 4 options, 5 retendering of, 7 terms and conditions of, 5 to-arrive, 4 Copper, 114, 206–207 Corn, 92–94, 97–100 contract specifications for, 67, 204–205 sample scales for, 58, 62, 63, 148–150

IPRO-F_11/13_Index_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:09 AM

Page 237

INDEX

Corrections in supply and demand, 51 COT Report (See Commitments of Traders Report) Cotton, 106–107, 204–205 Covered calls, 62 CPOs (Commodity Pool Operators), 186 CRB (Commodity Research Bureau) Index, 116 Credit checks, 184 Crop Progress Reports (USDA), 94 Crop years, 13 Cross trades, consent to, 184 Crude oil and byproducts, 111, 113, 206–207 CTAs (See Commodity Trading Advisors) C-traders (See Conservative traders) Currency futures, 2, 116 Current market value (CMV), 23–24

D Daily volume, 169–170 DAS (See Doane Agricultural Services, Inc.) Day traders, 179 DDC (Disclosure Document Confirmation), 185 Deep-out-of-the-money options, 30–32 Delayed quotes, 119 Delivery notices, 7, 26 Delta, 42–43 Demand (See Supply and demand)

237

Derivative markets, 1–6. (See also specific topics) futures markets. (See Futures markets, trading in) history of, 3–5 options-on-futures markets (See Options-on-futures markets, trading in) and price discovery, 3 rights/obligations in, 2 speculation in, 3 and supply-demand of underlying entities, 2–3 terms and conditions in, 5 Disclosure Document Confirmation (DDC), 185 Discretion: time and price, 186 trading, 185 Discretionary traders/trading, 197–198 Distant contracts, 126 Distribution curves, 169 Diversification in scale trading, 125–126 Doane Agricultural Services, Inc. (DAS), 48–49 Doane’s Agricultural Report, The, 48, 49

E Economic laws of scale trading, 56 Economic Research Service (USDA), 142, 144 Elasticity: of grain prices, 98 and scalable commodities, 90–91

IPRO-F_11/13_Index_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:09 AM

INDEX

238

Elasticity (Cont.): semielasticity, 90–91 of supply and demand, 77–78 Electronic brokerage services, 128 End-of-day prices, 119–120 Energy complex: contract specifications for, 206–207 industry group information on, 145 Energy-related futures contracts, 113 England, historic futures market in, 3–4 Entering markets, 56–58 Entering scales: in hedged scale trading, 61 price-quotation platforms for, 120 technical analysis for, 85–87 Exchanges: futures, 214–215 history of, 4–5 margin committees of, 8 Royal Exchange, London, 4 for scale trading, 127–128 trading only on U.S., 92 Exchange-traded derivatives, 5 Exchange-traded options, 22–23 Exercising an option, 22, 27–28 Exiting: markets, 56–58 a trade, 14 Expected returns, 180 Expiration: of futures, 7–8, 26 holding positions until, 30 of options, 25–27

Page 238

Export inspections (USDA), 97 Exports, grain, 93

F Fair market value, 36 Farm programs/subsidies, 78 Farmer-hedgers, 11 Fashion, 83 FBI (Federal Bureau of Investigation), 189 FCMs (futures commission merchants), 8 FCOJ (See Frozen concentrated orange juice) Fear, 6 Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), 189 Federal Reserve Board, 181, 213 Fill orders, 19 Financial futures, 116 Food and fiber complex, 102–108 contract specifications for, 204–205 industry group information on, 145 Forward contracts, 3–4 Frozen concentrated orange juice (FCOJ), 106, 204–205 Fund transfer authorization, 184 Fundamental analysis, 12–14 broker’s familiarity with, 123 and corrections in supply and demand, 51 of futures markets, 12–14 and information supply, 90 processing information for, 51–52

IPRO-F_11/13_Index_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:09 AM

Page 239

INDEX

Fundamental analysis (Cont.): of scalable commodities, 83–84 and timing of information, 50 in traditional scale trading, 49–52 Fungibility, 5 Fungible contracts, 4, 6 Futures: commodities vs., 48 contract specifications for, 204–207 definition of, 5 exchanges for, 214–215 organizations regulating, 213–214 securities vs., 182 Futures commission merchants (FCMs), 8 Futures magazine, 52, 99, 104, 142, 210 Futures magazine’s sourcebook, 142, 210 Futures markets, trading in, 6–19 basic concept of, 6–8 and brokers, 11–12 and commercials, 10–11 dichotomies in, 6 expiration of contracts in, 7–8 fundamental analysis for, 12–14 history of, 3–4 and liquidity, 8 placing orders, 18–19 price charts for, 15–18 retendering of contracts in, 7 speculators in, 9–10 strategy/system for, 12–18

239

Futures markets, trading in (Cont.): technical analysis for, 14–18 trends, market, 16–17

G Gamma, 43 Global commodities, 77, 90 “Going off the board,” 7 Gold, 115, 206–207 Goldman Sachs Commodity Index (GSCI), 116, 206–207 Good till canceled (GTC) orders, 19 Grain complex, 92–103 corn, beans, wheat, 92–94, 97–100 industry group information on, 145 oats, 99, 100 rice, 100–101 Russian market manipulation of, 50–51, 79 soy meal/oil, 101–102 USDA supply-demand table, 95–96 Grantor, 27 Great Grain Robbery, 50–51, 79 Greed, 6, 16, 192–194 GSCI (See Goldman Sachs Commodity Index) GTC (good till canceled) orders, 19

H Hamilton, Milo, 75–76 Hartfield Management, Inc., 142 Heating oil, contract specifications for, 206–207

IPRO-F_11/13_Index_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:09 AM

INDEX

240

Hedged scale trading, 61–72 and certainty/uncertainty, 64, 65 and conservative traders, 70–71 creation of scales in, 62–66 entry points in, 61 and “just-in-case” traders, 67–70 levels of risk taking in, 67–72 and margin calls, 65–66 and market overreaction, 66 and ultraconservative traders, 71–72 and volatility, 65 Hedgers, 2, 11, 43 Herd psychology, 166 Hightower Report, The, 142, 209 Historical red zones, 169–170 Historical volatility, 35 Hogs, 110, 204–205 Hogs and Pigs Report (USDA), 110 Holding positions, 30 Hunt family, 29, 176, 191–192

I IBs (introducing brokers), 8 Ideal scales, 125 Implied volatility, 35 Industry group information, 145 Inelasticity, 77–78 Inflation, 17, 85 Information: accuracy of, 79–80 disclosure of personal/ financial, 184 false, 52

Page 240

Information (Cont.): for grain trading, 93–97 industry group, 145 insider, 50–51 overreaction to, 66 for selection of commodities, 90 sources of, 142–143, 145, 174–176, 209–215 for technical analysis, 53 verification of, 199 Initial margin, 57, 149, 151 Insider information, 50–51 Intermediate-term traders, 179, 180 International Cocoa Organization, 105 International Coffee Agreement, 104 International Coffee Organization, 105 International Monetary Fund, 105 International politics, 78–79 In-the-money options, 23, 24, 31, 42 Intrinsic value, 24, 25 Introducing brokers (IBs), 8 Inventory management perspective, 75–76 Inverted markets, 138

J Jacob (Old Testament), 3 Janus, 6 JIC scale traders (See “Just-incase” scale traders) Joint account agreement, 184

IPRO-F_11/13_Index_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:09 AM

INDEX

Journal (See Scale trader’s journal) “Just-in-case” (JIC) scale traders, 67–70

K Kansas City Board of Trade, 214 Kill orders, 19

L Leg out, 72 Leverage, 181 Limit orders, 18–19, 45, 65 Liquidity: definition of, 8 and delivery/expiration time, 7 in futures markets, 8 and grain trading, 99 in options-on-futures trading, 31–32, 44, 45 and scalable commodities, 85, 92 and scalpers, 9 in technical analysis, 85 Livestock commodities, 204–205 Locals (scalpers), 9 Longs, 7, 21 Long-term investors, 179 Lumber, 107, 204–205

M Maintenance margin, 149, 151 Margin(s), 147–151 on futures contracts, 8 initial, 149, 151 maintenance, 149, 151 setting, 181

Page 241

241

Margin(s) (Cont.): in traditional scale trading, 57 Margin calls, 65–66 Margin money, 8 Market on open/close orders, 19 Market orders, 18, 45 Market overreaction, 66 Market Wizards (Jack Schwager), 9 Market-if-touched (MIT) orders, 19 Markets: derivative, 1–6 high-volatility, 168 inverted, 138 thinly traded, 168–169 McKnight, Paul, 144 Meal, soy, 101–102 Measurements for opening options positions, 42–43 Meat complex, 107–114, 145 Mediation, 187–188 Mental stops, 44 Metals complex, 113–115 contract specifications for, 206–207 industry group information on, 145 MidAmerica Commodity Exchange (MidAm), 127–128, 180, 199–200, 214 Minneapolis Grain Exchange, 215 MIT (market-if-touched) orders, 19 Money management, 180 Monopolistic competition, 81

IPRO-F_11/13_Index_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:09 AM

INDEX

242

Months, contract (See Contract months) Moving averages, 86, 87

Page 242

NYMEX (See New York Mercantile Exchange) NYSE (New York Stock Exchange), 4

N Namrevo, 144 National Association of Securities Dealers, 213 National culture, 78 National Futures Association (NFA), 92, 184, 187, 188, 214 Natural disasters, 80 Natural gas, 112–113, 206–207 Nearby contracts, 7, 126, 137–138 New Market Wizards (Jack Schwager), 9 New York Board of Trade (NYBOT), 104, 105, 215 New York Cotton Exchange, 107 New York Mercantile Exchange (NYMEX), 113, 215 New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), 4 News, 66, 80–81, 91–92 NFA (See National Futures Association) Noise index, 142, 143 Noncash margin, disclosure statement for, 183 Noncommodity candidates, contract specifications for, 206–207 Notices of delivery (See Delivery notices) NYBOT (See New York Board of Trade)

O Oats, 99, 100, 204–205 Offsetting, 30, 61–62, 122 Oil, soy, 101–102 Oligopoly market structures, 81–82 Omega Research, 141 One cancels other orders, 19 Online trading, 186–187 Open interest, 18, 172–174 Opening positions (See Entering scales) Option(s), 5 (See also specific options) covering long positions with, 194 as decaying financial instruments, 25–26 definition of, 22 exercising, 22 thinly traded, 44 Options-on-futures markets, trading in, 21–45, 22 by amateurs, 37–39 breakeven price, 37, 38 and buyers’ understanding of options, 29–30 buying options, 24–25 and deep-out-of-the-money options, 31–32 delta measurement in, 42–43 expiration of options, 25–27 and fair value of options, 36 gamma measurement in, 43

IPRO-F_11/13_Index_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:09 AM

Page 243

INDEX

Options-on-futures markets, trading in (Cont.): and holding positions, 30 and liquidity, 31–32, 44, 45 magic words for, 21 measurements used in, 42–43 by professionals, 40 and random price theory, 35–36 risks in, 28 by semiprofessionals, 39–40 shorting puts and calls, 27 spreading commodities, 40–42 terms related to, 23–24 and time value, 30–31 types of orders in, 44–45 use of stops in, 44 and volatility, 32–35 Orders: in futures markets, 18–19 how and when to place, 123 in options-on-futures trading, 44–45 tracking, 123 Oscillating prices, 57, 59 Oscillating profits, 57, 59, 61 in areas of price support/resistance, 170–172 and average daily price move, 121 and foreknowledge of market volatility, 152 maximization of, 195–196 and news, 80–81, 91–92 and red zones, 165 signals for, 156 Oster Communications, Inc., 49

243

OTC options (See Over-thecounter options) Out-of-the-money options, 24, 31, 42 Overreaction, market, 66 Over-the-counter (OTC) options, 5, 22, 23

P Palladium, 113 Paper trading, 180–183 Patience, 200 Perfect competition, 81, 89, 90 Periodic assessments, 162–163 Personality: of market, 64 of traders, 195, 198–200 Petroleum complex, 110–113 Philadelphia Board of Trade, 215 Placing orders, 18–19 Platinum, 113–114, 206–207 POA (power of attorney), 185 Politics, 78–79, 91, 98–99, 104, 111 Pork bellies, 108 Positions on scales, 122 Power of attorney (POA), 185 Premiums, 126–127, 133–135, 137 Preservation of capital, 54 Price(s): on bar charts, 17, 18 breakeven, 37, 38 calculation of new sell, 131 depression of, 77 of derivatives, 1 end-of-day, 119–120 and inflation, 85

IPRO-F_11/13_Index_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:09 AM

Page 244

INDEX

244

Price(s) (cont.): and law of supply and demand, 56, 73–75 oscillating, 57, 59 and random price theory, 35–36 seasonal patterns in, 77, 82–83, 122, 136, 138 stair-stepping movement of, 57, 59 strike, 23–25, 31 and volatility, 66 Price charts, 15–17, 119–121 analysis using, 84–85 bar charts, 17–18 continuous, 84–85 creating, 120 for scale trading, 119–121 software packages for creating, 119–121 sources of, 84 studying, 121 trends shown by, 16–17 Price congestion, 170–172 Price discovery, 3 Price discretion, 186 Price forecast, 127 Price patterns, 9 Price resistance, 170–172 Price support, 170–172 Problem resolution, 187–189 Pro Farmer, 49 Professional speculators, 9 Professional traders, 40 Profitability, enhancing, 165 Profit-loss projections, 146–147 Profits: oscillating. (See Oscillating profits)

Profits (cont.): and size of scale intervals, 121 Profit-taking table, 86 Prudential Securities, 144 Put options, 21, 23 long/short, 21 protective, 61, 62 shorting, 27 value of, 2

Q Quotes, 119

R Random price theory, 35–36 Rational scales, 125 Red zones, 156, 165, 169–174 anticipating for success, 196 historical, 169–170 and open interest, 172–174 and price congestion, 170–172 and seasonal price trends, 176 second scales for, 167–168 and volatility, 168 and volume, 172–174 Regulation T, 181 Research resources, 142–143, 145, 174–176 Resistance, price, 170–172 Retendering of contracts, 7 Return on equity, 146–147 Rho, 43–44 Rice, 100–101 Rights of owners/traders, 2 Risk(s) (See also Strategies (systems)) communication of (by

IPRO-F_11/13_Index_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:09 AM

INDEX

Risk(s) (Cont.): brokers), 29 and inflation, 17 levels of risk taking, 67–72 in options-on-futures trading, 28 Risk disclosure statement, 183 Risk management, 2, 40–41 Rollovers, 129–139 and calculation of new sell prices, 131 and contract months, 135–136 and inverted markets, 138 and price premiums, 133–135 and seasonal price patterns, 136 short, 130 soybean scale example of, 136–138 table for, 132–135 traditional scale trading vs., 130–131 and worse-case scenarios, 132 Royal Exchange, London, 4 Russia, 50–51, 79

S Santayana, George, 163 Scale spreadsheets, 157–160 Scale trade manager software, 124 Scale trader’s journal, 160–163, 194–195 Scale trading, 119–128 broker selection for, 122–124 and competition, 81–82 contract months in, 126–127 creating scales for, 124–125 diversification in, 125–126

Page 245

245

Scale trading (Cont.): and electronic brokerage services, 128 exchanges for, 127–128 expected returns from, 180 hedged (See Hedged scale trading) month for beginning a scale, 127 and natural disasters, 80 planning scales for, 121 positions on the scale, 122 and premium, 126–127 price charts for, 119–121 selection of commodities for (See Scalable commodities) from short side, 199 starting a business in (See Scale trading business, starting a) success in (See Success in scale trading) theory of, 56 and time factors, 82–83 traditional (See Traditional scale trading) and volatility, 121 Scale trading business, starting a, 141–163 budget creation, 146–147 building scales for, 147–150, 152–156 business plan for, 141 commodities charts for, 141, 144, 160 and margins, 147–151 and periodic assessments, 162–163

IPRO-F_11/13_Index_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:09 AM

246

Scale trading business, starting a (Cont.): profit-loss projections for, 146–147 research resources for, 142–143, 145 scale spreadsheets for, 157–160 scale trader’s journal for, 160–163 and trading zones, 156 Scalable commodities, 73–92. (See also specific commodities) and accuracy of reported data, 79–80 and competition, 81–82 and elasticity, 90–91 fundamental analysis of, 83–84 and global production/use, 90 and inflation, 85 and information supply, 90 inventory management perspective on, 75–76 and liquidity, 85, 92 and perfect competition, 89 and political decisions, 78–79, 91 and supply and demand, 73–77 technical analysis of, 84–88 time factors affecting, 82–83 uncontrollable factors in, 80–81, 91–92 Scales: abandoning, 126 adjusting, 125, 167–168 bear trap, 124

Page 246

INDEX

Scales (Cont.): building, 147–150, 152–156 creation of, 62–66, 124–125 ideal, 125 month for beginning, 127 planning, 121 rational, 125 time spent in, 121 Scales within scales, 167 Scalpers, 9 Schwager, Jack, 9, 144 Seasonal patterns, 77, 82–83, 122, 136, 138, 176 Seasonal volatility, 35 SEC (See Securities and Exchange Commission) Second scales (for red zones), 167–168 Securities: futures vs., 182 organizations regulating, 213–214 Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), 184, 187, 214 Self-regulating organizations (SROs), 187 Sell prices, calculating, 131–132 Sellers, 24, 27–28 Selling: futures contracts, 8 as intellectual, 30 right/obligation to, 21 Semielasticity, 90–91 Semiprofessional traders, 39–40 Short side: scale trading from, 199 scaling from, 199 Shorts, 7, 21, 27

IPRO-F_11/13_Index_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:09 AM

INDEX

Silver, 114 contract specifications for, 155, 206–207 Hunt family’s attempt to corner, 191–192 rollover example for, 132–135 sample scale for, 154–155 Software: for price charts, 119–121 for scales, 124, 147 Soybean(s), 92–94, 97–100 contract specifications for, 204–205 meal/oil, 101–102 Sparks Companies, Inc., 97 Speculation, 11 Speculators, 6, 166 amateur, 10 in futures markets, 9–10 professional, 9 use of deltas by, 43 Spreading commodities, 40–42 Spreadsheets: electronic, 147, 160 working/enhanced, 157–160 SROs (self-regulating organizations), 187 Stair-stepping price movement, 57, 59 Standard deviation (See Volatility) Stop orders, 19, 44 Stops, mental, 44 Straddles, 41–42 Strangles, 41–42 Strategies (systems): of amateurs, 37–39 of conservative traders, 70–71 defensive, 66

Page 247

247

Strategies (systems) (Cont.): of “just-in-case” traders, 67–70 and natural disasters, 80 of professionals, 40–42 of semiprofessionals, 39–40 for technical analysis, 52–53 for trading in futures markets, 12–18 for traditional scale trading, 54–55 of ultraconservative traders, 71–72 Strike price, 23–25, 31 Strong hands, 10, 175–176 Success in scale trading, 191–201 and business plan, 194–195 and certainty/uncertainty, 199, 200 and clarity, 196 discretionary trading, 197–198 and greed, 192–194 maximization of oscillating profits, 195–196 and patience, 200 and personality, 195, 198–200 and scaling from short side, 199 and supply/demand equation, 196 systematic trading, 197–198 and trader’s journal, 194–195 underfinanced trading, 199–200 Sugar, 105–106, 204–205

IPRO-F_11/13_Index_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:09 AM

INDEX

248

Supply and demand, 73–84 (See also specific commodities) and accuracy of reports, 79–80 basic laws of, 73–75 and competition, 81–82 corrections in, 51 and elasticity/inelasticity, 77–78 and farm programs/ subsidies, 78 and fashion, 83 and inventory management, 75–76 and national culture, 78 and natural disasters, 80 and news, 80–81 and political intervention, 78–79 and scalable commodities, 73–77 and scale trading theory, 56 seasonal patterns in, 77 success and knowledge of, 196 and success in scale trading, 196 time factors in, 82–83 and time in the scale, 121 of underlying entities, 2–3 unpredictable factors in, 80 and USDA surveys, 79–80 USDA table for grains, 94–96 and weather, 80 Support, price, 170–172 Surveys, USDA, 79–80 Swing traders, 179 Synthetics, 42 System (for futures trading), 10, 12–18

Page 248

Systematic traders/trading, 197–198

T Technical analysis, 14–18, 165–177 broker’s familiarity with, 123 and daily volume, 169–170 of futures markets, 14–18 and inflation, 85 and liquidity, 85 major problems with, 53 open interest, 172–174 price charts for, 84–85 and price congestion, 170–172 reason for using, 166 and red zones (See Red zones) research resources for, 174–176 of scalable commodities, 84–88 seasonal price trends, 176 in traditional scale trading, 49–50, 52–53 and volatility, 168–169 volume, 172–174 why it works, 166 Terms and conditions, 5 Thin markets, 101 Thinly traded markets, 168–169 Thinly traded options, 44 Time: on bar charts, 17, 18 as concern in scale trading, 73, 82–83 Time discretion, 186 Time in the scale, 121

IPRO-F_11/13_Index_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:09 AM

Page 249

INDEX

Time limit orders, 19 Time spreads, 41 Time value of options, 30–31 Timing: for entering scales, 153 technical analysis for, 14 To-arrive contracts, 4 Traders: categories of, 179–180 conservative, 70–71 discretionary, 197–198 “just-in-case,” 67–70 with strong hands, 10, 175–176 systematic, 197–198 ultraconservative, 71–72 Trades, possible outcomes to, 14–15 Trading: art of, 21 in futures, 6–8 online, 186–187 underfinanced, 199–200 Trading zones, 156 Traditional scale trading, 47–59, 130–131 economic laws in, 56 entering/exiting market in, 56–58 fundamental analysis in, 49–52 logic behind, 47–48 margins in, 57 oscillating prices/profits in, 57 and preservation of capital, 54 rollovers vs., 130–131 stair-stepping price movement in, 57, 59

249

Traditional scale trading (Cont.): systems for, 54 technical analysis in, 49–50, 52–53 theory of, 56–58 Trend lines, 87, 156 Trends: market, 16–17 price, 3, 16, 64 20-day moving average, 64, 86, 87

U Ultraconservative (UC) traders, 71–72 Uncertainty: and hedged scale trading, 64, 65 and success in scale trading, 199, 200 Uncontrollable/unpredictable factors, 80–81, 91–92, 98 Underfinanced trading, 199–200 United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), 13, 49, 142, 144, 209 and farm programs/ subsidies, 78 information supplied by, 94 Supply-demand grain tables, 95–96 surveys, 79–80 weather information from, 98 United States Postal Service, 189 Unleaded gasoline, 206–207 USDA (See United States Department of Agriculture)

IPRO-F_11/13_Index_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:09 AM

Page 250

INDEX

250

V Value: current market, 23–24 fair, 36 intrinsic, 24, 25 of securities/indexes vs. put options, 2 time, 30–31 Vega, 43 Volatility, 99. (See also Red zones) of coffee, 104 in last week of delivery month, 26 level of, 64, 65 measurements of, 32–34, 62, 99 noise index for calculating, 142, 143 in options-on-futures trading, 32–35 and price, 66 and scale trading, 121 and success in scale trading, 193 and technical analysis, 168–169 types of, 35 and volume, 157 Volatility curve, 169

Volatility spreads, 41 Volume, 172–174 (See also Red zones) on bar charts, 18 daily, 169–170, 172–174 and technical analysis, 172–174 and volatility, 157

W W-9 form, 185 WASDE (World Supply and Demand) Report, 94 Weather, 80, 91 and coffee, 104 and FCOJ, 106 and grain trading, 98 and sugar, 106 and supply and demand, 80 Web sites, 181, 210–211 for cost analysis, 134 for price charts, 119, 120 Wheat, 92–94, 97–100, 204–205 Whipsawing, 11 Wizards, 9 World Supply and Demand (WASDE) Report, 94

Z Zen trading, 54

IPRO-F_11/13_Index_McCafferty

7/2/01

9:09 AM

Page 251

ABOUT THE AUTHOR Thomas McCafferty has been involved in the futures business for nearly three decades. A registered stockbroker and securities options principal, he is the former branch office manager at Securities Corporation of Iowa and is currently chief operations officer at Market Wise Securities, Inc., of Broomfield, Colorado. McCafferty is the author of several books, including All About Futures, All About Options, All About Commodities, and Winning with Managed Futures.

Copyright 2001 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Click Here for Terms of Use.